amsterdam europe trip itinerary

The Perfect 4 to 5 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Last Updated on February 26, 2024

by Olivia Ellis

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

Planning out the perfect 4 to 5 days in Amsterdam itinerary is a highlight of mapping out a trip to Western or Northern Europe. As one of the most visited cities in Europe, it’s no surprise why – from its picturesque canals to some of the world’s best museums, restaurants, a vibrant history, and a laid-back, open-minded attitude.

Amsterdam is truly a city where classic and modern combine to make such an atmospheric city and where wandering the streets and passing the many bicycles of the city while catching scents of stroopwafel is a joy.

Table of Contents

How Many Days in Amsterdam?

While many people just visit Amsterdam for a weekend getaway, I think that it’s a disservice to the city as there’s an abundance of things to explore and places to visit beyond a 2-day trip.

Even just extending your trip to 3 days in Amsterdam, you’ll have the opportunity to go a bit beyond the typical tourist path and route, giving a more holistic experience of this spirited Dutch city.

4 days is even more ideal as you’ll have more time to do the city justice, exploring further into local culture and getting to know the city off the beaten path.

Finally, if you have the opportunity and time to spend 5 days, you’re in for a treat. While 4 days in Amsterdam is sufficient to explore the city to the best extent, it is still very much a touristy city with a different pace of life compared to the rest of the country.

With 5 whole days, you’ll have the time to visit a neighboring city such as Utrecht or Rotterdam by just a short train journey, giving a full taste of the country.

And if you’re wondering the best time to visit Amsterdam, keep in mind that it is a thriving city that attracts visitors year-round. For the best weather (and the most crowds) the summer months can be ideal. However, if you want to see the city decked out for the holidays, visiting in the winter can be a great choice, as well.

Getting To & Around Amsterdam

As one of the largest airports globally, Amsterdam Schiphol Airport receives flights from both European and international destinations, serving as the point of arrival for air travel.

From the airport to the city center, Schiphol Airport is just 17 km away from Amsterdam Centraal Train Station and can be easily reached by direct train transport in just around 15 minutes with frequent train services. There are also shuttle buses from the airport.

If you’re planning on visiting other destinations in the country, Amsterdam Centraal Train Station has frequent connections to most cities as well as train services to other European destinations, with high-speed rail such as Eurostar. You can find trains to Amsterdam from cities like Paris , London , Brussels and more. You can view schedules here .

Another option if you’re looking to save money and pass on train transportation, is to take a bus, as there are convenient and affordable bus transportation options throughout the Netherlands along with bus transport to other nearby countries.

Flixbus is the best option, as prices are low and buses are comfortable and on time, journeys can be booked here.

As for getting around the city, the center is quite walkable and a pleasure to explore by foot, getting lost in the nooks and crannies.

For a local mode of transport, Amsterdam is the bike capital of the world, and wandering the city by bike is the perfect way to experience the city like a local, albeit with a touch of courage!

If you prefer public transportation or are keen to explore outside of the city center, there is comprehensive and efficient public transportation consisting of buses, trams, metro, and ferries.

Single tickets for public transportation can be purchased from ticket vending machines in the city, but to save money, I suggest getting an OV-chipkaart card , which is a rechargeable card that can be used on all modes of public transportation.

You can also purchase an Amsterdam City Card that includes entry to many attractions and public transport if you plan on visiting a number of sights in the city and can keep your costs down in Amsterdam .

4 to 5-Day Amsterdam Itinerary

This route will bring you through the main sights of the city center and into the city’s art, culture, and delicious food scene.

There is much more than its infamous Red Light District and this itinerary will highlight that.

Day 1 – Amsterdam Main Sightseeing

The first day of this itinerary focuses on some of the main attractions in central Amsterdam. You can take a walking tour to learn more about the history of the city with a tour guide.

There’s no better place to start your day than in Dam Square. Quite literally in the center of the city, Dam Square positions you in the ideal spot to begin exploring.

Dam Square is a historical and cultural landmark of Amsterdam that has been an important gathering place for locals and visitors for centuries, with important monuments encircling the square such as the Royal Palace, the National Monument, and the Nieuwe Kerk (New Church).

Royal Palace (Koninklijk Paleis)

Of all the monuments surrounding Dam Square, the monument most worth visiting is the Royal Palace of Amsterdam.

The palace was built in the 17th century as a city hall, later becoming a royal palace in the early 19th century, and now serves as a venue for state visits, official receptions, and is open for visitors to witness this impressive example of Dutch classical architecture and its rich history and culture.

The Royal Palace of Amsterdam regularly hosts exhibitions, showcasing a variety of art, history, and culture. These exhibitions provide a unique perspective on different aspects of Dutch history and society, making it a great starting point for your time in Amsterdam.

The Royal Palace is open to visitors almost every day of the year, except for some holidays and official events. The opening hours can vary depending on the season, so it’s important to check the opening hours beforehand. You can book tickets here .

Wander Amsterdam Canals

Wandering the canals of Amsterdam is an essential part of any travel itinerary in this beautiful city. The picturesque waterways, lined with charming buildings and quaint bridges offer a unique perspective on the city’s history and culture and why it’s such a popular and timeless destination.

A great spot to begin is The Singel Canal, which is one of the oldest canals that make up the network of canals in Amsterdam. Afterwards, make your way to The Brouwersgracht (Brewers’ Canal) to enjoy one of Amsterdam’s most scenic and picturesque places.

This is also the perfect time of day to sit at one of the quaint cafes lining the canalled streets to watch local life go by and enjoy a coffee or a local Dutch beer.

De Negen Straatjes (The Nine Streets District) & Stroopwafel

The Nine Streets District of Amsterdam is a charming neighborhood located in the heart of the city’s historic canal belt.

The district is named after the nine narrow streets that run through it, which are lined with a diverse range of shops, cafes, and restaurants, as well as historic buildings and picturesque canals.

The Nine Streets District is an ideal part of the city to take in local life, enjoy stunning surroundings, and enjoy the classic Dutch treat, stroopwafel, at the oldest bakery in the city, Hans Egstorf.

Day 2 – Canal Boat, Amsterdam Museums and Culture

Canal boat tour.

Day 2 will begin with a different perspective of the city than day 1, by heading out on a canal cruise.

By taking a canal boat tour of the city, you’ll be treated to a unique perspective on the city’s history and architecture, as well as the chance to see some of the city’s most famous landmarks from a different angle.

During a canal tour, you can expect to see some of Amsterdam’s most iconic sights as well as the charming canal houses that line the waterways and enjoy some unique views of the city.

You’ll also pass under historic bridges and through picturesque neighborhoods, providing a unique glimpse into the city’s culture and daily life. Some options include this 1-hour cruise or this luxury option.

Albert Cuyp Market

After seeing the city by boat, make your way to the vibrant De Pijp neighborhood to one of the most popular open-air street markets in Amsterdam, Albert Cuypmarkt.

Since the 19th century, Albert Cuypmarkt has been the go-to spot for locals and tourists searching for a wide variety of goods for sale, including fresh produce, clothing, and souvenirs. It also operates as a beautiful flower market where you can purchase iconic tulips in season.

The Albert Cuypmarkt is the perfect spot to enjoy the lively local atmosphere of the city, taste some classic Dutch food, and pick up a souvenir from your time in Amsterdam.

Rijksmuseum

Amsterdam is a city steeped in history, art, and culture and the best way to learn more about this part of Amsterdam and Dutch history/art is to spend time at one of the most popular museums in the city.

Because of the density the top museums in the city, I suggest dedicating a large portion of your day to time at the museum(s) of your choice.

The most visited museum in the Netherlands, The Rijksmuseum, is the largest museum of art and history in the country.

Its extensive collection includes over one million objects, spanning over 800 years of Dutch art and history, and is known for its famous works of art from the Dutch Golden Age, including Rembrandt’s Night Watch and Vermeer’s Milkmaid. You can book tickets in advance here or organise a guided tour here .

Van Gogh Museum

The Van Gogh Museum is another wonderful option for a museum visit in Amsterdam. The Van Gogh Museum is a museum dedicated to the life and works of the Dutch painter Vincent van Gogh.

The museum features the largest collection of his paintings and drawings in the world, as well as a deeper look into the life of Vincent Van Gogh. You can book tickets in advance here or organise a guided tour here .

And if you want an experience away from the art museums, then consider spending sometime relaxing in the vast Museumplein Park near both the Van Gogh and Rijksmuseum or heading over to the nearby Heineken Brewery.

In the latter spot, you can book the Heineken Experience where you can learn all about the history of this popular beer and how it’s brewed.

Day 3 – Dutch Food, Bike Tour & Green Amsterdam

Vondelpark & dutch pancakes.

There are plenty of things to do in Amsterdam in 3 days so you certainly won’t be wanting for activities.

A great way to begin day 3 is by enjoying a breakfast made up of poffertjes, which are small and delicious traditional pancakes served with various tasty toppings. A great location is The Pancake Club, a local restaurant near Vondelpark, the next stop on your itinerary.

Vondelpark is a beautiful public park located in the heart of the city, named after the famous poet Joost van den Vondel. The park covers over 47 hectares and is easily one of the most popular outdoor spots in all of Amsterdam.

Known for its beautiful gardens, ponds, and winding paths, Vondelpark is also a popular spot for picnics, concerts, and outdoor festivals during the summer months.

Whether you’re looking to get away from the crowd, spend time biking, or take an opportunity to enjoy a serene time in nature, Vondelpark is a brilliant addition to any Amsterdam itinerary.

Bike Tour or Food Tour

The next stop will either be exploring the city by bicycle tour, or diving deeper into the taste of the local cuisine with a food tour.

Bike tours are a popular way to explore Amsterdam and experience the city like a local. The city is renowned for its bike-friendly infrastructure, with over 800,000 bicycles in the city, and numerous dedicated bike lanes and paths.

There are many different bike tour operators, offering a range of tours to suit your interests.

Some tours focus on the city’s famous landmarks and attractions, while others explore lesser-known neighborhoods and hidden gems. Tours often also include stops at local markets, cafes, and other points of interest. Some of the best options include this 3-hour bike tour or this half-day tour .

Food tours are a great way to explore the city’s culinary scene and sample its diverse range of cuisines. The city is home to a vibrant food culture, with a mix of traditional Dutch dishes and international flavors creating a unique cuisine of Amsterdam.

You’ll find different food tour operators, offering a variety of experiences to suit your interests. Some tours focus on street food, while others visit local markets and food halls.

Tours often also include stops at speciality shops and restaurants giving an insight into Dutch history, and somewhere visitors can sample traditional dishes, such as stroopwafels, herring, and bitterballen. Some of the best-rated options include this food walking tour and this 3-hour tour .

Anne Frank House

In the Jordaan neighborhood, you’ll find one of the most popular attractions in Amsterdam and the Netherlands, the Anne Frank House, a museum dedicated to the life and legacy of Anne Frank, the famous young Jewish girl who hid from the Nazis during World War II.

During your visit, you’ll have the opportunity to visit the museum with exhibits on Anne’s life and legacy, as well as an immersive experience through the secret annex where Anne and her family lived for over two years, which offers a comprehensive look into the harrowing experiences of the Frank family and other victims of the Holocaust.

The Anne Frank House Museum is open every day of the year, except for Yom Kippur and King’s Day, with opening hours varying depending on the season. You can also take a Jewish history walking tour before visiting the Anne Frank House.

Day 4 – Keukenhof Park or Zaanse Schans

If you’re seeing Amsterdam in 4 days, the is is the ideal point to head out of the city to an area near the capital to explore further into the country and Dutch culture.

Keukenhof Park

Few things are more synonymous with the Netherlands than the humble yet colorful tulip flower, and there’s no better place to witness these than at Keukenhof Park.

Also known as the Garden of Europe, Keukenhof Park is a world-famous flower garden located in Lisse, about 40 minutes outside of Amsterdam. The park is home to over 7 million tulips, daffodils, and other flowers, making it one of the largest flower gardens in the world.

During a visit, you can wander through the colorful gardens, admire the floral displays, and learn about the history and cultivation of tulips, the Netherlands’ number one export.

The most convenient way to reach Keukenhof Park is by direct shuttle transport from various points in the city with different bus companies depending on your location in the city. You can book transfers here .

Ticket costs for Keukenhof Park can vary depending on how you arrive, and it is highly recommended to book tickets in advance here .

Unfortunately, tulip season is quite short in the Netherlands, alas Keukenhof Park is only open for a short period each year, typically from late March to mid-May, when the flowers are in bloom.

Zaanse Schans

If you’re visiting out of tulip season, another spot worth visiting outside of the city is Zaanse Schans. Zaanse Schans is a historic neighborhood located in the town of Zaandam, just outside the city.

The neighborhood is known for its well-preserved 18th and 19th-century buildings, including classic wooden houses, windmills, and workshops.

During a visit to Zaanse Schans, you will have the opportunity to explore the neighborhood and learn about traditional crafts such as cheese-making, clog-making, and chocolate-making.

In the area you’ll also find plenty of tulips if you visit in season, making it a great day trip option if you’re keen to see the tulips during your trip but prefer to bypass the high admission cost to Keukenhof Park.

To reach Zaanse Schans, take a 20-minute train from Amsterdam Centraal Station to Koog-Zaandijk Station. From there, you can walk or take the bus to Zaanse Schans for around another 10 minutes. There are also organised day tours available .

Day 5 – Utrecht

If you’re seeing Amsterdam in 5 days, I suggest spending the 5th and final day of your itinerary in the nearby town of Utrecht . Alternatively, you could also easily do a day trip to a place like nearby Haarlem or Gouda if it suits.

Once the most important city in the Netherlands, Utrecht is an important historic city, located approximately 30 minutes south of Amsterdam, known for its beautiful canals, charming tree-lined streets, and rich cultural heritage.

Like Amsterdam, Utrecht is full of canals but without the hordes of tourists stuffing in to catch a picture. This makes Utrecht the perfect day trip from Amsterdam, offering the chance to experience such an idyllic, medieval university city that gives the feeling that you’ve fallen back in time into a fairytale.

Full of green parks, friendly locals, and delicious food and drink finds, Utrecht will only make you wish that you had more time to spend in this welcoming and warm alternative to Amsterdam.

While in Utrecht, make sure to visit the Dom Tower, the tallest church tower in the Netherlands, the Rietveld Schröder House (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and wander around the enchanting medieval city center while indulging in the most deliciously fresh Dutch fries from Frietwinkel, a local Utrecht staple.

Reaching Utrecht from Amsterdam is extremely quick and convenient. Trains run from Amsterdam Centraal to Utrecht Centraal (The Netherlands’ largest train station) just about every 10 minutes, with a journey time of 20-30 minutes depending on the train. You can book trains here .

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

‘t Hotel – This 3-star hotel is situated in a traditional canal house is a perfect place to stay for mid-range visitors to Amsterdam. They have a number of lovely rooms to choose from and an excellent location for exploring all the city has to offer.

Hotel Estheréa – If you’re looking for a luxury stay in Amsterdam, then this hotel is a great option. They have a range of beautiful and plush rooms on offer, a location only 300 meters from Dam Square and plenty of excellent amenities for guests to enjoy.

Amsterdam Jewel Canal Apartments – For those who’d like their own apartment while visiting the Dutch capital, these fully furnished flats are an excellent choice. There are a number of different apartments available and they have a wonderful location for exploring all the city has to offer.

Stayokay Amsterdam Vondelpark – Budget visitors to Amsterdam will love this highly-rated hostel located in the center of the city. They offer both traditional dorms and private rooms, have great common areas for meeting other travelers and there is also breakfast available in the morning.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Amsterdam hotels!

Amsterdam is one of the most beloved cities in Europe, and whether you’ve found yourself stuck into stroopwafel or enchanted by the tulips at Keukenhof Park, there’s no denying that the city offers a unique blend of history, culture, and charm that continues to draw visitors from all over the world.

Are you planning a trip to Amsterdam? Have any questions about this itinerary? Let us know in the comments!

One Day in Utrecht Itinerary: A Day Trip from Amsterdam

Copenhagen vs Amsterdam: Which City to Visit?

Is Amsterdam Expensive? An Amsterdam Trip Cost Guide

About Olivia Ellis

Olivia is a writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from Michigan, USA, she is currently living in Athens, Greece exploring Europe and filmmaking. When she’s not travelling or writing, Olivia can be found cooking delicious new recipes from around the world, reading, and spending time outdoors.

Overview of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Breakdown of your 4 days in amsterdam.

Day 1: Dam Square & Royal Palace of Amsterdam, Madam Tussauds or The Amsterdam Dungeon, Begijnhof, Bloemenmarkt, Van Wonderen Stroopwafels, Damrak Canal Houses, Canal Cruise, Red Light District
Day 2: Rijksmuseum, Van Gogh Museum, Vondelpark, Anne Frank House, Amsterdam Cheese Museum, Jordaan & 9 Streets, Foodhallen
Day 3: Hoftuin Park, Amsterdam Museum or Hermitage Museum, National Holocaust Monument, Skinny Bridge, Hortus Botanicus Amsterdam, Rembrandt House Museum, Albert Cuyp Market, Heineken Experience
Day 4 : Zaanse Schans, Volendam, Marken, Edam, A’DAM Lookout

Map for your 4 day Amsterdam itinerary

Below you can find a customized map that includes all the locations you’re going to visit on this Amsterdam itinerary.

I marked your 4 days in Amsterdam with different colors – I used blue for the first, yellow for the second, red for the third, and green for the fourth day, so you can easily see which places you’re going to visit each day.

How to use this map: This map is fully interactive, so you can move around, zoom in/zoom out, and click on the icons. If you want to see a larger map, click on the bracket in the upper right corner. To see more details and the different layers, click on the tab in the upper left corner. If you want to save it for later, click on the star icon next to the name of the map. Then simply open Google Maps either on your desktop or phone, go to ‘Saved’/’Maps’, and open the map whenever you need it.

Day 1 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Dam square & royal palace of amsterdam.

There’s no better place to start your Amsterdam adventure than in Dam Square. Day or night, Dam Square is always full of life and is the epicenter for a bunch of the city’s top attractions.

In the square itself, you’ll probably notice the National Monument commemorating those who lost their lives in the Second World War and the unmissable Royal Palace of Amsterdam .

Despite its name, the palace is where the royals host events like award ceremonies and state visits, and the family actually resides in a lavish estate in the Hague.

Whenever the building is not used by the royal family, it’s accessible to the public, and since you have 4 days in Amsterdam, I’d recommend going in for a tour.

The palace is absolutely breathtaking, and it’s home to many lavishly decorated rooms. I’m not kidding when I say that my jaw was on the floor the whole time we were inside!

You’ll need around 1-1.5 hours to comfortably tour the whole place and I suggest picking up a free audio guide to really uncover the palace’s long history.

Madame Tussauds or Amsterdam Dungeon

No matter where in the world you go, a visit to Madame Tussauds is always a good time.

You won’t have to walk far, as Amsterdam’s edition of this iconic wax museum is within Dam Square, where you’ll bump into the likes of Harry Styles, Jennifer Anniston, and Beyonce.

Thrill-seekers might want to opt for a visit to the eerie Amsterdam Dungeon instead, which is just a 4-minute walk away. Here, you’ll be taken on a terrifying journey through Dutch history with plenty of terror and surprises along the way.

As I absolutely loved the London Dungeon during our London trip, I knew I had to try the Amsterdam version and it did not disappoint!

You are not allowed to take any photos inside, so you’ll just have to trust my word on this – if you love live performances and interactive experiences, I’m sure you’ll enjoy the Amsterdam Dungeon.

Insider tip: You can get 25% off at both attractions with the I Amsterdam City Card .

When you’ve had your fill of shockingly life-like wax figures or jumpscares, make the super short walk to the tranquil Begijnhof.

Consisting of a collection of traditional homes surrounding a grassy courtyard, the Begijnhof is Amsterdam’s best-known hofje, which is a group of homes for unmarried religious women, many of whom still live here today.

Make sure you catch a glimpse of Amsterdam’s oldest surviving house during your visit, No. 34, but remember to ensure you’re quiet and respectful of the surroundings.

Bloemenmarkt

When you’re ready to head back out into the hustle and bustle of Amsterdam, head to the nearby Bloemenmarkt, the world’s only floating flower market.

As soon as you step inside, your eyes won’t know where to look! Hundreds of brightly-colored flowers, bulbs for every plant you could think of, and heaps of quirky souvenirs are all on display at the Bloemenmarkt.

Although you might spot some of The Netherlands’ beloved tulips here throughout the year, anyone visiting between March and May will see the best of these stunning flowers, as they’re in full bloom in the spring.

If you want to take home some tulip bulbs with you, you can find many pre-packaged bulbs that are ready for international travel (remember that these have to be officially stamped for export). Even if you don’t want to buy anything, it’s absolutely worth strolling around the market as it’s a real feast for the eyes.

Beautifully arranged flowers at Bloemenmarkt Amsterdam

Van Wonderen Stroopwafels

After a busy morning of sightseeing, it’s about time for a quick snack, and what would be a better way to treat yourself than trying the famous stroopwafels?

Just 260 meters (0.16 miles) from the Bloemenmarkt, you’ll find Van Wonderen Stroopwafels , the most buzzing spot in the capital for these sweet caramel-filled waffle cookies.

You can expect to find a line outside at any time of day, but the minute you tuck into your chocolate, marshmallow, or Lotus-topped stroopwafel, I think you’ll find that they’re worth the wait.

We loved these sweet treats so much that we went back almost every day – no kidding! I’d recommend going for the medium or mega size and topping it with marshmallows – it was my favorite combo, and it was absolutely delicious.

Girl in white dress at Van Wonderen Stroopwafels Amsterdam

Damrak Canal Houses

Once you’ve polished off your stroopwafels, stroll along the waterside and admire the hundreds of canal houses with which Amsterdam has become synonymous.

After around 20 minutes of walking, you’ll come across the Damrak Canal Houses, some of the most famous and historic homes in all of the city.

Often nicknamed the Dancing Houses, these colorful buildings have gotten their names thanks to their slightly crooked appearance and always seem to look as if they’re holding each other up.

This is one of my favorite photo spots in Amsterdam – you seriously can’t take a bad photo here so make sure to have your camera ready!

Girl at the Damrak Canal Houses Amsterdam

Canal Cruise

If there’s one thing you most definitely can’t skip out on during your 4 days in Amsterdam, it’s a canal cruise down the dozens of enchanting waterways.

Experience the city from a whole new perspective from the comfort of a cruise boat, passing under cute bridges, squeezing through narrow canals, and, of course, doing some people-watching.

Best of all, there are so many boat tours to choose from , with everything from budget-friendly trips to romantic evening sailings and lively booze cruises available to you. However, this tour is my top recommendation, as you can add on a cheese and wine package!

Read Next: 16 Best Canal Cruises in Amsterdam You Can’t Go Wrong With

Flagship Amsterdam, one of the best Canal Cruises in Amsterdam

Red Light District

Your drop-off point will vary depending on the cruise you’ve picked, but you’ll likely be between a 10 or 20-minute walk from the infamous Red Light District, where you’ll finish up your first day of explorations.

De Wallen is Amsterdam’s most well-known Red Light District, and here you’ll pass by erotic museums, countless windows lined with sex workers, adult stores, and a ton of late-night bars.

Although it’s easy to assume that this pocket of Amsterdam is dangerous, there’s a pretty heavy police force in the area, and it’s generally considered to be very safe.

The only rule you need to abide by is that you can’t take any photos of the workers here, so it’s best to keep your camera or phone in your pockets.

If you would rather explore the area with a knowledgeable local guide, you can join this Red Light District Tour . The tour is available in English or German and departs at 8 pm every day. During the tour, you can learn more about prostitution, coffee shops, and the history of the district.

Day 2 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Rijksmuseum.

One of the best things to do in Amsterdam is touring its many museums, so it’s time to start!

If I had to pick only one museum to visit in Amsterdam, it would be the Rijksmuseum , so I recommend starting your day with this one. Easily the capital’s most-visited museum, this is a can’t-miss attraction for anyone with an interest in art.

Rembrandt’s The Night Watch, Vermeer’s Milkmaid, and Van Gogh’s self-portrait are just some of the thousands of incredible artworks from the Dutch Golden Age that call the Rijkmuseum home, and you could easily spend hours here.

Getting your tickets online is best if you’re visiting during the summer, but they’re also available on entry.

Insider tip: Entrance is free with the I Amsterdam City Card !

Van Gogh Museum

Within a five-minute walk from Rijksmuseum is the Van Gogh Museum , where you’ll have the chance to see some of the Dutch painter’s most treasured pieces.

As well as seeing the largest collection of Van Gogh’s works in the world, including a Starry Night and Sunflowers, hundreds of his favorite paintings and prints from artists he admired are also on display.

Along with the permanent exhibits, there are usually some temporary showcases, too.

With so much to see, it’s a good idea to join a guided tour to get a better understanding of what you’re looking at, but you can also buy a standard ticket if you prefer.

Insider tip: Getting tickets to the Van Gogh Museum is a bit tricky as they usually sell out quite far in advance. Make sure to check the tickets at least two weeks ahead of your visit and book them as soon as you can.

Amsterdam’s back garden, Vondelpark, is less than a 15-minute stroll from the Van Gogh Museum and is among the most laidback places you’ll find in the city.

Walk along the pathways and pass by water fountains, sprawling green spaces, and tranquil ponds, or jump on a classic or electric bike and see the park like a local.

There are a couple of lovely cafes scattered around Vondelpark where you’ll be able to grab a coffee or a quick bite to eat, plus a huge playground for anyone who happens to be traveling with little explorers.

Beautiful green park, Vondelpark Amsterdam

Anne Frank House

A devastating but unmissable edition to your 4 days in Amsterdam itinerary is a stop at the Anne Frank House , a museum formed on the site where this young girl chronicled her family’s journey as they hid for two years during the Holocaust.

When you visit, you’ll see the bookcase that hid the entrance to the secret annex and original items from the kitchen, along with countless photos and videos.

Tickets for the Anne Frank House always tend to sell out well in advance, so you’ll need to snap up yours as early as possible. Every Tuesday, tickets for the upcoming six weeks become available online, so keep your eyes on the website!

You have to reserve your tickets for a specific timeslot, so you might need to move around the activities on this day depending on which timeslot you receive.

Photography and videography are forbidden inside, so you can leave your camera in the cloakroom along with your other stuff.

Insider tip: If you want to learn even more about Anne Frank while touring the Jewish Quarter, you can join this Life of Anne Frank and World War II Walking Tour .

Amsterdam Cheese Museum

After a gut-wrenching experience at the Anne Frank, you’ll appreciate something a little lighter at the nearby Amsterdam Cheese Museum .

The Netherlands has its fair share of excellent cheeses from Edam, Gouda, and Maasdam, and the Amsterdam Cheese Museum gives you an insight into how these cheeses are made.

When you walk in, you’ll be offered a tonne of free samples, including truffle goat cheese and chili cheese, while downstairs is the super cute and free museum.

If you have room in your suitcase, stock up on your favorite varieties, most of which are vacuum-packed and easy to travel with.

Jordaan & 9 Streets

Next up is the trendy and picturesque neighborhood of Jordaan, which is just a 10-minute walk from the Amsterdam Cheese Museum. It’s one of the best areas to stay in Amsterdam and also my favorite area to stroll around!

Jordaan was once a working-class area of Amsterdam and has developed into one of the city’s most sought-after neighborhoods, consisting of boutique stores, hip cafes, and a thriving nightlife scene.

The enchanting nine streets, a collection of stunning avenues lined with upscale shops and some of the city’s most incredible hotels, lie within the Jordaan district. They have been declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site, thanks to their old-world allure and beauty.

If you love cute cafes, you have to stop by my favorite one: Le Petit Deli . It’s a cute little café with French-inspired decor and incredibly delicious pastries and cakes.

Beautiful canal in Amsterdam in the Jordaan district

Amsterdam has hundreds of top-quality eateries, but the Foodhallen is a true foodie heaven in the heart of the city.

You’ll work up an appetite as you make your way over from Jordaan, which is around 20 minutes away on foot.

Once you arrive, you’ll quickly find that the Foodhallen is a true feast for the senses, with stalls selling everything from drool-worthy tacos and crunchy Vietnamese banh mis to spicy noodle dishes and juicy burgers.

If this is your first time here, I recommend starting with De Ballenbar. You have to try the local bitterballs, which are deep-fried meatballs covered in crunchy breadcrumbs. They are super delicious!

Day 3 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Hoftuin park.

Start the third day of your 4 day Amsterdam itinerary by exploring some of the hidden gems in Amsterdam located in the Old Jewish Quarter and the Plantage area.

First, make your way to Hoftuin Park, a small and serene garden located next to the Hermitage Museum. It’s only a few minutes walk from the Waterlooplein metro station, but depending on where you’re staying in Amsterdam, you might be able to walk too.

This hidden gem is perfect for a peaceful morning stroll or a picnic surrounded by beautiful flowers and trees.

It’s also home to one of my favorite breakfast places in Amsterdam : Dignita Hoftuin. This cozy cafe offers delicious and healthy breakfast options, as well as a beautiful outdoor seating area in the park.

Amsterdam Museum or H’ART Museum

After breakfast (or just a quick stroll around the park), you have two museums to choose from for your next stop: the Amsterdam Museum or the Hermitage Museum.

The Amsterdam Museum gives you an overview of the highs and lows of The Netherlands throughout time.

With a unique exhibition for each historical period, the Amsterdam Museum uses displays, videos, art, and artifacts to take you through the city’s storied history, which is really brought to life with the audio guide included in your ticket.

The building in which the museum is set is also steeped in history, having once stood as an orphanage run by nuns during the 1500s, prior to the Reformation.

On the other hand, H’ART Museum is now presenting various arts from three international partners: the British Museum, Centre Pompidou, and Smithsonian American Art Museum.

The museum was formerly known as Hermitage Amsterdam, and it used to house an impressive collection from the world-renowned Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg, Russia. After the recent events, the museum has cut ties with Russia and renamed itself H’ART with a new concept starting in September 2023.

Both museums offer unique and fascinating exhibitions, so choose whichever one interests you more.

National Holocaust Monument

Another attraction you can’t miss next to Hoftuin Park is one of Amsterdam’s newest and most culturally significant landmarks, the National Holocaust Monument.

The four red brick, mirror-topped sections of the monument come together to spell the Hebrew phrase for ‘In Memory Of’ from above.

Each brick has a name engraved onto it for each of the known Holocaust victims in Amsterdam, while some are left blank to represent unnamed members of the Jewish community who suffered during World War II.

An incredibly solemn point of interest, this monument sheds some light on the darker sides of Dutch history.

Skinny Bridge

Seeing Amsterdam in 4 days wouldn’t be complete without a walk to the Skinny Bridge, just a 5-minute walk from Hoftuin Park.

Connecting the areas of Keizersgracht and Prinsengracht, this revered white bridge is said to be one of the most romantic spots in Amsterdam, and it’s believed that couples who kiss under the bridge will be blessed with eternal love.

You might wonder why it’s fondly called the Skinny Bridge despite not being particularly narrow, but this overpass was initially much smaller and was only wide enough to allow two people to pass each other at a time.

Hortus Botanicus Amsterdam

As you might have figured out from the name, the Hortus Botanicus is Amsterdam’s botanical garden, which happens to be one of the oldest of its kind on the planet.

At just over 5 minutes from Hoftuin Park or 10 minutes from the Skinny Bridge, these gardens feel like a tropical oasis hidden amongst the busy streets of central Amsterdam.

Home to a spectacular butterfly house with dozens of colorful species, vibrant flowers, and a rainforest room, you won’t have to be an aspiring botanist to be impressed by this serene corner of the city.

If you would rather visit some free parks, you can stroll around either J. W. van Overloopplantsoen Park or Wertheimpark, both right next to Hortus Botanicus.

Rembrandt House Museum

Around 650 meters away (0.4 miles) is the Rembrandt House Museum . Most of you could probably make a good guess as to who this place is named after!

Rembrandt van Rijn called this townhouse home for almost 20 years during the mid-1600s, and seeing where he completed many of his most coveted paintings makes for a totally different experience to that of the Rijksmuseum while also giving some detail about his private life.

Most of his pieces lie in galleries, but many of his etchings are on display here, and you might even catch an art demonstration during your visit.

Albert Cuyp Market

Situated around a 30-minute walk from the Rembrandthouse or a 20-minute metro ride away is the Albert Cuyp Market.

Everything and anything is available to buy here, and I mean everything! Think clothes, jewelry, flowers, fresh vegetables, souvenirs, and pretty much whatever else you can think of.

Even if you don’t plan on buying anything here, it’s worth spending time passing by each of the 260 stalls and seeing Europe’s largest market in action.

For a truly authentic Dutch experience, pay a visit to the Albert Cuyp Market between 9 am and 5 pm any day except Sunday.

Heineken Experience

Around a 7-minute walk from the market is the Heineken Experience, a must for all beer enthusiasts out there. I must admit, I’m not a beer fan myself, but I still enjoyed this experience very much!

The standard experience includes a 1.5-hour long interactive self-guided tour of Heineken’s former brewery, learning the brewing process, how Heineken became one of the world’s best-loved lagers, and sampling two glasses of this famous beer.

If you want to go all in, choose the VIP experience . This tour lasts for 2.5 hours and is led by a knowledgeable guide, and it also includes a visit to a hidden bar, plus a tasting of 5 different beers!

Insider tip: You can get 25% off with the I Amsterdam City Card .

Day 4 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

For the last day of your Amsterdam itinerary, it’s time to venture out of the city and discover the gorgeous towns that lie in the Dutch countryside.

I have four recommendations for you: Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam, and Marken.

Now you have a choice to make: you can either explore independently by using public transport, or you can book this Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam & Marken Bus Tour , which will take you to all four towns and provide a guide for the day.

If you want to visit all these four places, I strongly recommend booking this tour. While it’s possible to visit them independently, you won’t be able to fit all of them into one day if you’re relying solely on public transport. Plus, the tour is an excellent value for money and will provide you with interesting information about each town.

If you’d rather explore independently, the good news is that you can easily reach all four towns by public transport. I’ll give you all the details below on how to get there from Amsterdam Central Station and you can choose your favorite towns to visit.

Another great way to visit these towns is to rent a bike and cycle there. The Netherlands is known for its cycling culture, and it’s a really popular way to explore the countryside. We visited Zaanse Schans this way on our first trip to Amsterdam, and it was such a lovely experience!

Zaanse Schans

Zaanse Schans is a perfect example of the other side of The Netherlands, as this neighborhood is filled with traditional windmills and colored wooden homes from the 1800s dotted along the riverside, many of which have been relocated from other parts of the country.

You can easily spend a few hours here exploring the windmills, visiting the wooden shoe workshop, and trying some delicious Dutch cheese. You can even enter one of the working windmills to see how they operate and learn more about their importance in Dutch culture.

How to get to Zaanse Schans:

Bus (45 minutes): Take bus 391 from Amsterdam Central Station. It runs every 15 minutes.
Train + walk (35-40 minutes): Hop on a regional train and get off at Zaandijk – Zaanse Schans station. From here, it’s a 15-20 minutes walk to reach Zaanse Schans.
Bicycle (1 hour)

Visit the birthplace of the beloved Edam cheese, which is positioned just 20 minutes from the Dutch capital.

The town of Edam itself is quaint and idyllic, with peaceful canals and pretty buildings, but let’s face it, the cheese is what it’s all about here.

You’ll most likely find yourself hitting the Edam Cheese Market and the Story of Edam Cheese, a little museum detailing the rise of this popular cheese that also happens to offer some free samples.

From Amsterdam Central Station, catch the 314 bus, which will have you in Edam within 35-45 minutes.

How to get to Edam:

Bus (30 minutes): Take either bus 314 or bus 316 from the bus terminal at Amsterdam Central Station. Buses depart every 15 to 30 minutes.
Bicycle (1 hour 10 minutes)

This colorful fishing village is just 23 km north of Amsterdam and has a much slower pace of life than the capital. I was absolutely blown away by this town!

Volendam has a picture-perfect harbor, delicious seafood, and a bunch of adorable streets to be explored, and it’s a window into Dutch traditions that you don’t always get to see in the bigger cities.

For a cultural experience, you can also visit Volendam Museum or take a tour of the Cheese Factory.

How to get to Volendam:

Bus (30 minutes): Take bus 316 from the bus terminal at Amsterdam Central Station. Buses depart every 15 minutes. You can take this same bus to Edam which is only 5-minutes from Volendam so you can easily combine them into a day trip!

Houses on the canal in Volendam, Netherlands

Not far from Volendam is the tiny village of Marken, which lies on a peninsula just 25 minutes from Amsterdam.

As small as Marken is, it boasts a history museum, a wooden shoe factory, and a 19th-century lighthouse, all of which are well worth visiting and easy to reach.

How to get to Marken:

Bus (20 minutes): Bus 315 runs from Amsterdam directly to Marken and it leaves very frequently throughout the day.
Ferry (30 minutes): If you want to combine a visit to Marken with Volendam, hop on the scenic ferry that connects the two areas.

A’DAM Lookout

As the final evening of your 4 days in Amsterdam comes to a close, you’ll hopefully arrive back in the city center before the sun sets.

Many of you will land at Central Station, and just 10 minutes from here is the A’DAM Lookout , home to the famous rooftop swing, a thrilling VR ride through Amsterdam, and some of the most magical views in the city.

There’s also a rooftop bar, which is one of my favorite places for a glass of wine in the city. It’s especially amazing at sunset as the city lights start to twinkle below.

Get your tickets online or at the office on-site, head up to the observation deck, and finish your vacation with a drink at the plush Sky Bar.

Useful Info for Spending 4 Days in Amsterdam

Where to stay in amsterdam.

If you’re visiting Amsterdam for 4 days, you’ll want to stay as close to the city center as possible. While staying in the city center is one of the most convenient options, it’s also quite expensive. You can save some money by staying a bit further out and using public transport to get around.

Some popular areas to stay in Amsterdam are:

Jordaan: A trendy area filled with cafes, galleries, and boutique shops. It’s also close to major attractions.
De Pijp: A lively district with plenty of bars and restaurants. It’s a bit further from the city center but still within walking distance.
Museum Quarter: As the name suggests, this area is home to some of Amsterdam’s top museums, like Van Gogh Museum and Rijksmuseum. It’s also close to Vondelpark, a popular park for picnics and strolls.

To learn more about each neighborhood and find the perfect accommodation for your stay, check out our complete guide to where to stay in Amsterdam .

Looking for a unique experience? Then browse through our guide to the best luxury hotels in Amsterdam or the best Amsterdam hotels with canal views .

In a hurry? Check out our top recommendations for different budgets below.

Luxury | Anantara Grand Hotel Krasnapolsky Amsterdam
Mid-range | NH Amsterdam Schiller
Budget | Bridge Inn

Hotel De L'Europe Amsterdam, one of the best luxury hotels in Amsterdam

How to get to Amsterdam

If you’re visiting from elsewhere in Europe, the easiest way to reach Amsterdam is by train. Amsterdam Centraal Station is well-connected to other major cities like Paris, London, and Berlin.

For those traveling from further away, Amsterdam Schiphol Airport is a major international airport with flights arriving from all over the world. From there, you can take a 20-minute train ride to Amsterdam Central Station or hop on a bus or taxi.

How to get around in Amsterdam

Most attractions are within walking distance from the city center, so get ready to put on those walking shoes! You can also take advantage of Amsterdam’s extensive public transport network, which includes buses, trams, metro, and ferries.

To use public transport in Amsterdam, I recommend buying a GVB Public Transport Ticket . They have different options from one to seven days, so you can choose the one that best fits your itinerary.

One single GVB ticket costs €3.40, so if you’re planning to use public transport more than twice a day, the GVB ticket will definitely save you money.

Another popular option is to purchase an I Amsterdam City Card , which offers free access to public transportation as well as discounts on attractions and activities. This card is valid for one, two, three, or four consecutive days.

Best time to visit Amsterdam

The best time to visit Amsterdam is during the spring (April and May) when the tulips are in full bloom or in September when summer crowds have dispersed. The weather is mild and pleasant during these months, making it ideal for outdoor activities.

Summer is the peak tourist season in Amsterdam, and while the city is buzzing with energy, it can also get quite crowded. If you’re planning to visit during this time, be prepared for long lines at popular attractions and higher prices.

No matter when you decide to visit, make sure to check the weather forecast beforehand and pack accordingly. Bring an umbrella for those unexpected showers and dress in layers to stay comfortable, as temperatures can vary throughout the day.

Planning a trip to Amsterdam?

Then you might want to take a look at all our other travel guides about Amsterdam. I promise, they are just as awesome as this article was!

Amsterdam hotel guides:

Where to Stay in Amsterdam: 10 Best Areas & Hotels
24 Best Amsterdam Hotels with Canal Views
13 Best Luxury Hotels in Amsterdam for an Unforgettable City Break

Amsterdam travel guides:

39 Best Things to Do in Amsterdam: The Ultimate Amsterdam Bucket List
16 Best Canal Cruises in Amsterdam You Can’t Go Wrong With
One Day in Amsterdam: How to See the Best of Amsterdam in a Day
The Perfect 2 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary for First Timers
3 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect Amsterdam Itinerary
14 Best Breakfast Places in Amsterdam You Have to Try

Pin It for Later!

How to Spend 4 Days in Amsterdam: Ultimate Itinerary for First Timers

Europe , The Netherlands , Travel

The best amsterdam itinerary for your first visit.

The Dutch capital of Amsterdam was a city that was on my forever bucket list but that just kept eluding me. We’ve visited every country surrounding the Netherlands, but somehow we just could never make it work. I was finally able to visit this incredible city for a week and I’m so happy I finally made it a priority! I fell in love with the old houses, meandering canals, and above all, the people.

I’ve met plenty of Dutch people and have some Dutch friends, so I was thrilled to finally see their home. I loved the people I connected with in Amsterdam and hope to come back again soon! It was just one of those trips that felt easy, with lots to do, but not stressful. For visiting mid-June I was surprised that it wasn’t nearly as crowded as I thought it might be. Compared to visiting Paris or London during peak season, Amsterdam was a dream!

I put a lot of time and energy into researching the best Amsterdam Itinerary to maximize my time there. I was able to cover a lot of ground in Amsterdam, but also do several day trips outside the city center to explore more of the beautiful countryside of Holland.

I visited with two other friends, so it was easy getting around without kids to worry about. I will say that if I had very small kids, I would have been stressed about them getting run over by bikes. The whole bike situation there is intense! The locals are cruising. They know what they’re doing, but it can make walking a bit hazardous. They should make you wear helmets if you walk! Ha! But seriously, just be cautious, especially while crossing the street, and don’t accidentally walk into a bike lane.

Here's a Short Cut

Why the Dutch are Different

Midnight blue, vincent and theo: the van gogh brothers, the hiding place, the diary of a young girl: anne frank, a small light (disney+), amsterdam travel tips for first timers, where to stay in amsterdam, the amsterdam go city card, planning your amsterdam itinerary, morning – arrive in amsterdam, afternoon – van gogh museum, evening – canal cruise, dinner – snacks from stach, morning – amsterdam photoshoot with flytographer, lunch – pancake making class, afternoon – explore haarlem, dinner – moeders, morning – rijksmuseum, lunch – winkel 43, afternoon – cheese museum, tulip museum, the milkmaid project, houseboat museum, evening – a’dam lookout, morning – rainbowls, afternoon – zaanse schans, tony’s chocoloney, dinner – foodhallen, evening – stroll through vondelpark, morning – royal delft, afternoon – old delft & antiekmarkt, the hague & girl with a pearl earring, dinner – blauw, breakfast – pancake bakery, morning – anne frank house, shopping in de 9 straatjes – 9 streets, lunch – albert cuyp market, afternoon – resistance museum, micropia microbe museum, the red light district, dinner – secret garden, how many days do i need for amsterdam, can i visit amsterdam for 3 days, what month should i visit amsterdam, is 10 days too long for amsterdam, i take day trips from amsterdam, before you visit amsterdam.

Before visiting Amsterdam, try to learn what you can about Dutch culture and history. If you’ve been following me for any amount of time, you know that I love connecting my travels to books (why I run the British Book Club Tour) so it will come as no surprise that I read a few books to prepare for this trip. I also watched some shows and movies. Here is what I recommend reading and watching:

I read the book Why the Dutch are Different and found it very insightful into the lives of the Dutch. This was a cross between a humorous memoir and a travel diary around Holland. The audio was great.

Midnight Blue was a great novel about a girl living in 17th Century Holland, a time when Amsterdam is at the peak of its power. It’s a great historical fiction about the birth of the famous Delft blue pottery. If you’re planning to visit Delft on a day trip from Amsterdam, definitely read this book.

Vincent and Theo: The Van Gogh Brothers was a great easy read about Vincent Van Gogh and his brother Theo. I’ll admit I didn’t know a huge amount about Van Gogh, but it definitely made my visit to the Van Gogh museum more meaningful to understand a little more about his life.

The Hiding Place is a book I read in middle school that I wanted to re-read before my trip to Amsterdam. It’s the story of Corrie Ten-Boom, a woman whose family hid many people during the German occupation of WWII. You can visit her home in Haarlem. I was glad I re-read it before visiting the house.

The Diary of Anne Frank was another middle school re-read for me. We read it during the beginning of lockdown. It was good for my kids to get some perspective at that time. If you’re visiting the Anne Frank House in Amsterdam, I highly recommend reading this or brushing up on it before you go. It will make your trip much more meaningful.

If you’re visiting the Anne Frank House or the Resistance Museum in Amsterdam, you should definitely watch A Small Light on Disney+. It made my visit to the house so powerful. I felt like I was friends with everyone involved. The show is so well done, but will make you cry. I watched it on the plane ride over and was in the bathroom crying. Just a disclaimer, that it’s less about Anne Frank’s life and more about Miep Gies, the person hiding the family in the annex.

These are some quick tips that I’m either glad I did or wish I would have done before visiting Amsterdam.

Learn about the history of Amsterdam – You’ll appreciate your time there more
Book a Flytographer shoot – Use code WANDERLUST for a discount
Set up Apple Pay – most places take contactless/Apple Pay
Watch out for bikes – especially when crossing the street
Get the Go City Card – It will save you money!

Be sure to check out these first-timer tips for visiting Amsterdam for more ideas.

We wanted to stay somewhere central in the Amsterdam city center, but also be near Vondelpark. We chose Hotel Alexander and it was absolutely perfect. Very walkable to public transportation and within walking distance of most sites we wanted to see, but also in a quieter neighborhood so that we didn’t have the sound of nightlife while trying to sleep (getting too old for that).

It also had this massive replica of the Night Watch above my bed, which I thought was pretty comical. It was like staying in a mini Rijksmuseum. And speaking of…Hotel Alexander was designed by the same architect, Pierre Cuypers, who designed the beautiful Rijksmuseum. If you want some more hotel options, check out this good list of places to stay in Amsterdam here.

We got the 3 day Go City Card for Amsterdam and it more than paid for itself. It was a great way to see several museums for free and also to get our Zaanse Schans card. You can buy the Amsterdam Go City Card here.

Alright, now that you’re ready to prepare for your trip, let’s get down to planning out your Amsterdam trip! Here’s what I did each day.

Day 1 – Van Gogh Museum & Evening Canal Cruise

Day 2 – Photoshoot, Pancake Class, & Haarlem

Day 3 – Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, A’Dam Lookout, Cheese Museum, Tulip Museum, Houseboat Museum

Day 4 – Zaanse Schans, Tony’s Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark

Day 5 – Delft & The Hague

Day 6 – Anne Frank House, Albert Cuyp market, 9 Streets, Resistance Museum, Microbe Museum, Red Light District

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 1 -Van Gogh Museum & Canal Tour

You’ll most likely be arriving at Schipol Airport. You can take the train into the city, but we had so much luggage that we opted to take an UBER to our hotel. The UBER pickup is located across the street at the Sheraton, just a quick 2-minute walk. It cost around $20 USD and was worth not hauling luggage on public transportation.

We jumped right into one of the many amazing museums in Amsterdam on our first day. Be sure to Book the Van Gogh Museum in advance, it does sell out. When we arrived there were no tickets left for the day, so I was glad we had pre-booked. You can get your tickets here.

We had a few minutes before our entrance time so we grabbed lunch at Museum Square which sits between the Van Gogh Museum, the MoCo Museum, and the Rijksmuseum. There are several food stalls. I just grabbed a hot dog, which was nothing to write home about. The burgers looked great though.

You can’t visit Amsterdam without taking a tour of Amsterdam’s canals. There are many options for canal cruises, but I didn’t want something that would be a large boat full of tourists, so I searched high and low for something more intimate. We decided on Pure Boats Amsterdam and it was absolutely perfect.

In fact, I ended up doing 2 tours with them. We took an evening tour before the sunset. They had a beautiful offering of cheese, crackers, nuts, and all-you-can-drink alcohol. I had apple juice in a fancy glass. It was perfect. Our guide was adorable. You get a totally different view of the city from the water and it’s just lovely!

I ended up doing a morning tour with my friend who’s flight was delayed and missed the evening tour. The morning tour was cheaper and shorter and also didn’t have any snacks, but did have drinks included. If I had to choose, I’d pick the evening cruise. But if you’re going with kids, then the morning cruise would be a great choice.

Since we had just flown in that morning, we were extremely exhausted and jetlagged. Instead of sitting down to a long dinner or eating something heavy, we opted to stop in at STACH, which quickly became one of our favorite snack stops and a great place to grab a treat or an iced chai! Lots of fun and local Dutch snacks to try!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 2 – Photoshoot, Pancake Class, & Haarlem

One thing about traveling with your family or traveling solo is that I’m never actually in many (or sometimes any) photos! When I get the chance, I always like to book a Flytographer session when I travel. Not only do you get amazing photos by a professional photographer, but you get to meet a local and get a little early morning private tour of your destination. I booked a session with Tania and she was amazing. Doing a photoshoot by yourself can feel super awkward, but Tania put me right at ease and made me feel lovely and confident. You can use code WANDERLUST to get a discount on your photoshoot.

This was one of my favorite things we did on our Amsterdam itinerary. I booked a Pancake Cooking Class with Eat With . We were welcomed into our host’s home and given samples of traditional Dutch food like cheese and Applestroop (I’m obsessed) and pickled herring (I liked it more than I thought I would). Then our host taught us how to make Dutch Pancakes.

It was so fun to be welcomed into a local’s home and to learn a new skill that I could take home with me. My kids would have loved this activity too. I went home and cooked them Dutch pancakes. I highly recommend booking this class. It was worth the money for the experience, and we got fed too!

We took the train to Haarlem, which was easy to do. We had a tour of Corrie Ten-Boom’s house and then explored the lovely town of Haarlem. There are many cute shops here and we just spent a few hours wandering and shopping before taking the train back to Amsterdam.

If you want to try truly Dutch food, you may have to look a little harder than you’d think! Have you ever tried Dutch food outside of the Netherlands? Probably not, it’s because they’re not well-known for their food. So instead of lots of Dutch food places in Amsterdam, you’ll find a lot of international food choices, which is great, but also makes it harder to find traditional options. So we made a special trip to Moeders in search of traditional Dutch comfort food.

We visited Moeders, which means Mothers. It’s a mother-themed restaurant serving classic Dutch fare. Everything we had was delicious, but I think would be even better on a cold winter night! It was a lot of meat and potatoes. But the special part of Moeders is the pictures of all the mothers on the walls! Bring a picture of your own mom to hang on the wall!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 3 – Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, Houseboat Museum, & A’Dam Lookout

Plan for several hours here and go in with a plan. Make sure you book tickets online in advance. Some of the most recognizable artworks are The Night Watch by famous Dutch painter, Rembrandt, and The Milkmaid by Johannes Vermeer, among many other beautiful works of art. Be sure to check out the Cuypers Library at the Rijksmuseum. It’s the largest and oldest art history library in the Netherlands and it’s absolutely gorgeous! If you have the Amsterdam Go City Card , the Rijksmuseum is included, but you still need to book your time slot.

We went to Winkel 43 for lunch. The big draw here is the apple pie and I have to say that it actually lived up to the hype! The food was good too.

Cheese & Tulip Museum

Take about an hour to see both the cheese and tulip museums. They’re small and cute, but so Dutch that you just have to go! You can sample all kinds of cheeses and take some home with you. They’re good outside the fridge for several days.

The Milkmaid Project

Now that you’ve seen Vermeer’s The Milkmaid, head over the The Milkmaid Project and step inside a painting. I randomly happened upon this project just by walking by the studio. This art experience was created by famous photograher, Sander Veeneman, who has recreated the “set” of The Milkmaid. It’s truly like stepping into a painting.

You can also recreate other paintings like Girl with the Pearl Earring or William of Orange. You can do group photos as well. Sander recreated Rembrandt’s Night Watch with all of his neighbors. Even if you don’t book a session, it’s worth walking into the studio to see his work.

This was such an incredible experience just talking to Sander. His passion for this project and art was so tangible and I loved spending time with him talking about the project. The cost is €95 and well worth it for the experience. You’ll get your own high-quality printed photograph to take home with you. Plan for about an hour for this experience and be sure to book ahead.

Houseboat Museum

Check out the Houseboat Museum. If you have the Go City card for Amsterdam, this museum is included. This is just an old houseboat that has been turned into a display so that you can see what living on a houseboat is like. You only need about 20 minutes to see it all.

A’DAM Lookout is a tall observation deck where you can see almost the whole city from above. To get here, you’ll need to take the free foot ferry across the IJ. You can take the elevator up to the top for the views or book “Over the Edge” swing!

A’Dam Lookout is covered by the Amsterdam Go City Card , but you still need to book your time on the swing. It was quite busy up here, but it was fun to see the old city of Amsterdam from above.

Dinner – Meatless District

We wanted to try this vegan restaurant in Amsterdam that had good reviews. For vegan food, it was really good. The beet root hummus and bread were amazing. I had the vegan chicken caesar salad, which was so insane because the “chicken” really tasted like chicken. Check out Meatless District if you’re into vegan food.

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 4 – Zaanse Schans, Tony’s Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark

On day 4, we left the city and took a day trip to Zaanse Schans, an adorable living history village that shows you what life was like in the Netherlands hundreds of years ago.

We stopped at Rainbowls before heading to Zaanse Schans. We ended up loving it so much that we went back several times during our trip. They make amazing smoothie bowls, chia bowls, smoothies, and juices. It’s also in a super cute and artsy neighborhood called De Pijp.

After breakfast, we took an UBER to Zaanse Schans. Zaanse Schans is like a step back in time! It’s an old living history Dutch village with windmills, wooden houses, and little bridges over canals. It’s a great example of what life was like in the Netherlands in the past.

You could spend an entire day here, so give yourself enough time to see it all. It’s quite spread out and there are some great photo ops. If you have the Go City Card, the Zaanse Schans card is included. Just stop at the visitor center first to pick up your Zaanse Schans card. Show your card at each windmill or museum for free entry.

Be sure to visit the cheese shop where you can sample so many different types of cheeses! The cheese can be unrefrigerated for several days, so you may want to take a few wheels home with you.

This is a fun little touristy stop where you can pick up some Tony’s chocolate. They have a cool way to get the chocolate out by using a lever. Be warned: the labels are all in Dutch, so be sure you’re getting chocolate you want. This was a fun thing to bring home for my kids. They have a lot of flavors that you can’t get in the US.

Head back into the city and stop at Foodhallen where you can get any kind of food you like! It’s like a massive mall food court! Our favorite was the giant hummus plate! But they had everything from sushi to tacos. I have to say, Amsterdam does foreign food really well since their traditional food is probably not something you want to eat on a daily basis.

Foodhallen isn’t far from Foodhallen, so we walked over and took a long stroll through Vondelpark, Amsterdam’s main park. Since we were there in June, it stayed light until around 11:00 pm. It was fun to see so many people out and about so late at night. They call these the “white nights.” These photos were both taken around 10:00 pm!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 5 – Delft & The Hague

On our 5th day in Amsterdam, we ventured out of the city again. We specifically went on a Saturday so that we could visit the Antique Market in Delft. So if you decide to take a day trip from Amsterdam. to Delft, save it for Saturday.

Today was another day trip day. We took the train to Delft early in the morning, which took around 45 minutes from Amsterdam Centraal, and walked to the Royal Delft Factory. I loved this factory tour. It was very well done, including a video, interactive museum, and you’re actually able to walk through the actual factory and watch the talented Delft artists painting the pottery and dishes. It was really incredible. There is a nice cafe at the factory, so we had lunch here.

If you want to spend a little more time here, you can book a class and paint your own plate or tile to take home. I couldn’t afford to buy anything at the gift shop, so a class might have been a better option for me!

If you plan to visit Delft, I recommend visiting on a Saturday so that you can explore and shop at the Antiekmarkt. We found so many great gems at this market, including more KLM houses for my collection.

I’m now wishing that I’d bought more, because they were a great price here. I also got an antique Delft vase. I was glad that I had just gone to the Royal Delft factory because I knew exactly what to look for and how to pick an authentic piece. They were also much more affordable than purchasing something at the Royal Delft Factory.

I also purchased a pair of old used clogs which sit on my doorstep with flowers inside. It’s a fun reminder of my time in the Netherlands. These were much cheaper than the tourist versions you can purchase at Zaanse Schans, so if you’re set on getting a pair of clogs, I would definitely get some here. They were around $15 vs. $65 at Zaanse Schans.

There are lots of things to do in Delft including walking along the Oude Canal, visiting the Old Church, Vermeer Centrum (Vermeer lived and painted here), and wandering the old city center. Honestly, I really fell in love with Delft and probably could have stayed here for several days. It was a nice break from the business of Amsterdam and it’s just so charming.

From Delft, we took the train to The Hague. This is the political center of the Netherlands. It’s a fairly large and modern city. The real reason we were here was to visit the Mauritshuis Museum and see Vermeer’s Girl with a Pearl Earring . This was a great art museum and I actually preferred it to the Rijksmuseum. It was smaller and more maneagable, it had great places to sit (I actually laid on the couch for a minute) and it had so much beautiful art that I actually really loved. Some famous works include Vermeer’s View of Delft , Paulus Potter’s The Bull, and Carel Fabritius The Goldfinch .

We took the train back into Amsterdam and had dinner at Blauw, an Indonesian restaurant. This was my first time having Indonesian food. It was really good! Everything is served family style, so there will be a lot of dishes on your table. We had all kinds of meats, rices, vegetables, and sauces.

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 6 – Anne Frank House, Albert Cuyp market, 9 Streets, Resistance Museum, Microbe Museum, Red Light District

The last day in our Amsterdam itinerary was all about World War II history. I saved the Anne Frank House until our last day and I’m glad I did. It was a very moving way to end our time in this beautiful city with a tragic history.

I couldn’t leave Amsterdam without having one more Dutch pancake! We stopped at Pancake Bakery and had a delicious banana Nutella pancake.

I was very excited to visit the Anne Frank house. I’ve been learning about her since I was 13 and it was such an incredible experience. I was so glad that I had done my research, re-read her diary, and watched A Small Light. It was worth it to have an experience that included so much understanding.

The house is very well done. It’s reverent without being boring. It’s sad, without being heartbreaking. An audio tour is included which was very well done. I definitely shed some tears. There’s an amazing gift shop with great books. I bought a great book to help my kids study the Holocaust and Anne Frank. You can also see all the languages that her diary was published in. It was fascinating.

You must book your Anne Frank tickets well in advance of your trip! There are no last minute tickets, so don’t even risk it, even during low season. Tickets are released 6 weeks before the date. I set an alarm and got up at 1:00 am to book our tickets. You can book a guided tour or a self guided tour. I wasn’t able to get the guided tour because spots are extremely limited. But the self guided tour was very well done.

De 9 Straatjes or “The Nine Streets,” are nine side streets in the heart of Amsterdam. The Nine Streets are located off the Prinsengracht, Keizersgracht, Herengracht, and Singel in the city center. We did a little vintage shopping here and I found a few cute dresses, skirts, and shirts. All pants I found were definitely made for the much taller Dutch!

We walked to Albert Cuyp Market for lunch. Albert Cuyp Market, located in the vibrant De Pijp neighborhood, is the largest and most popular outdoor market in the Netherlands. With over 260 stalls stretching along the Albert Cuypstraat, you can find all kinds of goods, from fresh produce, fish, and spices to clothes, accessories, and electronics. It’s a great place to sample traditional Dutch treats like herring, stroopwafels, and fresh cheeses. It’s open six days a week and is closed on Sundays. We had falafel and a fresh stroopwaffel.

After lunch, we headed to The Resistance Museum, a museum dedicated to those who fought against the Nazis during WWII. This museum has so much information about specific members of the resistance and it very interesting. It’s really well done with videos and great labeling, but there is a lot of information. You may need to be ok with seeing about half of this, otherwise, plan on dedicating more than 2 hours to see all of it. Book your ticket ahead of time.

If you’ve had enough WWII history, you might want to consider Micropia . This Amsterdam museum is a museum all about microbes, which sounds weird, but it is actually super fascinating! I learned so much about the power of microbes. It’s really close to the Resistance Museum, so if you have extra time, you could do both.

It’s up to you if you want to visit Amsterdam’s Red Light District. I have mixed feelings about it. It’s part of the culture, but also not something I agree with or want to promote. I decided to go since I was there without my kids. I would never take my kids.

It’s just one of those places that you have to see to believe. There were women in windows in lingerie and men soliciting them. I just quickly walked through. It was very eye opening. If you want to avoid it, then I recommend taking notes of which streets are the busiest and avoiding those.

We wanted to end our time in Amsterdam with something fun and fancy. Secret Garden was beautiful inside. It was very expensive and the servings were very small, but the food was great. If you’re very hungry, I’d maybe opt for something else, but this was fun to taste!

That was our Amsterdam itinerary. I’m really happy with what we were able to accomplish in just under a week in Amsterdam. I think 6 days in Amsterdam was a good amount of time. I felt like we saw most of the city and were able to take several day trips. I would love to return to the Netherlands and explore more of the countryside.

I was really surprised at how much I fell in love with the culture, and even the food, in this country. I’d love to go back and visit during Christmas time.

I hope this helps you lay out your own Amsterdam itinerary! Please let me know if you have any questions about the city or what we did.

Frequently Asked Questions about my Amsterdam Itinerary

We had 6 days in Amsterdam and I think that felt like a good amount of time. There were a few more day trips I would have liked to take, so if you added a few more days, you could definitely fill them. But I really felt like I saw almost the entire city during our time.

Absolutely. If you cut out any day trips, I think 3 days in Amsterdam is a perfect amount of time.

I can’t speak for all the other months, but June was incredible. We had perfect weather the whole time, but keep in mind that a lot of places don’t have air conditioning, so it did feel hot in the hotel room. Once we had fans going it was fine. I would like to go back to Amsterdam in December to see the Christmas markets and the canals all lit up with Christmas lights.

I think for seeing the historic center of Amsterdam itself, 10 days is too long. But 10 days would allow you to take many more day trips from Amsterdam, which would be ideal. And the longer you stay, the slower you can travel, which is always a plus.

Absolutely, and I highly recommend doing so. Amsterdam is great, but the Netherlands are so much more than Amsterdam. Take a few days out of your Amsterdam itinerary to explore the rest of the country.

Wanderlust Crew

Amsterdam Itinerary By a Local (1-3 Days)

Amsterdam is one of Europe’s most charming cities, with picturesque canals, historic architecture, and vibrant culture packed into a small and easy-to-navigate city center. If you’re planning on visiting, a pre-prepared itinerary for Amsterdam is your best bet to get the most out of your trip.

Securing tickets in advance for popular attractions like the Anne Frank House or the Van Gogh Museum is critical, leaving you plenty of time to discover hidden gems, cozy cafés, and lesser-known museums at your leisure.

This Amsterdam itinerary will cover all the best tips and tricks for a great visit to the Venice of the North from a local’s perspective – we’ve lived here for a few years already, and definitely have the wisdom to share! Amsterdam truly is a gem of a city, and we’re so excited to share our one-day, two-day, and three-day itineraries with you below.

Related: (opens in new tab)

Netherlands Backpacking Guide
Amsterdam Budget Travel Guide
Backpacking Routes Around Europe

Disclosure: Some links on this page are affiliate links. We always write our articles before checking if affiliate links are available.

How Long Should I Spend in Amsterdam?

We recommend spending at least two days in Amsterdam to see most main sights. A one-day itinerary allows for quick visits to can’t-miss places like the Rijksmuseum or Anne Frank House, and maybe a short canal cruise, while two days allow you to add in a few more cultural gems like the Van Gogh Museum or a morning meandering through the Jordaan neighborhood.

However, three days (or more!) allows you to venture outside the tourist spots and start getting to know the city on a personal level, as well as squeeze in a day trip from Amsterdam to other parts of the Netherlands , which are really easily accessible by train.

A more relaxed stay is ideal, giving you time to indulge in some local cuisine, people-watch for a few hours in local cafés, check out a show or a ballet, and discover a few more of the city’s lesser-known neighborhoods. You’ll go home practically a local!

While biking is the main form of transportation and definitely the easiest way to get around the city, it’s not ideal for everyone. If you’re accustomed to urban biking, you can rent a bike for as little as €10 per day, and many hotels also provide them. With a bike, the city is your oyster. The bike lanes are fabulous and well-maintained, and bike etiquette is largely respected.

However, if you aren’t used to it, consider proceeding with caution – locals cycle very fast and quite aggressively, and the advent of electric bikes can make the pace feel stressful for the uninitiated.

If you’d rather stick to walking or public transit, never fear – there are tram and metro passes available from the GVB at kiosks around town, and the city center is eminently walkable.

Keep in mind that Dutch weather is infamous for its unpredictability, so be ready to shift your plans around if a storm blows in, and have indoor and outdoor alternatives ready. It’s also best to always have a rain layer with you, no matter the forecast.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

For an ultra-convenient Amsterdam experience, consider staying in the super-central Canal Ring (Grachtengordel). This area is beautiful, and also super close to major attractions.

For a taste of local life, Jordaan is a charming district within the Canal Ring known for its narrow streets, boutiques, and cozy cafés. Budget-conscious travelers should check out The Flying Pig Downtown Hostel , while those seeking mid-range options may like Hotel Estheréa or Hotel Pulitzer Amsterdam . For a luxurious stay, the Ambassade Hotel or the Waldorf Astoria Amsterdam are both iconic options right along the canals, though the prices are eye-popping.

On that note, keep in mind that even the budget options in the city center are likely to be very pricey, and Amsterdam is a pretty small city, so it’s easy to get here from other places if city center accommodations aren’t in your budget.

On that note, if you’re seeking a trendy and eclectic atmosphere that’s still really close to the center, consider Oud-West. This neighborhood is known for its hip shopping and dining options, like the popular Foodhallen, which has a food hall, a vintage cinema, and fabulous shopping. In Oud-West, budget-conscious travelers can opt for boutique hostels like CityHub Amsterdam , while mid-range options include Hotel De Hallen and The Hoxton Amsterdam .

“The Oud-West area is where we call home, so we may be a bit biased, but it’s our favorite part of the city!”

Another trendy neighborhood in Amsterdam is de Pijp, previously a more bohemian place now popular with expats and visitors. De Pijp is a great place for food enthusiasts, home to the famous Albert Cuyp Market and a variety of international cuisine options. In de Pijp, Ecomama Hostel offers a budget-friendly and eco-conscious option that’s really popular with visitors.

If you’d like something a bit quieter and more laid-back, Oost is a great choice, home to the Dappermarkt and the peaceful Oosterpark, one of our favorite parks. In Oost, the Social Hub Amsterdam City is a fantastic place to meet fellow travelers to organize day trips and nights out.

Again, Amsterdam is a fairly small city, so truly you can’t go wrong where you stay. If you stay further out, in areas like Diemen or Nieuw West, be sure you’re near public transit to make getting into the city center easier.

Recommended Amsterdam Itineraries – 1, 2, 3 Days

1 day, 2 days, or 3 days, day 1 – ‘amsterdam in a nutshell’.

Good morning! Your first stop is the Noordermarkt area. Early risers are rewarded with front-of-the-line spots at SAINT-JEAN, a delicious French-style bakery you’ll never guess is fully vegan.

For something a little heavier, our favorite place to grab traditional appeltaart (Dutch apple pie) in the city is Café Winkel 43, also nearby. It’s generally best to visit right when they open to avoid the massive line, and always ask for the fresh slagroom (whipped cream) on top.

If you’re able to come back later, Noordermarkt has a great local market setup, featuring delicious cheeses, veggie stands, and fresh bread; beautiful textiles, vintage clothes, antiques, and vinyl; hot food, pastries, and more.

If you’re in a hurry, grab a coffee and croissant at Café Sonneveld, Kafenion Amsterdam, or Selma’s centrum location before starting your day at the Anne Frank House. The museum does a wonderful job sharing Frank’s life and dreams with visitors, and it’s truly a very touching and emotional experience to stand in the Secret Annex, where she hid from the Nazis with her family and friends for two years during World War II. Give yourself some time to stand quietly and reflect here, and note that no photos are allowed (strictly enforced).

Here is a general note about museums in Amsterdam, and the Anne Frank House specifically: we strongly recommend booking your tickets as far in advance as you can. For the Anne Frank House, tickets are released exactly three months in advance, so mark your calendar and get your tickets ASAP.

Due to its small size, there are very limited visitor numbers, and once the tickets are gone, they’re gone. You don’t want to miss out on this experience while visiting, it’s an absolute must-see and something you will never forget. We’ve heard of so many people coming to visit that weren’t able to make it there or to other popular museums because tickets sold out, which is such a shame! Definitely book in advance.

If you’re keen to do a canal cruise, there are options from companies like Flagship and LOVERS that depart from right in front of the Anne Frank House, offering different amenities (e.g., wine and cheese, 60-minute, 90-minute, open-air, closed, etc.) starting at around €20.

While undoubtedly a touristy experience, we always recommend this to visitors and even partake in them ourselves from time to time! You’ll get beautiful photos and there’s nothing like seeing the canal houses from the water.

Afterwards, explore the charming Jordaan district, known for its narrow streets and boutique shops. Be sure to leave some space in your suitcase for local vintage finds, and stay on the sidewalk whenever you can – while it’s very cute and cozy, cars and bikes still use these narrow streets. Pop into the Embassy of the Free Mind or Museum Van Loon for great examples of Dutch architecture.

“We also recommend sampling the city’s best fries (in our humble opinion, though this is a loaded question!) at Vlaams Friteshuis Vleminckx!”

Exploring along the nearby Spuistraat, pop into the American Book Center for three jam-packed stories of English-language reads, or enjoy the open-air book markets right outside or other shopping continuing onto the Kalverstraat.

If you’re visiting at the end of April, the Jordaan is where all the Kings’ Day festivities take place, so be sure to bring your orange outfit and get ready to drink a lot of Heineken in celebration of the king’s birthday.

Walk a little further into Dam Square and check out Koninklijk Paleis Amsterdam, the Royal Palace. While the Dutch royal family doesn’t live here (they live in The Hague), the large and splendid building is worth a peek.

There are often demonstrations going on in Dam Square, as well as lots of pigeons, people-watching, and comings and goings. Be aware of pickpockets here. If you have time, there are guided tours of the Royal Palace available to see the beautiful interior.

As you wander around the area, we recommend grabbing a more substantial bite to eat before tackling the afternoon’s museums, as they’re huge and thus not ideal to explore on an empty stomach. A few nice lunch options in the vicinity include Kessens, Maijard Smashburgers, or the Pancake Bakery if you haven’t kicked the breakfast craving yet – the Dutch are famous for their pannenkoeken ! The further west you go (towards Westerkerk along Rozengracht), the less touristy the restaurants get.

Head over to the Museumplein area. If you only have one day, pack in quick visits to the van Gogh Museum and the Rijksmuseum for a ‘Dutch Art History 101’. The Rijksmuseum is the Dutch national gallery, overflowing with Vermeer, Rembrandt, and other jaw-dropping Dutch Masters alongside innumerable other treasures, housed in a stunning building.

The Van Gogh Museum is located practically right next door and is also a must-see. It’s good to know in advance that Starry Night is not there (it’s at the MOMA in New York ), but it’s a beautiful museum nonetheless and pays a moving homage to van Gogh’s short and tumultuous life.

It’s packed with drawings and other paintings (including many that you’ll surely recognize), as well as original letters and family history – you’ll gain a new appreciation for Vincent, as well as for his brother, Theo, and will surely be touched by how much they loved each other.

If you’re not tired of museums yet, the Stedelijk, a modern art museum, is located next door as well. Nicknamed ‘the bathtub’ due to its distinctive shape, it’s absolutely massive and a very intriguing place well worth a visit.

Note that the tip about advance tickets strongly applies to these museums as well. If you can, it’s best to visit the Rijksmuseum or the Van Gogh on weekdays, right when they open or right before they close – do a bit of research to see which you’d prefer, and book the second for a few hours later, calculating how long you’d like to stay at each. The museums get extremely crowded in the middle of the day, which will certainly impact your enjoyment.

To get some outside time after all those museums, take a stroll through Vondelpark, ‘Amsterdam’s Central Park’, and the green lung of the city, to stretch your legs. Afterwards or while you meander, take in the Oud Zuid area, Amsterdam’s ritziest neighborhood.

If you’d like a snack or a nice biertje (pint), check out Proeflokaal ‘t Blauwe Theehuis, a cute blue pub inside the park. For those of you craving a sweet treat, Miuz Gelato is one of the city’s best, also located near Vondelpark. And, if you love a bit of luxury shopping, the area around Vondel has Gucci, Hermes, and other high-end brands in glittery storefronts.

For dinner, double back to the city center and check out the Leidseplein area for food and a show at Melkweg, DeLaMar, or Internationaal. This is often one of the busiest parts of town and is packed with theaters, restaurants, clubs, and bars.

If you’re looking to splurge, check out dinner at Momo or the beautiful Art Deco-style Café Americain. Note that there are loads of restaurants here and many (if not most) of them are tourist traps, so be sure to check reviews to help you choose.

Afterwards, if you’re keen to explore the Red Light District, this is also relatively nearby. Please remember to be respectful of the sex workers – no photos are allowed, and this is strictly enforced.

Note that in most of the Wallen area, no drinking or smoking is allowed either, though open containers are mostly allowed in the rest of the city. It goes without saying that this area gets very rowdy and is a hotspot for badly behaved tourists, to the point that the city is actively trying to discourage stag parties and large groups from visiting.

The area isn’t necessarily for everyone, though it can be fun and informative to check out. While here, don’t miss the beautiful Nieuwe Kerk and Oude Kerk, two of the city’s most beautiful churches.

Day 2 – ‘Amsterdam Noord and Westerpark’

Start the second day of your Amsterdam itinerary at the NEMO Science Museum, perhaps having breakfast on its huge rooftop for a great photo op and exploring the various science-based exhibits (though this is a bit more targeted towards children.)

If you’re keen to check out another museum, the nearby Scheepvaartmuseum (National Maritime Museum) has a super cool replica 18th-century merchant ship that you can walk around inside and the museum gives a great history of the Dutch maritime influence. Next, take a ferry from nearby Centraal Station to Amsterdam Noord. The ferries are free, run frequently, and offer scenic views of the city – you really can’t beat it!

Cinephiles will love the Eye Filmmuseum’s huge collection of movies and film posters, and don’t miss arguably the best views of the city from its roof. A rival for those seeking the best city views is the nearby A’DAM Lookout. Thrill-seekers will enjoy the ‘Over the Edge’ swing on the rooftop– we recommend purchasing skip-the-line tickets in advance if you’d like to do this, though it is a bit touristy.

Next, head to the NDSM werf (wharf) area, a former industrial area turned creative hub. Check out the super cool street art, an open-air gallery showcasing international and local graffiti. If you want more street art, check out the STRAAT Museum. Many artists and creatives have studios and workspaces in the NDSM area, and several of which are open to the public.

While here, you can grab a bite to eat or a drink at Pllek, a unique restaurant, nightclub, and cultural venue built from old shipping containers right on the water, or try a great local brewery called Oedipus Brewing. Lastly, if you’re visiting on the second weekend of the month, you’re in for a special treat – Europe’s biggest flea market, the IJ-Hallen, takes place at the NDSM werf, and it’s truly a sight to behold.

When you’re done exploring Noord, take the ferry back across to the Spaarndammerbuurt neighborhood, and check out Westerpark. Begin at the Westergas, a cultural complex housed in a former gasworks building, that often has interactive art exhibits. The Westergasfabriek area has loads of creative spaces, shops, and cafés, and is a great place to grab a bite to eat for lunch.

“We love the beer at local Brouwerij Troost, and their Westergas location often has space for walk-ins and great vegan burgers, fries, and beer flights.”

Next, grab a coffee at Espressofabriek or Bakkerswinkel, or check out Het Schip, a unique expressionist building and museum dedicated to ‘Amsterdam School’ architecture, if that’s your type of thing. Regardless, it’s the perfect time for a stroll through Westerpark, another of Amsterdam’s best green spaces.

Walk through the park in the direction of the Haarlemmerbuurt. You’ll see an arch that looks a bit like the Arc de Triomphe in Paris, and walking through there, you’ll enter the Haarlemmerdijk, a really cute shopping street. The West-Indisch Huis is a great place for a photo – a historical building with ties to the Dutch West India Company, and if you keep walking along the street, you’ll end up right back in the Canal Zone or at Centraal Station.

Check out the nightlife at one of the many bars in Haarlemmerbuurt. Have a drink at Bar Bukowski or an ice-cold beer at Proeflokaal Arendsnest, which specializes in local Dutch beers.

“We really recommend visiting at least one brown bar while in town – a traditional type of pub commonly found in the Netherlands. They’re called brown because of the dark wood interiors that were often heavily tobacco-stained in the past, creating a warm and cozy ambiance”.

Brown bars are the most authentic place to have a few drinks in the country, and were often considered the heart of local neighborhoods in the past – places where folks gathered to enjoy a cold pint and engage in conversation.

All in all, these are still a great place to experience Dutch culture, sample Dutch beers, and try traditional Dutch bar snacks like bitterballen , kaasstengels , frikandel , and other fried goodies.

Arendsnest is our favorite, but Café ‘t Smalle is a close second, and Café Hoppe another good option (in a great location, but a bit more touristy). If you’d also like to try Dutch spirits like genever , check out De Drie Fleschjes.

Note that if you liked the vibe at Pllek, they also have great nightlife there if you’re keen to double back over to Noord.

Day 3 – ‘Amsterdam Oost and de Pijp’

Start your day in Amsterdam Oost by exploring the Dappermarkt, a lively street market offering a variety of goodies. Grab breakfast at Rum Baba, a cozy spot for pastries and coffee, or heavier fare at Box Sociaal, and check out the Tropenmuseum, which highlights world cultures in a sprawling and beautiful building. If time allows, take a stroll through the serene Oosterpark, another of Amsterdam’s gorgeous green spaces.

In addition to (or instead of) the Tropenmuseum, check out the ARTIS complex: consisting of the Groote Museum (focused on human evolution), the Micropia (about microorganisms), and the Zoo (one of the oldest in Europe.) This is a great place to spend a half day, and combination tickets are available for the three spots.

Next, relax in the Hortus Botanicus, Amsterdam’s botanical garden, located nearby. Wandering through its different greenhouses and outdoor gardens, you’ll be impressed with the wide variety of plant species and the sheer size of some cactuses and trees. If you’re not totally museum-weary at this point, the Verzetsmuseum (the Dutch Resistance Museum) is highly recommended for its insight into the Dutch resistance during World War II and also nearby.

All of these super-interesting things to do are part of the Plantage neighborhood, one of Amsterdam’s most charming residential areas. Stroll through the streets and grab a bite to eat at Café Plantage – sit outside on the terrace if you can!

Nearby is one of our favorite breweries, Brouwerij ‘t IJ. It’s located in an old windmill right on the Amstel River, and they have great beer and ample seating (especially if you go a bit earlier in the day.) If it’s not raining, this is a must!

Head over to trendy de Pijp for lunch. Check out the famous Albert Cuyp Market for local treats like fresh stroopwafels, or go for sit-down food at Bazar Amsterdam, Pizzeria Dope, or Sjefietshé.

If you need an afternoon coffee, you’re in luck – the main drag in de Pijp, Ceintuurbaan, is packed with great options. Coffee & Coconuts and Scandinavian Embassy are two of our favorites.

After your lunch or snack, walk through Sarphatipark, the neighborhood’s green space, or window-shop along ultra-cute Van Woustraat and Gerard Doustraat, known for their boutiques and vintage shops.

Next, you can continue along Ceintuurbaan right back to Museumplein and the Vondelpark. This is a great opportunity to check out any museums you missed on day one or explore the area further. In the summertime, the huge green space is the perfect picnic spot, while in wintertime, there’s a super cute skating rink in front of the Rijksmuseum and an equally cute Christmas market to explore.

Elsewhere nearby, fans of Banksy or Yayoi Kusama will enjoy the Moco Museum, and if you’d like to check out some classical music, book tickets at the beautiful Concertgebouw, also on Museumplein. They have great discounts for folks under 30 and often offer lunch concerts.

While this is ultra-touristy, beer fans may want to check out the nearby Heineken Experience for an interactive journey through the world of beer and a history lesson about one of the Netherlands’ biggest exports. It’s conveniently located between de Pijp and Museumplein, so easy to squeeze into this day on your Amsterdam itinerary.

As with museums, it’s best to purchase tickets in advance to avoid long queues or tickets selling out. The area around the Heineken Experience, the aptly-named Marie Heinekenplein, is a great place to walk around and grab a bite to eat or sit and people-watch for a bit.

Whether from de Pijp or Museumplein, you’re quite close to circle back to the city center and continue exploring there. If you walk straight up the Vijzelgracht from the Heineken Experience, you’ll find yourself right back in the canal area.

On the Singel canal, check out the Munttoren, a carillon tower that was originally part of the city walls, and the Bloemenmarkt to purchase tulip bulbs and other flowers in a highly-touristy but charming canal-front market.

Behind the Munttoren to your left is Rokin, a beautiful waterfront street with several shopping streets branching off of it. If you’d like to check out stores like Zara, Uniqlo, or similar, go here. The local department store, de Bijenkorf, is nice for a splurge.

Veering to the right from the Munttoren you can take a beautiful meander along the Amstel River, detouring to visit Rembrandtplein, which is heavily touristy but packed with cafés and nightclubs, or the Reguliersdwarsstraat for gay bars and clubs. If you happen to be visiting during Pride (one of Europe’s best events !) this is a fantastic, though packed, place to be.

As you continue along the Amstel, don’t miss the Magere Brug (or Skinny Bridge), an Instagram favorite spot that’s beautifully illuminated at night. If you’d like a cultural evening, the Koninklijk Theater Carré (Royal Theatre) nearby has great musicals and ballets, as does the Nationale Opera & Ballet near Rembrandtplein.

Again, as residents of Amsterdam, we may be a bit biased… but we truly believe it’s a world-class city and one that will leave you wanting to visit again and again. From its leafy parks to lively bars and clubs, jaw-dropping quantity of amazing museums, beautiful architecture, and yummy international cuisine, definitely budget a solid chunk of time to spend here while on your next European trip, and don’t forget that rain jacket!

What would you add to this Amsterdam itinerary? Share your thoughts with us in the comments!

Tegan George & Alex McKenzie | Why Not Walk

Tegan and Alex are travel, hiking, and biking enthusiasts currently based in Amsterdam. There is nothing they love more than exploring new places by walking, and they have visited over 35 countries together since they met in 2015. Their love for “walking the world” led them to found Why Not Walk, a travel guide site. Follow them on Instagram, Facebook, or Pinterest to start planning your next adventure.

Find them on: Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest

3 Days in Amsterdam: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Essential Info)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: May 6, 2024

3 Days in Amsterdam: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Essential Info)

Visiting Amsterdam in the Netherlands for 3 days and wondering how to plan your time? In this guide, we share a recommended 3-day Amsterdam itinerary for first-time visitors . It includes all the must-sees as well as a half-day excursions to the countryside that will make your trip so much more memorable.

This 3-day Amsterdam itinerary is perfect for a first visit to Amsterdam and will help you make the most of your trip. It is quite packed, but definitely doable. If you want to take things easier and linger around, simply skip one or the other attraction that interests you less. We also include some alternative suggestions making it very simple to personalize this itinerary based on your interests.

To make your planning easier, we also created a map indicating all the places mentioned in our guide. For each site and attraction, you’ll also find our experience-based tips such as when to visit, which tickets to reserve in advance, etc.

Good to know: What makes our itineraries different from others is that you’ll be sure to experience the best of the city in the specific time frame (in this case, the VERY BEST of Amsterdam in 3 days). We take into account walking distances, opening times, and the time that you need in order to visit each place. We also do our best to make sure that you visit each place at the most optimal time.

For example, we won’t tell you to visit a lively city square or a cozy neighborhood in the morning when everything is still closed and there are hardly any people around; while you’re much better off starting your day at a popular museum before it gets too busy there.

TIP: If you want to visit some of the top attractions in Amsterdam and book everything in one place and just a few clicks, consider this digital Amsterdam Pass . It allows you to pre-book time slots for some of the best museums/attractions and saves time and money.

How to see the best of Amsterdam in three days

Important! Nowadays, many of the most popular museums in Amsterdam work with timed-entry slots, and some attractions only sell tickets online. Depending on the season, tickets for some of these museums sell out several weeks in advance.

So if you absolutely want to visit a certain place, be sure to plan ahead and book your tickets as soon as possible! It saves time and money and takes away all the stress.

Depending on ticket availability, you may have to adjust your itinerary, especially if you are planning the trip at the last minute. The good thing is that there are plenty of really nice alternatives to the most popular attractions.

Please note that the hours in this itinerary are only indicated for your reference, to give you a better idea of how much time you need for various attractions. You can easily adjust it based on your interest and/or ticket availability.

LEARN MORE: Amsterdam Travel Tips

Canal cruise is a must with 3 days in Amsterdam

DAY 1: Rijksmuseum, old town, canal cruise, Anne Frank House…
DAY 2: Van Gogh, Rembrandt, Albert Cuyp Market, Heineken Experience, WWII history…
DAY 3: Dutch countryside, A’DAM Lookout, East Docklands, Red Light District Tour…
Where to stay

Map of this 3-day Amsterdam itinerary

To help you plan your trip, we created a map indicating all the places mentioned in our article.

As you can see below, we used different colors for each day. That way, you have a good overview of how this itinerary is structured. We grouped the sites in the most logical way, taking into account the best times to be at each place.

However, depending on the location of your accommodation and other factors, it might be more logical for you to do things slightly differently. So use this just as inspiration for what can be done, adjust where needed, and plan your own perfect city trip to Amsterdam.

How to use this map: Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

This is our recommended itinerary for 3 days in Amsterdam:

Rijksmuseum – Floating Flower Market – Begijnhof – 9 Streets – Dam Square – Royal Palace – Damrak – Central Station – Canal Cruise – West Church & Anne Frank House – Dinner in the Jordaan neighborhood.

DAY 1 planning info/ tickets to book :

Rijksmuseum – timed entry tickets .
Canal Cruise – for this itinerary, we recommend this open-boat canal cruise starting either from Central Station or near Anne Frank House. In the colder season (or if you prefer a (semi) covered boat), take this canal cruise from the Central Station.
Anne Frank House – timed-entry tickets are released about 6 weeks in advance and you have to book asap.

On the first day in Amsterdam, you’ll likely want to see the historic old town and explore the nicest areas around the famous Canal Belt ( Grachtengordel ). In addition, we recommend visiting two of the most popular museums in the city – Rijksmuseum and Anne Frank House. See below for our recommendations on how to make it all fit together in a day.

This is what your first day in Amsterdam could look like:

Rijksmuseum

9 – 10.30 AM.

Rijksmuseum (or The Empire Museum) is the most impressive museum in the Netherlands. It houses a big collection of art, but the main focus is on Dutch masters such as Vermeer, Rembrandt, and Van Gogh.

In terms of significance, you could compare Rijksmuseum to the Louvre in Paris or Uffizi Gallery in Florence .

Some of the most important artworks such as ‘The Milkmaid’ or ‘The Night Watch’ are displayed in The Gallery of Honour . In addition, be sure to check out the unique Cuypers Library . The museum often has temporary exhibitions too, although they usually require a separate ticket.

If you just want to see the main highlights, plan about 1-1.5 hours here. In addition, you can also visit the gardens which are open to the public for free. They are rather small, so you only need a few minutes.

Good to know: Rijksmuseum is one of the most popular places to visit in Amsterdam, so be sure to book timed-entry tickets in advance.

TIP: If you want to learn some background about the most important artworks at Rijksmuseum, be sure to get an audiovisual guide (available at the museum for a small extra fee). Alternatively, consider visiting with a guided tour – it’s the best way to make the most of your visit and better appreciate what you’re seeing.

Rijksmuseum - 3 days Amsterdam itinerary

Floating Flower Market

10.45 – 11 AM.

Next, we recommend a short stop at the Floating Flower Market . It’s located about 10-15 minutes walk from Rijksmuseum.

The market stalls are built over the Singel Canal so if you see it from the back side, it does indeed look like a floating market. However, as you walk through it, it looks just like a regular market.

Many people come here hoping to see lots of colorful tulips or other flowers. But which flowers you’ll see (if any) will highly depend on the season. The market is really tourist-oriented and you’ll mostly find flower bulbs and Dutch souvenirs for sale here.

Good to know: Amsterdam Flower Market is open daily except on Sundays. So if your first day in Amsterdam falls on a Sunday, simply come here the next day. It’s quite centrally located, so it’s not difficult to adjust your itinerary a bit so that you can pass here.

Amsterdam Begijnhof

11.10 – 11.20 AM.

Amsterdam Begijnhof (Beguinage) is another nice addition to any Amsterdam itinerary. It’s located about 5 minutes walk north of the Flower Market.

On the way, you can also pass several other nice places, such as the historic Munt Tower or Spui Square, as well as some popular shopping streets. If you want to do some shopping, try Dutch syrup waffles, etc. you will need to foresee a bit more time here.

Anyway, back to Begijnhof, which is not to be missed in this part of town. Begijnhof (or Beguinage) is a historic architectural complex surrounded by walls and small houses, with a church and green space in the middle. You’ll find similar sites in many places in Belgium too, for example, in Bruges and in Antwerp . They were built for beguines , lay religious women who lived in a community without taking vows or retiring from the world.

Nowadays, Amsterdam Begijnhof is a residential area, but because of its historic significance, the site is also open to the public.

TIP: Don’t miss a black wooden house in the corner of the square in front of the chapel (at nr. 34). This is one of the two oldest surviving wooden houses in Amsterdam.

Good to know: Amsterdam Begijnhof is usually open daily, between 9.30 AM and 6 PM, and is free to visit.

9 Streets & Lunch

11.30 – 1 PM.

The 9 Streets ( De Negen Straatjes ) is one of the coziest areas along Grachtengordel , Amsterdam’s Canal Belt. It’s a small neighborhood around the famous canals Singel and Prinsengracht and consists of just 6 blocks between Leidsegracht and Raadhuisstraat.

This area has a rather authentic feel and is very popular with both locals and tourists. Here, you’ll find many independent shops and fashion boutiques, but also several food stores, small cafés, and restaurants.

This is a very nice place to walk around, do some (window) shopping, and people-watching. Just be careful and stay on the sidewalks as the streets are narrow and there is lots of bike traffic.

TIP: The Nine Streets could be a nice area to stop for lunch, but it’s also very busy. You’ll often see long queues stretching at some of the most popular eateries here long before they even open. Some of the most popular places include Pancakes Amsterdam and Fabel Friet , where – according to some locals – you can get the best fries in Amsterdam. Restaurant de Struisvogel is also very popular but is normally only open for dinner.

Amsterdam Grachtengordel canals in the 9 Streets area

Dam Square & Royal Palace or Madame Tussauds

1 – 2.30 PM (you’ll need just a few minutes if you don’t visit any of the attractions inside).

Next, walk to the historic city center at Dam Square . This is the main square in Amsterdam and has been the heart of the city ever since its early beginning. On the way here, you could take a quick look inside the impressive historic building of Magna Plaza Shopping Mall.

Dam Square is home to the Royal Palace , although it’s only used as a ceremonial residence; the Dutch King and his family live in The Hague. On the Square, you’ll also find New Church, Amsterdam’s old Stock Exchange building, and National Monument to commemorate WWII.

Some of the most exclusive 5* hotels in Amsterdam like Grand Hotel Krasnapolsky or Hotel TwentySeven can also be found on Dam Square. Amsterdam’s biggest department store Bijenkorf is also located here, just like the popular tourist attractions such as Madame Tussauds or Ripley’s Believe It Or Not! .

Madame Tussauds has a collection of local and international celebrities, including the Dutch Royal Family, Van Gogh, and Anne Frank.

TIP: If you are interested, you could visit one of the above-mentioned attractions and/or the Royal Palace. Here you can check if Royal Palace is open during your travel dates. If you want to be sure to visit, get your tickets in advance! Also for Madame Tussauds and other popular tourist attractions, it’s best to book in advance .

Good to know: Royal Palace or some of these attractions could also be good alternatives if you are not able to get tickets for the Anne Frank House Museum (more info below). In that case, you could even visit all the attractions here.

Damrak & Central Station

2.30 – 3 PM.

After visiting Dam Square, walk on Damrak toward the Central Station. Damrak is the wide street that connects the railway station to the historic town.

Don’t miss the beautiful covered gallery called Beurspassage and the historic Stock Exchange building Beurs van Berlage .

As you get closer to the station, on your right you will see some of the most-photographed crooked houses in Amsterdam .

Canal Cruise

3.15 – 4.30 PM.

Next on this itinerary, we recommend doing a canal cruise . You could either opt for a canal cruise starting from Central Station or head to Anne Frank House first and do the cruise starting near the museum later in the day.

Amsterdam’s canal system spans over 75 kilometers (46 miles) and is very impressive. Taking a canal cruise is one of the must-dos in Amsterdam as it gives you yet a different perspective on the city.

You’ll see some of the oldest and most prestigious canals in Amsterdam, sail a small part of the Amstel River, and see many bridges and crooked traditional buildings.

There are tons of cruise options, but no matter where you start, the route they take is usually quite similar. Most of the cruises take about 1 hour, some – 1.5 hours.

Good to know: For this itinerary, you could opt for this popular traditional cruise starting from Central Station. In the warm season, we recommend a cruise on an open-air boat instead. For the latter, you can opt to take it starting from Central Station or from Anne Frank House later in the day.

TIP: For a more special experience or if you like to also have a small snack in the afternoon, you can also opt for this popular canal cruise with a cheese and wine option .

READ ALSO: Amsterdam Canal Cruise: Tips & Info

Anne Frank House & West Church

5 – 6 PM.

Anne Frank House may not need an introduction. But if you are not familiar with it – it’s a museum dedicated to the Jewish girl Anne Frank and the diary that she kept while hiding here with her family during WWll.

Anne Frank House is one of the most popular museums in Amsterdam and the tickets here always sell out. So if you want to visit, you absolutely have to reserve your tickets as soon as possible (typically, six weeks before your visit).

Following this 3-day Amsterdam itinerary exactly as described here, you could plan on visiting here at around 5-6 PM. However, depending on the availability of the tickets, you can easily adjust your schedule as needed. You could come here around noon after your visit to Rijksmuseum, or pretty much any time in the afternoon or even later in the evening.

The museum is normally open until 10 PM, so if you are booking your tickets in advance, it shouldn’t be difficult to find a timeslot that suits your itinerary.

Good to know: Tickets are timed, you have to arrive on time, and you should count about 1 hour for a visit. Anne Frank House has steep stairs and narrow passages, so it’s not suitable for people with mobility issues. The Secret Annex and the old part of the museum are not accessible by wheelchair.

Pictures are not allowed inside the museum.

TIP: Next to the museum, you can see one of the nicest churches in Amsterdam, West Church. If it’s open, take a look inside. Also, you can find a little statue dedicated to Anne Frank next to the south facade of the church.

Alternative: If you cannot get the tickets for Anne Frank House anymore, you could visit the Royal Palace, Madame Tussauds, or Ripley’s Believe It Or Not’ instead – see higher above for more info.

Anne Frank picture at Anne Frank House in Amsterdam

Jordaan Neighborhood & Dinner

You could end your day with a walk through the Jordaan neighborhood. This rather big residential area is located just across the Prinsengracht Canal from Anne Frank House.

If you want to see the most scenic part of Jordaan, check out the northern side in the direction of the Brouwersgracht Canal. You could walk from Anne Frank House next to Prinsengracht all the way to Brouwersgracht and then come back via the network of smaller streets in Jordaan.

There are also many really nice restaurants and local cafés in the Jordaan neighborhood. You can choose between simple traditional restaurants and cafés or fancier contemporary restaurants. There’s truly something for all budgets.

Here are some restaurant recommendations: Pesca for fish and seafood, Cannibale Royale Rozengracht for meat, or Winkel 43 for simple local dishes and traditional apple pie. I indicated all these restaurants on our map, and there are countless other options.

Good to know: Many restaurants are best booked in advance. So do some research before you go, and see if you can reserve a table at the place that you like.

In the evening, walk back to your hotel enjoying the scenery of the beautifully lit canals around you.

Van Gogh Museum – Vondelpark (optional) – Albert Cuyp Market – Heineken Experience (or Moco Museum) – Rembrandt Square – Rembrandt House Museum – Life of Anne Frank Walking Tour (optional) – Dinner around Leidseplein.

DAY 2 planning info/ tickets to book :

Van Gogh Museum – timed entry tickets .
Heineken Experience (18+ only) – timed entry tickets . Alternative – Moco Museum – timed-entry tickets .
Rembrandt House Museum – timed-entry tickets . Alternative – Life of Anne Frank & WWII Walking Tour – more info here .

On the second day in Amsterdam, we recommend getting to know two of the most famous Dutch painters – Van Gogh and Rembrandt, visit a local market, and Heineken Experience. If interested, you could also take a WWII-themed tour.

Here are our recommendations on how you could plan this day:

Van Gogh Museum

9 – 11.30 AM .

The Van Gogh Museum is a great place to get to know Vincent Van Gogh and his art beyond the most famous masterpieces. It’s a must-see in Amsterdam!

The museum has the world’s largest collection of Van Gogh’s art with several hundreds of drawings and paintings. Plus, you can also see fragments of personal letters between Vincent and his brother Theo, and learn more about his life as an artist.

Following this itinerary, you could come to Van Gogh Museum on the second day of your trip. Be sure to book your tickets in advance because the tickets always sell out at least a week or two in advance. Also, try to get the earliest time slot because this museum is extremely popular and gets very busy during the day.

TIP: For a small extra fee, you can get an audiovisual guide that gives you some background behind the works you see.

Good to know: Van Gogh Museum is located on the Museum Square right next to Rijksmuseum. If you want to prevent backtracking and don’t mind spending half a day visiting two big museums one after the other, you could decide to visit here on day 1 of this itinerary as well. However, we recommend visiting these two museums on two separate days or you risk getting overwhelmed and unable to appreciate what you see.

Alternative: If you are not able to get tickets for Van Gogh Museum, consider visiting Moco Museum instead. It’s a wonderful contemporary art museum and is located just nearby.

LEARN MORE: Tips for Visiting Van Gogh Museum

Van Gogh Self Portrait with Pipe and Straw Hat (Amsterdam Van Gogh Museum)

11.30 AM – 12 PM – OPTIONAL.

Vondelpark is one of the largest and best-known parks in Amsterdam. It’s located just near Museum Square, just a few minutes walk from Van Gogh Museum.

The park is mostly popular with locals, and you’ll see people biking, jogging, and walking their dogs here. It’s especially nice to visit in the warm season when everything is green, but it’s also not an absolute must, so you can just decide on the day itself if you feel like making a small detour here.

Not far from the northern entrance, there is a nice cafe where you could have some lunch. However, we recommend another place for lunch – see below.

Good to know: If you do a bike tour in Amsterdam , pretty much all bike tours will come to Vondelpark. Indeed, since the park is quite large, coming here by bike is the best way to see more of it.

We recently did this popular ‘Backstreets and Hidden Gems’ bike tour and it included Vondelpark in its itinerary as well. If you are interested in doing a tour like this, you could do it in the morning or afternoon of the second day in Amsterdam; just adjust the rest of your planning accordingly.

Albert Cuyp Market & Lunch

12 – 1.15 PM.

Albert Cuyp Street Market is a very popular outdoor market in central Amsterdam. It’s located in the De Pijp neighborhood, about 10 minutes walk from Van Gogh Museum, and is popular with locals and tourists alike.

Albert Cuyp Street market has a very nice atmosphere and is a great place to try some traditional Dutch food or buy some souvenirs.

You can simply walk through the market in 10-15 minutes, or you can spend an hour or even longer here, especially if you decide to try local specialties at different market stalls. There are also a couple of nice cafes and restaurants if you rather sit down for a meal.

Good to know: The outdoor market is open daily except on Sundays, from 9.30 AM to 5 PM.

TIP: If you are interested in learning more about traditional Dutch food (and tasting it), you could also visit the market with this highly-rated food tour . It usually starts around 1 PM and takes about 2 hours – a perfect alternative to lunch and something that you could easily fit into this itinerary.

Albert Cuyp Markt outdoor market in Amsterdam

Heineken Experience

1.30 – 2.30 PM. (18+ ONLY !).

Heineken Experience is one of the most popular attractions in Amsterdam and quite rightly so. Even if you are not interested in beer, or – like me – don’t even drink beer at all, I find that it’s well worth a visit.

Set inside the original Heineken Brewery in Amsterdam, this is so much more than an interactive beer museum. You’ll discover the story of the Heineken brand, visit the historic brewing room, and learn about the ingredients and the process of beer-making.

In addition, you’ll find yourself inside a sort of alternative beer universe with interactive exhibits and virtual reality experiences. Of course, you’ll also get to taste some refreshingly cold Heineken beer.

Good to know: Heineken Experience is very popular and many time slots sell out at least a few days in advance. So be sure to book timed entry tickets . You need at least 1 hour for a visit here.

While you can stay at the Heineken bar or rooftop terrace longer, we recommend leaving some time for several other amazing places in your itinerary – see below.

Alternative: If you are not interested in Heineken Experience or if you have kids in your group, you could visit Moco Museum instead.

Heineken Brewery historic room at Heineken Experience Amsterdam

Rembrandt Square

Next, head back to the city center and visit the area around Rembrandt Square (Rembrandtplein). This part of Amsterdam where the Amstel River meets some of the oldest canals is one of the most prestigious areas in the city.

The headquarters of Booking.com are located here, just like several other big companies. Some of the most exclusive hotels in Amsterdam such as Waldorf Astoria or Tivoli Doelen can also be found here. Several famous crooked houses on the shore of the Amstel River are also located in this part of the city.

Rembrandt Square itself is a bustling place with lots of cafes and restaurants.

On Sundays between mid-March and October, there is a weekly Art Market here as well.

This is not really an important stop, just a nice area to walk through on your way to the next place we recommend visiting – see further.

Rembrandt Square (Rembrandtplein) Amsterdam

Rembrandt House Museum

3.30 – 4.30 PM.

There is one more museum that we highly recommend visiting in Amsterdam, and that’s the Rembrandt House Museum . It’s located about 10 minutes walk from Rembrandt Square in the 17th-century house where Rembrandt lived and worked at the peak of his career.

Because of its unique setting, this museum is very different from most others. A visit here is a bit like taking a trip back in time – you are literally stepping into the living room, the kitchen, or the studio of the famous painter. Everything is very well restored and kept as close to the original as possible.

This museum is one of my personal favorites in Amsterdam. It’s small and immersive and you can explore everything in about one hour. Not only it’s a great place to learn more about Rembrandt and his work, but it also gives you a glimpse into the everyday life of rich citizens of Amsterdam some 400 years ago.

Good to know: The museum is set in the original house and has limited space, so the number of visitors is capped. If you want to be sure to visit at a specific time, book your timed-entry tickets in advance.

TIP: Be sure to get an audiovisual guide (included with a ticket) – it makes a visit so much more interesting.

Life of Anne Frank & WWII Walking Tour

5 – 7 PM – OPTIONAL.

If you want to make the absolute most out of your time in Amsterdam and you are interested in World War II history, we highly recommend this walking tour . It’s dedicated to Jewish history and the holocaust as well as the life of Anne Frank. We took many guided tours in Amsterdam and this one really stood out; the guide was excellent.

The tour starts in front of the Jewish Museum, takes you through the former Jewish neighborhood, passes the historic town center, and ends at the Anne Frank House. It doesn’t include a visit to any of the museums though.

Good to know: The main reason why we recommend this tour in the early evening of day 2 of this itinerary is because of where it starts (just 5 minutes walk from Rembrandt House). But since this tour is extremely popular and runs multiple times a day, you could easily plan it at any other moment of your trip.

Alternative: Instead of doing this tour, you could also visit some of the Jewish sites on your own. However, keep in mind that both – Jewish Museum and the Portuguese Synagogue usually close at 5 PM. So if you want to visit here, adjust your itinerary so that you get here at 4 PM at the latest. The same ticket includes entry to both sites.

The National Holocaust Names Monument is open to the public longer and is free to visit. The Memorial to Auschwitz Victims is located inside a park and can be visited at any time.

Leiden Square & Dinner

If you take the above-mentioned WWII tour, it will end close to Anne Frank House. You could find a nice restaurant for dinner in this area, but you could also walk to Leiden Square (Leidseplein).

Leiden Square is located southwest of the most impressive canals, about 20 minutes walk from either Anne Frank House or Jewish Museum. It’s actually very close to Museum Square and Vondelpark which you visited earlier this day, but evenings are simply a more special time to come here.

The area around Leiden Square is filled with theaters, entertainment venues, and tons of cafes and restaurants. It’s a nice place to be in the evening and the atmosphere is usually great, especially when the weather is nice.

For a special treat, check out Restaurant Watergang , for a gourmet Asian fusion meal – Momo Bar & Lounge at the Park Centraal Hotel . If you are feeling nostalgic for American food, Hard Rock Café is also just nearby.

There are many restaurants in this area, but if you want to dine at a restaurant of your choice, you’ll have to reserve a table in advance.

Gourmet fish dish at a restaurant in Amsterdam

Amsterdam countryside tour (tulip fields if visiting in the spring) – A’DAM Lookout – East Docklands – Red Light District Tour – Dinner in China Town.

DAY 3 planning info/ tickets to book :

Dutch countryside tour – there are many options for various durations and group sizes. We chose this highly-rated tour because it starts early and gets back to the city before 3 PM leaving plenty of time for other activities.
Red Light District tour – there are several options . We took this popular tour and I can highly recommend it.

On the third day, you could start with a half-day tour and visit the countryside outside Amsterdam and explore the more modern side of the city.

You could end the day at one of the oldest parts of Amsterdam, De Wallen, known as home to the famous Red Light District.

Here’s what your last day in Amsterdam could look like:

Amsterdam Countryside Tour

8 – 3 PM.

On the last day of your visit, you could explore some of the beautiful countryside near Amsterdam. There are several nice options, and a lot also depends on the season when you are visiting.

Since you only have three days in Amsterdam, we recommend a half-day tour and not a full-day excursion. If you start early, you can do more sightseeing in the city upon return.

Here are some of the best choices for a short excursion near Amsterdam:

IN EARLY SPRING: Keukenhof Gardens and Lisse tulip fields. You could opt for a bus transfer + garden tickets , which should take about 5 hours. Alternatively, consider this popular tour that not only brings you to Keukenhof but also to see the windmills of Zaanse Schans. The latter option would take up the biggest part of the day, however.

LEARN MORE: Tips for Visiting Keukenhof Gardens & How to Visit Lisse Tulip Fields

ALL YEAR: Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam, and Marken. We recently did this tour . Since it starts very early, visits all 4 places, and only takes around 6-7 hours, it’s one of the best options if you want to make the most of your short time in Amsterdam.

LEARN MORE: Best Places in the Countryside Near Amsterdam

If you are not interested in the countryside, there are also many nice smaller towns that you could visit as a (half) day trip from Amsterdam. Haarlem, just 20 minutes by train, is one of the best options for a quick excursion. My personal favorite is Delft , about 1.5 hours by train from Amsterdam. In the summer, you could also take a train and visit Alkmaar Cheese Market .

LEARN MORE: Best Day Trips from Amsterdam

Zaanse Schans windmills - Amsterdam 3 days itinerary

A’DAM Lookout

3 – 3.45 PM.

No matter which tour you choose in the morning, it will likely start and end close to the Central Station in Amsterdam. So when you come back to the city, we recommend a quick visit to A’DAM Tower on the other side of the IJ River, easily reachable by a free passenger ferry behind the station.

The ferry ride takes just a minute or two and ferries run non-stop. Many tours even end on the northern side of the river since it’s easier traffic-wise, so in that case, they’ll drop you off just near the Amsterdam Tower.

A’DAM Lookout is a rooftop experience located at the very top of the tower and offers stunning 360° views of the city. In addition, there are several attractions such as giant ADAM letters, a rooftop swing where you literally hang with your feet over the edge, and they also play a short film about the history of Amsterdam and the tower itself.

Even the elevator that brings you to the top is an experience in itself. And be sure to also visit the bathrooms – you can enjoy amazing city views while washing your hands.

There are also two rooftop bars – one inside and one (seasonal) outside. Grab a drink and sit down for a few minutes enjoying the views of the city and watching the boats go by on the river below.

Good to know: You’ll need a ticket for A’DAM Lookout. Normally, you can simply get the tickets on the spot. A’DAM Lookout is also one of the attractions included with the GoCity Explorer Pass .

East Docklands

4 – 5.30 PM (you’ll need just half an hour if you do not stop anywhere).

After visiting A’DAM Tower, take the ferry back to the Central Station. From here, walk left in the direction of the East Docklands.

This is the more modern side of central Amsterdam. It gives you yet a different perspective of this diverse city.

First, you could walk on the Oosterdokskade, a wide waterfront promenade where you’ll see a floating Chinese restaurant Sea Palace. When the weather is nice, you’ll see lots of people sitting by the river enjoying the views.

As you walk further east and cross the footbridge, you’ll reach a very unique green ship-shaped building. This is the NEMO Science Museum , the best museum in the Netherlands for families with children. There is a nice rooftop cafe here too, and if it’s still open, you could walk up the stairs and check out the views from here (this part doesn’t require a ticket).

Continuing further down the waterfront, you’ll see some old ships and The National Maritime Museum . This is yet another interesting museum that is often overlooked by most visitors, simply because of the lack of time.

Alternative: If you decide not to take any excursion outside Amsterdam in the morning, or if you come back to the city earlier, you could visit one of these museums. With kids, definitely go to NEMO, just be aware that you need at least 2-3 hours for a quick visit there. Many people spend half a day. Maritime Museum can be done in much less time.

Good to know: Both of these museums are usually open until 5 PM, so be sure to adjust your schedule accordingly if you want to visit any of them inside.

Sea Palace Chinese Restaurant on Eastern Docklands Island in Amsterdam

De Wallen & Red Light District

6 – 8 PM (you’ll need much less time if you are not taking a tour or visiting any of the places inside).

De Wallen is one of the oldest parts of Amsterdam, nowadays best known as home to the Red Light District .

While most people come here expecting to see the famous red-light windows, coffeeshops, and quirky attractions, there is so much history in this area that we highly recommend taking a tour with a local guide . It will give you a totally different perspective of the entire area around the Red Light District, and you’ll learn more about its past and present.

We recently took this highly-rated tour and found it very interesting. While we had been to this area countless times before, we learned so much this time. Highly recommended!

If, however, you simply want to see what this area is about or visit one of its unique museums ( The Red Light Secrets Museum is the best one), then you can just go on your own. You really don’t have to worry about walking around the Red Light District; apart from being shocking to some people, it’s just a regular neighborhood where local families live too.

If you are a bit uncertain, go during the day or early in the evening. Late at night and especially on weekends, the Red Light District can be very busy and a bit rowdy. Depending on when you come here, you will have a totally different experience. For the most authentic experience, it’s best to visit here in the evenings except maybe Sunday or Monday when it’s usually very quiet.

De Wallen - Red Light District Amsterdam

Dinner in Chinatown

For dinner, you could head to Amsterdam’s China Town, located just near the Red Lights District. There are restaurants for all tastes and budgets here.

For a simple meal, locals recommended us a Thai restaurant called Bird and it was excellent. On another occasion, we had dinner at A-Fusion , which is a more gourmet experience. The latter definitely has to be reserved in advance.

We indicated these restaurants on our map.

Thai dinner at a restaurant in Chinatown Amsterdam

Where to Stay for 3 Days in Amsterdam

There are so many really nice areas and hotels to stay in central Amsterdam that deciding where to stay can be overwhelming. On the other hand, if you are looking for accommodation just a few weeks in advance, the prices can be so high that – depending on your budget – the choice can be a lot more limited.

PRO TIP: Book your hotel as soon as you know your travel dates!

For this itinerary, you could stay pretty much anywhere in the historic center. If you want to be right in the middle of it all and close to everything, then consider the area close to Dam Square and the 9 Streets. Hotel Estheréa is a fabulous choice here, or – on a higher budget – Pulitzer Amsterdam .

If you are planning several excursions outside the city, then you may want to stay closer to the Central Station. Park Plaza Victoria is a very popular hotel in this area. We once stayed at Hotel Mai in Chinatown just 5 minutes walk from the station; it’s also a good mid-budget option. There are many others too.

If you are planning to visit Rijksmuseum one day and Van Gogh Museum the next day as recommended in this itinerary, you may also consider staying closer to the Museum District. Park Centraal Amsterdam is a wonderful choice in this area. We recently stayed here and loved this hotel.

On a lower budget , check out ClinkNOORD Hostel across the IJ River from the station. It can easily be reached by the free passenger ferry that runs every couple of minutes. If you are looking for a hostel-type of lodging, The Flying Pig Downtown is one of the best-rated choices in a very central location.

LEARN MORE: Where to Stay in Amsterdam for First Visit

Flowers at the entrance of Pulitzer Amsterdam Hotel

So, this is our suggested itinerary for 3 days in Amsterdam.

I hope that this detailed guide will give you a better idea of what can be done in Amsterdam in three days. Once again, use this itinerary as inspiration and adjust it to your personal interests or ticket availability, and plan your own perfect trip!

TIP: Take a look at our tips for visiting Amsterdam . This article contains lots of useful information and tips to make the most of your first trip. Check it out!

More travel inspiration for Amsterdam & beyond:

Best places to see in Amsterdam (all the top sights)
Amsterdam canal cruise (experience-based tips)
Top museums in Amsterdam
1 day in Amsterdam
2 days in Amsterdam
4 days in Amsterdam
Amsterdam in June
Amsterdam in December
Christmas in Amsterdam
Best day trips from Amsterdam
Kinderdijk Windmills
Alkmaar Cheese Market
Best things to do in Delft
Best tulip fields near Amsterdam
Keukenhof Gardens

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Amsterdam 3 days itinerary for first visit

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 19th of February 2024

This is exactly what I was looking for. We will be in the summer in Europe and looking for options and recommendations. We don't like the one day-rush visit to cities, we try to maximized our time even if we don't have a change to visit a lot of cities/places. Only question we have is about the Red Light District, I am traveling with my wife and 2 daughters (15 and 18), is it ok to do a quick walk early in the evening?

Thanks in advanced for your advice and dedication.

Hi Oscar, sure, you can visit the Red Light District with your family. I get this question all the time and I always tell people that plenty of local families live in that area, there is even a daycare center right in the middle of it. It's a unique neighborhood, that's for sure, but it's totally safe to visit and we have walked through it with our (much younger) kids many times. The rest is all in your head and how you react to it. There is just one place in this itinerary that you can't visit with under 18s and that's Heineken Experience. Have a great trip!

How to Spend Three Perfect Days in Amsterdam

I know Amsterdam like the back of my hand.

My partner’s brother has been living in this wonderful city for well over a decade — he even bought a house here! — and what that means is that I have the perfect excuse to visit him. Most years, Dave and I do exactly that; rocking up for a couple of weeks in the Venice of the North , usually over summer, but occasionally during the colder months.

It’s no surprise, then, that I’ve managed to experience a hell of a lot in Amsterdam. Whether it’s hiring a boat and riding down the canals, strawberries and champagne in hand, paying a somber visit to the Anne Frank House, or picnicking with locals in Vondelpark: I’ve done it all.

What I’ve loved so much about my trips to Amsterdam is how it’s introduced me to the perfect blend of both tourist- and local-focused activities. I know many of the hidden gems and local secrets because I’ve been introduced to them by said locals — and yet, I’ve had weeks and weeks of spending my days alone, steadfastly crossing off all the major tourist attractions.

I believe this has left me perfectly placed to write this article. It’s often the case that locals don’t take the time to personally experience the tourism big-hitters, while tourists usually don’t stick around to discover the little-known spots. Somehow, I’ve been lucky enough to experience both.

And let me tell you: Amsterdam is so much more than its Red Light District.

So that’s enough rambling about how much I’ve done in this city, it’s time to start diving into specifics. Here, then, are how I recommend spending three days in Amsterdam.

How Many Days to Spend in Amsterdam

In modern life, we are constantly rushing. Life is busy and travel is no different. With a limited amount of time, we often tend to miss out on things as we have to sacrifice one thing for another. I have compiled this guide with your best interests at heart.

You won’t have to ask yourself the tough question of how many days to spend in Amsterdam because I have the answer for you – three. Three action-packed days filled with sight-seeing, museum tours, boat trips on De Grachten, places to eat, and more.

Three days is the optimal amount of time to properly discover Amsterdam and get a feeling for this vibrant city. The city itself isn’t massive and you definitely won’t have any trouble seeing all the wonderful sights that Amsterdam has to offer.

So, without further ado, get ready to immerse yourself in the list of top tourist attractions in Amsterdam for an action-packed three days of exploring.

Day 1: A Day of Cultural Exploration

The greater Amsterdam area, made up of eight boroughs, fills an area of just over 219 square kilometers. This is a rather large area to cover and sounds rather overwhelming. However, the main tourist attractions are located in the Amsterdam Centrum borough which is a mere eight square kilometers.

Having said this, it is possible to cover many of the attractions in two days, with a third day reserved for a trip out of Amsterdam to explore one of the nearby cities. I will cover this in more detail a bit further one under day three – the third and last day in Amsterdam.

Amsterdam is a city that is rich in historic buildings and beautiful museums to go along with its vibrant ambiance. So, what better way to kick off day one with exploring some of the best museums in the city.

Vincent van Gogh is one of the most famous artists to have ever lived. He is known throughout the world for his amazing paintings such as Sunflowers, The Starry Night, Bedroom in Arles, and the van Gogh self-portrait. It is possible to see some of his famous paintings as well as his life stories in the dedicated museum, located in Amsterdam South at the museum square. Tickets to the museum cost € 19 per person (€ 10 if you’re a student), available online only, while admission is free for those under the age of 18. Your ticket will allow you to see both the permanent exhibitions as well as the temporary exhibits that are on display at the time.

The Anne Frank House, located on the Prinsengracht canal, is a biographical museum dedicated to the Jewish wartime writer, Anne Frank. You will learn about the life of Anne Frank, her diary entries, and the secret annex that she would hide in. The museum is open daily, and tickets cost € 14 for adults, € 7 for children aged 10 – 17 years, and € 1 for children aged 0 – 9 years.

The last museum to round off the cultural side of day one is a trip to the Rijksmuseum, also located in Amsterdam South, close to the van Gogh Museum. The Rijksmuseum is the national museum in the Netherlands that is dedicated to Dutch arts and history and is an absolute must in your Amsterdam itinerary.

Tickets are € 30 a pop for adults, while children under 18 are free. Here, you will learn about more than 800 years’ worth of history in the Netherlands, from the Middle Ages right up until present time. Famous paintings by Rembrandt and Vermeer can be seen here including the likes of Night Watch and The Milkmaid as well as a further 8,000 object representing Dutch history. For your convenience, I’ve attached a link that will take you to the Get Your Guide website , where you can organize your tickets for the museum ahead of the time.

After a morning of cultural exploration, it’s a good idea to grab a drink and a bite to eat to keep the energy levels up for the rest of the day. Amsterdam has a great variety of Michelin star restaurants, bistros, and terraces to choose from, depending on your preference.

It’s always lovely sitting at one of the canal-side establishments as you watch the boats cruise past on De Grachten. The Pancake Boat is also a great option as it incorporates a tour of the canals with all-you-can-eat pancakes. It’s also highly recommended to grab a traditional Dutch frikandel from FEBO – the hole-in-the-wall vending machine concept.

After lunch, I recommend a visit to the Heineken experience located on the Stadhouderskade alongside the canal. The old Heineken brewery used to be housed in the building until the brand outgrew it and moved premises. It is here that you will learn about the history of this world-famous beer and everything that goes with it.

Not only will you learn about the heritage of the brand and the brewing process, but you will also get to enjoy some of the freshest beer as your ticket includes two pints. I’ve included another link from Get Your Guide that is a combination ticket that allows you to experience the Heineken story followed by a boat trip on the canals of Amsterdam.

Following your boat trip along the canals, for those willing and able, a trip to one of the famous Amsterdam coffee shops is a fun experience. Now these aren’t your normal coffee shops that serve the caffeinated beverage – you’re able to order coffee as well as a joint of weed or hashish to go along with it. This started back in the 1970s and is still permitted today. However, there are certain rules that apply so make sure you are fully aware of them before setting out to do so.

A trip to the A’DAM Lookout is a great way to end off the day of exploring and to watch the sunset. Located in Amsterdam Noord, the A’DAM Lookout is a 20-storey building that treats you to 360 degrees of the city. There is also a swing called Over the Edge that sits 100 meters off the ground and is not for the faint-hearted.

After a full day of sightseeing, you’ll be more than ready to retire to the comfort of your bed at the hotel. Be sure to take a walk past the Red Light District on the way home and take a look into the world of the ladies that work there. Always remember to be respectful and to not take photos – your phone might end up in the canal.

Day 2: Cycle the City like a Local

After a busy first day exploring the city, day two is a great time to take it a bit easier and get yourself a bicycle to do a bit more exploring and discovering. Cycling is a way of life for the Dutch people – there are more than 800, 000 bicycles in the city. That’s more bicycles than it is people. By getting yourself a bicycle to move around, you can cover more distance and find hidden gems located within the city. Amsterdam is also well-equipped for cycling with cycle lanes, cycle routes, and of course, its favorable flat landscape.

If you’re not comfortable with tackling the city on a bicycle on your own, there are different tours available that you can join and rather head out in a group with a guide. There are also options available for heading out of the city and discovering the countryside. You will cycle alongside cows, weaving through green pastures and historic farms, over bridges and will also get to experience windmills, clogs, and cheese along the way.

The first stop on your second day of discovering the city can be a trip to the Artis Zoo, located towards Amsterdam Oost (the east side of the city). The Artis Zoo is the oldest zoo in the country and the fifth largest zoo in the world, founded in 1838. Artis Zoo is open daily, and an admission ticket will cost you € 25 for an adult and € 21 for children ages 3 – 12, while children two and under are free. Aside from the zoo, there is an aquarium, a planetarium, an arboretum, Micropia, and the Grote Museum which makes the somewhat steep entry fee worth it.

The next fun thing to do in Amsterdam is to visit the Dungeon tour, a mere two-minute walk from the Begijnhof station. The Dungeon tour is an interactive way to discover the history of the city and sets out to give you a bit of a scare while doing so. There are various shows available to watch such as Torture Chamber, The Flying Dutchman, and Murder on the Zedijk, with tickets starting at € 22. After finishing the tour, be on the lookout for a traditional herring dish at one of the herring carts within the city. It will fill the void and get you ready for the rest of the day.

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Amaze (@amaze_amsterdam)

Amaze Amsterdam is a rather unique experience – it combines more than 30 years of show experience in the music and events industry. There are seven different rooms that contain different laser, sound, smoke, and other special effects that will blow your mind. A ticket will cost you € 26.95 for the full show which takes just over an hour, during which time you will be continually stimulated.

After having your senses stimulated and to end off the day, you can go cool off at the Ice Bar, located in the city center. The Ice Bar is entirely made from ice, from the tables to the glasses you drink from. You will be provided with warm jackets and winter wear and be able to stay in the coolest bar in the city for 20 minutes. Your ticket also includes a couple complimentary drinks and is the perfect pre-drink before heading out for dinner.

Day 3: A Train Trip Awaits

With only a couple of the recommended attractions left for the third and final day, a trip out of the city is recommended. The cities of Utrecht, The Hague, and Rotterdam are all less than an hour’s train ride away from Amsterdam and a great way to discover more about the Dutch culture.

Rotterdam and The Hague are coastal cities, with beaches and a real seaside feel to them. If the hustle and bustle of city life gets a bit much for you, why not escape to the seaside for a few hours to relax a bit. Utrecht, on the other hand, has been described as the little Amsterdam, also boasting a canal network within the city. The centuries-old university town is also steeped in history with many amazing monuments to see.

Upon returning to Amsterdam (sometime after lunch, I would suggest), the final two things to do in Amsterdam are a visit to both the House of Bols and This is Holland.

Located in the Museum Square, House of Bols is one of the more unique museums in Amsterdam, focusing on the history of liqueurs and spirits. During the 45-minute interactive cocktail and genever experience, you will learn about the 42 liqueurs that Bols produces as well as the unique Dutch genever.

Genever is a clear, botanical-driven spirit that can only be produced in Belgium or the Netherlands. After the tour is complete, you will be able to enjoy a unique cocktail, shaken up for you while you wait, using the liqueurs that you would’ve learnt about on the tour. The tour costs € 16 for the cocktail and genever experience, including your parting cocktail.

There are also several other courses available if you have an extra day or are lucky enough to revisit Amsterdam one day. There is a cocktail workshop that runs daily as well as a half day cocktail course that will teach you the necessary skills to mix up the perfect drinks for your friends, family, or significant other.

View this post on Instagram A post shared by THIS IS HOLLAND 🇳🇱 (@this.is.holland)

To end off the day, a visit to This is Holland is highly recommended. The one-hour flight experience will be one of the most incredible flights you’ve ever taken. The 5D experience will take you on an amazing flight, soaring above some of the must-see attractions that the country has to offer. You will be one of forty people strapped into a floating chair that is suspended in front of a giant domical screen.

The experience is complete with visuals, wind, mist, smells, and of course, sounds. As you fly through the Netherlands, the chair will tilt and move giving you the feeling of movement – you will even be put through a storm. There are four different shows available, including the nine-minute long 5D flight experience.

The full ticket price will cost you € 22 for a single adult, but I would recommend getting a combination ticket that allows you access to one of the other attractions. Much like the Heineken experience coupled with a canal tour, you can get a combination ticket for This is Holland along with access to the A’DAM Lookout, Madame Tussauds, The Dungeon, or even a romantic Lovers Canal Cruise.

That concludes my recommended action-packed three days in Amsterdam. I think that it’s a great mix of old and new. You will get to experience Dutch culture and the history of the city as well as learn about the lives of many famous Dutch people. On the other hand, you will also get to experience state-of-the-art activities such as This is Holland and Amaze Amsterdam. It really will be an amazing three-day adventure within the city as well as a small escape to either Utrecht, The Hague, or Rotterdam.

With the main Amsterdam itinerary complete, I’ll now cover a few other aspects of the trip such what to know before you travel to this wonderful city in order to maximize your experience and elevate it to the next level. I’ll end off with the best ways to get around the city, my personal recommendation of where to stay, and finally (and of utmost importance), some safety advice to follow.

What to Know Before You Go

Amsterdam is like any city you travel to – there are certain things to know before arriving that will make your stay that much better. You will save money and know where to go and where to avoid.

Fist of all, the is much more to this wonderful city than the party scene and the Red-Light District. The misconception is that Amsterdam is centered on the ladies of the night and all that goes with them. This couldn’t be further from the truth. The city is steeped in history with many cultural sights to discover (as you have already learnt about) and the prostitutes and parties are only a small aspect of the city’s tourism. The top takeaway here is to not take photographs of the ladies in the windows – it is disrespectful, and you will get yourself into hot water.

Be careful around the canals – they are beautiful but can be dangerous. Many people fall into them and many a bicycle is lost every year. Don’t become another one of these statistics.

Don’t confuse the cafes and the coffee shops. Many have made this mistake thinking they’re in for a lovely cup of caffeinated goodness, but instead are greeted with multiple cannabis offerings.

Rent a bicycle and explore the city like a local but be conscious of others around you. This is the primary means of transport for the locals, and you should be respectful of their space. Also take care when crossing the roads and cycle lanes as accidents happen quickly and you don’t want to have a bicycle collide with you.

Lastly, get yourself an OV-ChipKaart. It allows you access to the trams, busses, and trains around the city and streamlines the process of catching public transport. They are readily available at the stops around the city and allow you to tap in and out of the chosen transport.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

Amsterdam has a vast variety of accommodation options available, from hostels, hotels, bed and breakfast, and Airbnbs. However, for this guide I will only recommend my favorite hotel option to you.

Hotels are a great option as everything is taken care of and you don’t need to worry about anything, it’s all taken care of for you. You can get back from a busy day of exploring, have a meal in the restaurant, and simply flop into bed without a care in the world. The only thing you need to think about is the wonderful day of exploring you would’ve had and what’s to come.

Without further ado, I give to you the Vondice Hotel . Where to begin. Firstly, the hotel is conveniently located in the city. A short walk to the closest tram stop gets you into the city center in minutes. If you’d fancy walking instead, it is also a short stroll away from central Amsterdam and many of the favorite sights. The Vondice Hotel is housed in an old building that has been carefully restored to maintain its old charm and the décor is both fitting and visually stunning.

That’s not all. There is also free parking if you’ve rented a car or come in from one of the neighboring countries, and there are bicycles to rent if you wish to explore like a local. The bathrooms are amazing, and the shower will have you in its rainy reigns.

The neighborhood is quiet and quaint which is perfect for when you come back and want to have a peaceful night’s sleep. This is also made possible thanks to the incredibly comfortable bed which will ensure you’re well-rested and ready for the next day or exploring. The final touch is the basket on complimentary goods that greet you upon arrival – a real great touch to welcome you to the establishment.

How to Get Around Amsterdam

Amsterdam, like many of its European counterparts, has a great public transport network. The trams, busses, and trains all work amazingly well and are rarely late. They service the entire city as well as the neighboring cities so it’s a seamless trip to reach places like Utrecht and The Hague if you are interested in visiting another one of the Dutch cities. The Hague, for example, is a 30-minute train ride and has a wonderful coastline and beaches to explore.

My personal favorite way to get around and explore a new city is to walk. Amsterdam is no different. The city is pretty much completely flat, with no elevation so it’s easy to cover large distances in a day while discovering the various attractions.

The most authentic way to discover the city is to cycle. The Netherlands and bicycles are synonymous as almost everyone owns one and uses it to commute. It’s highly beneficial – it’s free, it keeps you fit, and it’s the best way to reduce your carbon footprint. As I mentioned previously, Vondice Hotel has bicycles available to use so you don’t need to venture too far to get your hands on one. A word of advice though – always lock up your bike. Bicycle theft is rife in Amsterdam, and they go missing all the time. Double lock it if you have the means, because the last thing you want is to have to pay for a new bicycle for the hotel.

Safety Advice When Travelling to Amsterdam

As with most European cities, pickpocketing and bag snatching are particularly common in Amsterdam. However, gangs of thieves operate on the trams and trains, especially the train from Schiphol airport into the city. One member of the gang will set out to distract you while another member will attempt to pickpocket you or snatch a bag. These gangs prefer to operate on these popular lines as they know tourists are on their way to or from the airport. You can often get caught off-guard after a long flight where you are a bit tired and aren’t particularly aware.

Another known scam in Amsterdam is thieves posing as police officers, complete with police attire which makes it difficult to know the difference. They will usually try and trick tourists by getting them to hand over cash or a credit card that they tell you might be involved in some form of credit card fraud. It is important to note that a legitimate police officer will never do such a thing and is the easiest way to tell if they are criminals.

It usually comes as a surprise to visiting tourists, but the canals can be incredibly dangerous in Amsterdam. It is easy to lose concentration for a split second and end up in the water. The problem arises as it is often very difficult to get out of the canals once you’re in them as there aren’t many steps and exits. This is particularly dangerous for weak swimmers as they are quite deep and depending on the month, can be quite cold. There are also many motorboats that utilize the canals as part of their tours making it dangerous to be in the water as there is a risk of being ridden over. An interesting statistic is that between 12,000 and 15,000 bicycles are recovered from the canals every year. Although not necessarily from people falling in, it goes to show that they can be ruthless.

Lauren Juliff

Lauren Juliff is a published author and travel expert who founded Never Ending Footsteps in 2011. She has spent over 12 years travelling the world, sharing in-depth advice from more than 100 countries across six continents. Lauren's travel advice has been featured in publications like the BBC, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Cosmopolitan, and her work is read by 200,000 readers each month. Her travel memoir can be found in bookstores across the planet.

How to Spend One Week in Mauritius: An Itinerary for First-Time Visitors

What’s it Like to Travel in Liechtenstein?

What to Take On the Camino Primitivo: My Detailed Packing List

Exploring the Abandoned Monte Palace Hotel in Sao Miguel

How to Spend Two Weeks in Belize: An Itinerary for First-time Visitors

13 Reasons to Plan a Trip to the Azores

Meet Lauren Juliff

Adventures of Alice

3 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect 72-Hour Itinerary

Sharing is caring!

A gorgeous city riddled with canals, history and tiny houses; Amsterdam can make the perfect European city break. The capital of the Netherlands , there are so many amazing things to do in Amsterdam whatever the weather. Some of the best of Amsterdam’s attractions can actually be found by venturing off the well-trodden tourist trail in the centre. For off-the-beaten-track gems and timeless classics, here’s how to spend the perfect 3 days in Amsterdam.

Where to stay for 3 Days in Amsterdam

Like any capital city, staying right in the centre is never the cheapest option. Amsterdam is not known for being a European budget travel destination , but you can find a few hidden gems if you know where to look.

Luxury Accommodation

For a luxury Dutch stay the Hotel Jakarta Amsterdam is a gorgeous hotel. Located on the IJ River where the ships used to leave for Jakarta, you will find a boutique, Indonesian-inspired hotel. There are panoramic views of the waterside from both the room balconies and the wellness pool.

For a more central hotel, the Eden Hotel Amsterdam is also a wonderful choice. Located in the centre of Amsterdam, you will be just a short walk from famous landmarks like the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gough Museum. Perfect for exploring the city!

the perfect hotel for 3 days in amsterdam

Mid-range Accommodation

For a mid-range stay, the Jaz Amsterdam Hotel has a seriously funky vibe! Just 15 minutes from the city centre, the hotel has a sauna, steam room, and an on-site restaurant.

The XO Hotels Couture is another great option. It offers free private parking, and convenient locations just a short tram ride to the museum quarter and other Amsterdam attractions. You’ll also find an on-site a-la-carte restaurant, smart TV and Nespresso coffee maker.

Budget Accommodation

For a cheaper option, staying outside the city is your best bet. Mercure Hotel Amsterdam West is just a 15-minute drive from the city centre and a 10-minute drive from the airport. It’s also just a few minutes walk from a pretty lake and national park.

Also, Crowne Plaza Amsterdam is an affordable 4* hotel. This is where we stayed when we visited the city.

They offer a free airport shuttle, and from the airport, you can easily catch a train to the city centre. This is a method we took full advantage of when we stayed. It’s not a long journey and can save you some serious cash by not staying in the heart of the city.

The Best Things to Do for 3 Days in Amsterdam

So, without further ado, here are some of the absolute best things you can do during 3 days in Amsterdam.

Visit Anne Frank’s House

One of Amsterdam’s and Netherlands’ most famous attractions, Anne Frank’s House is a fascinating dip into a tragic past. The place where Anne Frank and her family hid during the Second World War, Anne Frank’s House is a place for reflection.

It’s now been turned into a museum and serves as a prominent reminder of the harsh injustice and persecution suffered by the Jews in that era. It’s definitely worth taking the tour and 3 days in Amsterdam wouldn’t be complete without visiting this house. However, I suggest getting there early if possible, because queues can be quite daunting during peak times.

Drink at the Heineken Experience

Home to one of the world’s most famous beers, Amsterdam’s Heineken experience is a super fun activity. The tour doesn’t just show you how the brew is made.

Heineken museum is one of the best things to do during 3 days in amsterdam

It also shows you the history of Heineken, a collection of different beer mats from different ages, a 3D ride which takes you through the brewing process and, of course, a few cheeky drinks too! It’s actually pretty impressive and will be a great day out whether you’re a fan of Heineken or not!

Cruise the Canals

I don’t think you can visit Amsterdam and not go on a classic canal tour. Despite the cliché, it’s a truly beautiful experience and some of the buildings you pass go back centuries. You can easily book a canal tour from the Damrak canal near the train station, and there often isn’t any need to book in advance.

Stretching for miles, the dramatic waterways are one of the reasons that Amsterdam is so famous. Dedicate time to explore the stunning Emperor’s Canal during your 3 days in Amsterdam.

Explore the gorgeous architecture of the houses on its banks and all the other canals that snake off it.

Visit the Windmills

If there’s one thing the Netherlands is known for, it’s windmills. On your third day in Amsterdam, take a day trip to some of the surrounding countryside.

The Netherlands is full of windmills, rolling hills and historic towns. The historic and cultural city of Haarlem is just 20 minutes from Amsterdam Central by train. Or, for picturesque windmills, winding canals and a great selection of shops and cafes, you could also head to the gorgeous Zaanse Schans.

See the Sex Culture

Admittedly this can be rather bizarre and not to everyone’s taste, but it’s still an important part of Amsterdam’s culture. Amsterdam’s Red-Light District is another thing the city is known for. It’s worth a visit during your 3 days in Amsterdam, even if it’s just to see what all the fuss is about!

Although if you do visit, be sure to have your wits about you. The area is heavily policed, but you could still end up without your belongings if you’re not careful. Best to go in the daytime if you’re unsure.

explore the sex culture during 3 days in amsterdam

As well as the Red-Light District, Amsterdam also has a Sex Museum. Exploring the history of sex, the human body and the evolution of it, it’s another quite strange experience.

You’ll find figures, animated statues, giant sculptures of certain body parts and many black-and-white photographs of people engaging in erotic activities. It’s much tamer than the Red-Light district though and shows a more entertaining look at how things have changed over the years.

Take a trip to Efetling

This fantastical theme park is about a 2-hour train ride from Amsterdam and the perfect family day out. If you have more time, you could stay a little longer. However, depending on the queues, you can probably get most of the park done in a day. You can also easily arran ge a day trip to Efteling via Get Your Guide.

Themed around fairy tales the park is like a Dutch Disneyland and is full of quirky statues and little gnomes. There’s a great combination of rides for all the family to enjoy, so you’ll have a great day at Efteling, even if you don’t like loop-the-loops.

Visit the Rijksmuseum

One of Amsterdam’s most famous museums, the Rijksmuseum is stunning both inside and out. The museum was founded in 1809 and houses a huge collection of crafts, artwork and antiques, dating back as far as the 1200s! It was said to have taken several hundred years to complete the collection.

Containing over a million objects in total and over 35,000 books, the museum will take you a while to look around. Nevertheless, it’s totally worth adding to your 3 days in Amsterdam itinerary. Don’t forget to pose next to the famous iAmsterdam sign outside!

Learn the History of Van Gough

One of the most famous artists in the world, Vincent Van Gough was incredibly talented. Located near Vondelpark and also close to the Rijksmuseum, the Van Gough Museum is a fascinating place to learn more about the history of both him and his work.

As well as a superb collection of artworks from Van Gough, the museum also contains the works of Monet and Matisse. Plus, explore the letters, and drawings and discover the interesting past of this world-renowned artist.

See the City from the Sky

I’ve always been a fan of cityscapes. One of my favourite things to do in a new city is to find the best birds-eye-view I can find! In Amsterdam, that comes in the form of rooftop bars of the A’DAM viewpoint.

Standing tall over Amsterdam’s relatively low skyline, the A’dam Toren is a 22-story high building that features a collection of impressive bars, fancy restaurants, (including a revolving one!), and a delightful observation deck with a selection of extreme sports.

You can bungee jump from the tower or experience Europe’s largest swing and plummet off the top that way instead! Located near the EYE Institute, you can also reach the viewpoint via the free ferry.

Shop at Europe’s Largest Flea Market

If you’re a fan of market stalls, handmade goods and quirky bargains, pay a visit to IJ-Hallen, one of the most glorious markets in Europe. Just a short ferry ride from Amsterdam’s Central Station, you’ll find more or less everything at the market.

The sprawling space has countless stands where you can browse vintage records, antiques, arts and crafts, cute clothing and even unique pieces of furniture. Trust me when I say, that there’s definitely something for everyone here.

Eat at De Hallen’s Food Stalls

If you’ve ever taken a trip to Camden Market in London , then you’ll know that food markets and street food stalls can be wonderful places to get lost. For Amsterdam’s version, head over to a former tram depot in the Oud-West neighbourhood which dates back to 1902.

As well as delicious food stalls scattered around a central bar, you’ll also find a few independent stores selling craft and fashion wares. You’ll also find a small cinema, making this the perfect spot for a great evening out during your 3 days in Amsterdam.

wander the Tulip Fields

Could you honestly visit the Netherlands without seeing the tulip fields? These beautiful blooms are another Dutch cliché, but so pretty it can be hard to resist! It’s just a 20-minute train ride from the capital to Bollenstreek, the world-famous tulip fields located near Haarlem.

tulip fields are a must see during 72 hours in amsterdam

This is the perfect day trip from Amsterdam. Alternatively, if you’re visiting in April , simply head to the Tulip Festival for an entire day dedicated to the delightful blossoms.

Explore the EYE Film Institute

One of Amsterdam’s most famous landmarks, the EYE Institute sits proudly on the banks of the IJ. Film fans will utterly love it here and you will also get inside totally free if you purchased the iAmsterdam Card.

the film institue is one of the best thins to do during 3 days in amsterdam

Inside you’ll find a vast museum, many modern exhibits, an extensive film library and a cinema. Once you’re done exploring inside, head to the EYE’s wonderful restaurant and grab a bite to eat on the terrace, overlooking the canals.

See the Royal Palace

Located in Dam Square, this impressive structure was originally built as a town hall. However, it was later used as the Dutch Royal Palace and the official residence of the King of Holland.

Explore the beautiful rooms, and fascinating galleries and make sure you don’t miss the central hall! It contains a stunning marble floor that’s over 100 foot long and shows a huge and detailed map of the world.

Relax in Vondelpark

The perfect place to relax after a hard day’s exploring Vondelpark is Amsterdam’s equivalent of Central Park, New York . Close to the Rijksmuseum, the park sits on the edge of a canal.

It contains plenty of trees, sculptures and several small lakes as well. Perfect to cycle through or go for a leisurely stroll, the part is simply beautiful. There’s also an open-air theatre too, so you might even be able to catch a performance.

Getting around for 3 days in Amsterdam

Like a lot of beautiful cities in Europe , Amsterdam has a very well-connected public transport route. There are countless ways to get about the city, from trams to trains and they’re all super affordable as well. If you’re travelling to Amsterdam from another city in Europe, it’s also pretty simple. I use Omio for all my train travel as it’s super affordable and easy to use.

The iAmsterdam Card will offer you unlimited use of the GVB public transport system for up to 72 hours depending on which card you buy. The 24-hour card is €65, the 48-hour is €85 and the 72-hour card is €105. This handy card also gives you discounts or free entry to plenty of the city’s attractions and 24-hour bicycle hire!

If you choose not to buy the card, then you can still easily get around Amsterdam by train, bus, tram, metro or ferry. You can use most of these with a public transport chip card (OV-chipkaart), which is a bit like an Oyster card in London .

You can also buy them from all the GVB ticket vending machines, use them like a debit card and top them up when you need more credit. A single ticket costs €2.80 and an unlimited 24-hour ticket is €7.50. The city is also quite compact, so you may not need this at all, as it’s easy enough to navigate the capital on foot.

Ferries are slightly different. The most popular route is simply across the river. The Amsterdam Central Station to Buiksloterweg is perfect for those who want to visit attractions such as the EYE Filmmuseum and Tolhuistuin. They’re also extremely efficient, rarely taking longer than 10 minutes to arrive. The ferries that cross the river are accessible for pedestrians, cyclists and mopeds and are completely free to use.

Rent a Bicycle

Easily the best and most fun way to get around Amsterdam is by bicycle. There are actually more bicycles in the Netherlands than there are people, which just goes to show how much the Dutch love their bikes.

An easy and efficient way to get around, you’ll find plenty of bike hire stands scattered around that are fairly inexpensive. Alternatively, you can hire bikes for the day online via tour apps like Get Your Guide where you can also find guided bike tours of the city.

My favourite tools for finding cheap travel

SKYSCANNER – For amazing flight deals.
BOOKING.COM – For affordable hotels and accommodation.
SAFETY WING – For affordable, reliable travel insurance.
DISCOVER CARS – For cheap car hire around the world.
OMIO – For trains, coaches, and transfers.
GET YOUR GUIDE – For attractions and tours.
AIRALO – For a global eSim that keeps you connected.

Disclosure: Please note that some of the links above may be affiliate links, and at no additional cost to you, I earn a small commission if you make a purchase. But, I only recommend products and companies that I use and love.

Alice Smith is a full-time travel blogger and content creator and the founder of Adventures of Alice. Following an unexpected redundancy from her career as a Content Marketing Specialist, she embraced her passion for exploration and turned her hobby of travel blogging into a full-time career.

From her roots near Cambridge, UK, she's ventured to over 30 countries since 2016. With a passion for the outdoors and a knack for finding the extraordinary in the ordinary, Alice is on a mission to show that budget travel can still be luxurious and that every destination, no matter how touristy, holds hidden gems.

10 Most Beautiful and Best Hikes in Italy

From the highest peaks of the Dolomites to the colourful Amalfi coastline, these are the 10 best hikes in Italy to tempt you on an adventure.

Travel Croatia on a Budget: 11 Money-Saving Tips

If you’re dreaming of exploring Croatia but want to cut down on the costs, here are 11 top tips to travel Croatia on a budget.

One Day in Vienna, Austria: The Perfect Vienna Itinerary

From exploring imperial palaces to riding one of Europe’s most famous Ferris Wheels, here is the perfect way to spend one day in Vienna.

11 Stunning Islands in Spain You Must Visit

From the ever-popular Tenerife to the almost unheard-of El Hierro, these are the 11 best islands in Spain that you’ll fall in love with.

15 Wonderful Things to Do in Baden-Baden, Germany

From exploring the delights of the Black Forest to wandering around this charming spa town, here are the 15 best things to do in Baden Baden.

Hiking in Austria: The 11 Most Amazing Trails

Austria has beautiful landscapes and it’s also one of the best countries to hike in. Here are the best places for hiking in Austria.

I have been to Amsterdam once. I wish I knew all of these before visiting. I feel like I missed out on a lot. I will definitely visit again in the future.

There are a lot of hidden gems in Amsterdam and it’s such a pretty city! I hope you get to visit again! 🙂

I will love to go there it’s my dream it’s so enchanting it’s so beautiful.

It’s definitely an amazing city! I’d go back in a heartbeat!

Omg I want to go! what an awesome trip that would be!

You definitely should! 🙂

You’ve got a lot of great advice for travel here. Thanks for sharing!

Thanks so much for this awesome guide. I’m heading to Amsterdam in a few weeks and only have 3 days in the city. I was worried I couldn’t see much, but your guide is really helping me put together my itinerary. Thank you!!!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Amsterdam: The Ultimate 3-Day Itinerary for First-Time Visitors

Amsterdam, the capital of The Netherlands, is one of Europe’s great cities. Famous for its many canals and even more abundant bicycles, Amsterdam is an unmissable stop on any European tour and makes for a fantastic weekend trip for any travelers who are already in Europe.

Full of beautiful architecture, picturesque cobblestone streets, incredible artwork, and full of history, Amsterdam has something for everyone. Whilst you may have heard of Amsterdam’s nightlife scene including its famous Red-Light District, the city is so much more than a place for group boozy holidays.

I recently spent 3 days in Amsterdam and was blown away by how stunningly beautiful the city is. Mixed with the interesting history and the friendly locals, I am already planning my next visit. I cannot wait to return. Keep reading for all my top tips for 3 days in the Dutch capital.

Is 3 Days Enough In Amsterdam?

You might be asking if 3 days in Amsterdam is enough. Absolutely it is! 3 to 4 days is usually a good amount of time to spend in any city on a first visit. It is the perfect amount of time to settle into the city’s vibe and not feel too rushed when exploring the city.

Amsterdam is a smaller capital city than London or Paris but bigger than cities like Barcelona and Milan , so it is a walkable city. That said, Amsterdam has a lot of attractions and things to do, and you would find it a rush to see everything in 3 days. I always prefer to take things at a more relaxed and flexible pace. By not packing an itinerary fully, it allows you to still have the time to explore the bits you like further.

3 days in Amsterdam will give you the perfect introduction and still leave you with some sights to see when you inevitably return!

Amsterdam: Day One

Explore the jordaan neighborhood.

Start your day by exploring the beautiful neighborhood of The Jordaan. This district was originally a working-class area but is now one of the trendiest in the city. It is known for its picturesque canals, quaint streets, and vibrant atmosphere.

The area is part of Amsterdam’s Canal Belt, a UNESCO World Heritage Site , and is the perfect place to start your exploration of the city. Head to the area early to find deserted streets, perfect for taking those iconic shots of the city.

Head to Moods Coffee Corner for breakfast. The café offers a good range of breakfast items with quick and friendly service. The food is delicious, and you can even sit outside on a sunny day, enjoying views of the canal.

The Jordaan is also known for its boutique shops, art galleries, and vintage stores, making it the perfect area to do some shopping. The Noordermarkt hosts a popular weekly market where you can find all manner of things.

The best thing about the Jordaan neighborhood is the chance to explore Amsterdam without as many crowds, marveling at the beautiful homes and canals. Head to Het Brillenpaleis to see one of the prettiest buildings in the neighborhood. This eyewear shop is covered with ivy and in summer and fall comes alive with greenery, perfect for some stunning photos.

Amsterdam Tulip Museum

After exploring the Jordaan neighborhood, continue your day at the Amsterdam Tulip Museum, located within the same area. You could not come to Amsterdam without learning about one of its most popular products.

The Amsterdam Tulip Museum is a small shop and museum dedicated to the tulip. Located on Prinsengracht across the canal from the Anne Frank House, this is a great spot for learning about the origins of the tulip, the different varieties, and how it came to be a major export of The Netherlands.

Entry to the museum costs €5 and you will only need half an hour to explore but it is a great experience for learning about the tulip. Inside the store, there are plenty of tulip-related souvenirs to purchase. Imagine decorative items, pens, tote bags, ornaments, and artwork.

There are also tulip bulbs for sale but please check your country of origin’s restrictions on bringing in agricultural products. The museum shop sells bulbs that meet US and Canadian regulations but not UK regulations so check these carefully.

Anne Frank House

One of Amsterdam’s most famous and saddest tourist attractions is the Anne Frank House. This museum house is open to the public and is the site where Anne Frank and her family hid from the Nazis in a secret annex during World War II.

Anne Frank is best known for her diary, ‘The Diary of a Young Girl,’ which was written whilst she was in hiding. The diary details their daily life and her experiences, thoughts, and emotions during the Nazi occupation of Amsterdam. It is one of the most widely read books in the world.

The museum features a variety of exhibits detailing Anne’s life, the history of the Holocaust, and the impact of discrimination and persecution. Visitors can see the secret annex where Anne and her family lived alongside original artifacts and photographs, offering a poignant experience.

The museum is open from 9 AM to 10 PM every day. Tickets cost €16 for adults, €7 for 10-17-year-olds and €1 for children under 10.

Pro-Tip : As one of the most popular tourist attractions in the city, the Anne Frank House is extremely popular. Tickets are released every Tuesday at 10 AM CET for a visit six weeks later. You need to buy tickets in advance as these sell out quickly.

If you are planning a last-minute trip to Amsterdam and can’t get tickets, I highly recommend the Anne Frank Tour by Free Walking Tours Amsterdam. This two-hour tour gives you the history of Amsterdam under the Nazi occupation and explains the courageous acts of various people in many locations around the city, including the story of the Franks.

Canal Boat Tour

Amsterdam is the city of canals and with so many in the city, the best way to explore it is by taking a canal boat tour. Offering a unique perspective, you will get to see the city from the water.

One of the most striking things about Amsterdam is the beauty of its canal houses and picturesque bridges. Most canal tours will couple these panoramic views with informative audio commentary, explaining the history, architecture, and culture of the city.

There are so many different options for a canal boat tour. Many offer hop-on-hop-off tours, giving you great flexibility as to where you board. There are also evening cruises and themed tours further giving a unique perspective. I even saw a bottomless brunch pink-themed boat cruise if that is your thing!

With something for every preference, a canal boat tour is the perfect relaxing experience on an afternoon in Amsterdam.

Amsterdam: Day Two

One of Amsterdam’s imaginatively named churches, Westerkerk or Western Church in English is one of Amsterdam’s most famous landmarks. It was consecrated in 1631 and is intricately linked with the Dutch artist Rembrandt who is buried nearby.

The tower is the tallest church tower in Amsterdam, standing at 85 meters tall. The interior of the church has a spacious nave with elegant columns and large windows letting in lots of natural light.

Guided tours of the church are available, and visitors can climb the tower for panoramic views of the city. It is a great vantage point to look out over the city and start your second day.

Dam Square is the heart of Amsterdam. Located in the center of the city, the square is a natural meeting place for people and provides easy access to a range of sights.

Some of Amsterdam’s most important buildings are located in the square. In the center, you have the National Monument.

This white stone obelisk was erected in 1956 to commemorate the victims of World War II and is a focal point for national events as well as a meeting point for locals.

On the opposite side of the square, you will see the Royal Palace. This building dates to the 17 th century and was originally a city hall before being redesigned as the Royal Palace. Today it is a ceremonial residence of the Dutch royal family and is open for guided tours.

Finally, there is the Nieuwe Kerk or New Church in English. This is a Gothic-style church dating back to the 15 th century. It is no longer used as a church but hosts exhibitions, concerts, and cultural events throughout the year.

Walking Tour

One of my favorite things to do in any new city is to go on a walking tour. This way you learn about the history of the city and see the city through the eyes of a local. You often pick up some great recommendations and places to see that are off the beaten track.

Most walking tours start at Dam Square. If you are on a last-minute trip to Amsterdam, chances are you might not have been lucky enough to get a ticket to the Anne Frank House. There are many walking tours that will explain the history of the city during World War II that are a good substitute.

I went on three whilst I was in Amsterdam and thoroughly enjoyed each one. Whether you are interested in architecture , history or even food, there is a tour suited to your interests.

Van Gogh Museum

One of The Netherlands’ most famous painters, Van Gogh has a museum dedicated entirely to his works. Located in the Museumplein Park on the opposite side of the park to the Rijksmuseum, the museum is one of the most popular in the city.

The museum is home to the largest collection of art by Vincent Van Gogh in the world and houses hundreds of paintings, drawings, and letters. Many of Van Gogh’s most famous works are in the museum including the Sunflowers, The Bedroom, and many of his iconic self-portraits.

Similar to the Anne Frank House, this is an extremely popular museum, so it is important to book tickets in advance to not be disappointed. Tickets are €22 for adults and free for under 18s.

Red Light District

The Netherlands and Amsterdam are known for their liberal attitudes. Nowhere is this more evident than in the city’s Red Light District. One of Amsterdam’s most famous and unique neighborhoods, it is known for its legalized prostitution and vibrant nightlife. Whilst you may now be in Amsterdam for the party, it is still a place to experience.

The Red Light District is famous for its narrow streets, canals, and iconic, red-lit windows. Prostitution is legal in The Netherlands and the area is heavily regulated by the government, ensuring the health and safety of the workers.

As well as exploring the streets of the district, there are numerous coffee shops and bars; it is one of the most popular nighttime spots in the city. There are also historical sites such as the Oude Kerk (Old Church) and the Amsterdam Museum so there is plenty to see in the area as well as its famous windows.

Amsterdam: Day Three

Rijksmuseum.

The Rijksmuseum is The Netherlands’ answer to Paris’s Louvre or Madrid’s Prado Museum , being a celebration of Dutch art. Located next to Museumplein Park, the area is a hub for some of the city’s best art museums (the Van Gogh Museum is located in the same area!) and a great place to start your third day.

The museum houses an extensive collection of Dutch Golden Age paintings including famous pieces by Rembrandt, Vermeer, and Frans Hals. There are also numerous historical artifacts, decorative arts, and a vast amount of Asian art. You would need an entire morning to see everything in the museum!

The most famous piece of artwork in the museum is The Night Watch by Rembrandt. This huge painting depicts a group of city guardsmen and is known for its use of light and dynamic composition. It sits on the 2 nd floor of the museum and is a remarkable sight.

The building itself is also very impressive. There is a stunning library within the museum and a grand central hall. Upstairs there are impressive stained-glass windows in majestic halls adding to the grandeur of the place.

The museum is open from 9 AM to 5 PM daily and it is recommended that you book tickets in advance as it can fill up.

Nieuwmarkt translates as New Market in English and today is a bustling square with historic buildings, shops, and restaurants. It is a popular gathering point for locals and tourists.

The Nieuwmarkt was built in the 17 th century and was originally a marketplace for goods. Nowadays it is a great spot to grab some lunch, people watch, and browse the market stalls that are in the square. Heading there on Saturday, you will be greeted by an organic food market and the chance to try lots of different products.

Nearby you also have Amsterdam’s Chinatown. Home to various restaurants and shops, if you are looking for Asian food for lunch, you will find exactly what you are looking for here.

Tony’s Chocolonely Super Store

A quick pitstop for the chocolate lovers ! Tony’s Chocolonely is a Dutch chocolate brand known throughout the world for its ethical production and commitment to fair trade. Lucky for the chocolate lovers, they are based in Amsterdam and have a Willy Wonka-esque store.

Tony’s Chocolonely Super Store is free to enter (but you may need to queue!). Inside you will find information about the brand and its mission to create a slave-free chocolate industry. There is a huge wall of chocolate bars in all different varieties, and you can pull the lever to grab your own.

There is a multitude of different chocolate varieties, so you are guaranteed to find something you like. Also, there is lots of merchandise, including totes, mugs, and clothing.

You will only need 15 minutes to visit Tony’s, but it is a fun experience and a great excuse to buy some delicious ethical chocolate!

Centraal Station

After Tony’s, head north to the Centraal Station. Located on the banks of the River Ij, one of Amsterdam’s main rivers, this is the biggest railway station in Amsterdam. Chances are you will have arrived here on your initial journey into Amsterdam from the airport as it is a major transport hub.

The station itself is beautiful in a similar way to Valencia’s Estació del Nord and is worth a visit. It was opened in 1889 and has a blend of Gothic and Renaissance Revival styles. There is a grand façade, ornate decorations, and a distinctive clock tower.

Inside you will find spacious halls, intricate tile work, and beautiful stained glass windows. It is also the perfect departure point for the next stop on your list, regardless of what you choose!

Johan Cryuff Arena (Optional)

One for the football fans! If football is not your thing, you might want to stay in the city center and explore some more. You could even head to Amsterdam-Noord on the free ferry to explore the cute villages found across the River Ij. However, if you are into football head to the Johan Cruyff Arena.

Formerly known as the Amsterdam Arena, the stadium has since been renamed in honor of the Dutch legend, Johan Cryuff. The stadium is home to AFC Ajax, The Netherlands’ most successful club, the Dutch National Team, and is used for various music events. It is the largest stadium in The Netherlands.

The stadium can be easily accessed from Centraal Station via the Metro and offers visitors the chance to see all aspects of the stadium. You can either book a classic tour or a guided tour for more information. I did the guided tour, and it was excellent value for money.

The tour takes in both dressing rooms, the tunnel, the press room, the pitch, trophy room and you get the chance to sit in the manager’s chair as if you were the manager of Ajax yourself. There is also a team shop for all your souvenirs and a restaurant if you get hungry.

How Many Days Is OK for Amsterdam?

3 to 4 days is the perfect amount of time for a trip to Amsterdam. The city has plenty of attractions to keep you busy and 3 to 4 days will be enough days to see the major sights and start to delve a little deeper into Amsterdam life.

Of course, if you are staying longer, you will be able to see more of Amsterdam away from the major tourist attractions. Many of the major sights are located south of the River Ij which is where a lot of tourists will spend their time. Venturing over the river to Amsterdam Noord, will take you off the beaten track and give you the chance to explore cute villages and green spaces, showing a different side of the city.

Likewise, by staying longer, you will have the chance to venture out of the city and see more of this incredible country.

Is Paris Better Than Amsterdam?

How do you begin to compare two of Europe’s most famous cities?! Both Paris and Amsterdam have so many things to see and do that the question of which is better is entirely down to personal preference.

Paris has a rich history, incredible museums such as the Louvre , and many iconic landmarks such as the Eiffel Tower and Notre Dame. Known for its romantic atmosphere, the city also boasts an incredible food scene, is home to some of the most famous fashion brands in the world, and has a vibrant cultural life.

Amsterdam has a more picturesque vibe due to its cobbled streets and winding canals that are prevalent across the city. It is more laid-back than Paris and boasts some unique, historic architecture in the form of its canal houses. It also has unique sights such as the Anne Frank House and world-class art museums such as the Van Gogh Museum and the Rijksmuseum.

Having visited both, Amsterdam suited my style more than Paris. Being interested in modern history, Amsterdam’s story fascinated me. Tulips are also my favorite flowers so going in April added an extra special memory for the trip.

Is Amsterdam The Most Beautiful City In Europe?

Deciding the most beautiful city in Europe is an impossible task! How do you decide which city is the most beautiful on a continent that has cities such as Paris, Rome, Vienna and so many more? By choosing one, I would risk the wrath of the residents of so many European cities who would rightfully claim that their city is the most beautiful.

What I can say is that Amsterdam is a stunning city . The canal houses and canals give Amsterdam a distinctive character. So intrinsically linked with the city in a similar way to Gaudí’s architectural association with Barcelona , Amsterdam has its own character and charm that make you want to explore every street and marvel at its beauty.

Having visited 15 of Europe’s capitals and many more of its cities, I can safely say that Amsterdam more than holds its own and has a good claim at being Europe’s most beautiful city.

What Is The Best Part Of Amsterdam To Stay In?

The best part of a city to stay in will always depend on the focus of your trip. Every traveler has their own preferences about where they want to stay. If you are heading to Amsterdam for its nightlife, you are inevitably going to want to be closer to the center and its Red-Light District, where a lot of the action happens.

However, my top recommendation is to stay in the Jordaan district of the city. I spent two of my three nights in a hotel here and it was stunning. The Jordaan is a historic neighborhood close to the city center. It was originally a working-class area but is now one of the trendiest neighborhoods in the city.

The Jordaan is famous for its art heritage with Rembrandt once living in the area. The neighborhood was also home to Anne Frank and her house is located within the district, making it a wonderful place to stay. The area also hosts weekly markets such as Noordermarkt and the Lindengrachtmarkt, both of which are great to explore.

One of my favorite memories from the trip was getting up early and wandering the beautiful streets of the Jordaan, taking photos, and exploring the beautiful streets without aim. This makes it my top pick for the best place to stay in Amsterdam.

Final Thoughts

Amsterdam is hands-down one of Europe’s greatest cities. The iconic capital of The Netherlands is the perfect choice for a 3-day break and will surprise you every step of the way. Whilst known for its nightlife, it is a stunningly beautiful city with a plethora of activities.

Whether you are into art, nature, food, history, or partying, Amsterdam has something for everyone. 3 days in Amsterdam will give you a great overview of the city but leave with the thirst to come back for more to keep peeling back the layers of this incredible place. I highly recommend a stay in the city and hope this guide has helped convince you to book those flights to Amsterdam!

Liam Mulligan runs Travels Around Spain

Keep planning your visit with these 10 Amsterdam day trips :

5 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

How to spend 5 days in amsterdam: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You want to spend 5 days in Amsterdam and you’re looking for the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam.

Five days is the perfect duration to discover the best places to visit in Amsterdam as well as the city’s surroundings.

In addition to the best places to visit and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

You will see, planning your trip to Amsterdam will be super easy!

So, what are the best things to do in Amsterdam in 5 days? Where to stay?

1. City Card I Amsterdam

5 days in amsterdam: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 5-day stay in amsterdam, a. dam square and the royal palace of amsterdam, b. the amsterdam dungeon or the amsterdam museum, c. the beguinage, d. the flower market, e. zuiderkerk and nieuwmarkt, f. the red light district, g. oude kerk, a. jordaan district, b. the cheese museum, c. anne frank’s house, d. visit to a museum: rijksmuseum, van gogh, moco or stedelijk, e. vondelpark, f. canal boat tour, a. the albert cuypmarkt, b. heineken experience, c. skinny bridge (magere brug), d. visit to a museum or guided tour of amsterdam by bike, e. this is holland/a’dam lookout, day 4 in amsterdam – zaanse schans windmills, day 5: the villages of waterland, where to stay in amsterdam, visiting amsterdam in 5 days with your family, more things to do during your 5 days in amsterdam, renting a boat in amsterdam, map of your 5-day itinerary in amsterdam, 5-day itinerary in amsterdam: flight prices and tips, you’re traveling to the netherlands these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at amsterdam’s tourist attractions.

With more than 18 million tourists every year, Amsterdam is simply one of the trendiest destination in the world!

Visiting an European capital such as Rome , Madrid or London often means large crowds of people (we are talking about tens of thousands of tourists a day!) and Amsterdam is no exception.

Unfortunately, this means endless waiting lines in front of iconic monuments and museums such as the Royal Palace or the Rijksmuseum.

Hopefully, there are a few ways to avoid this 😉.

You actually have 2 options that will allow you to save a ton of time (and money!) during your 5-day visit to Amsterdam.

You will see, it’s very simple: I am going to tell your everything is this guide and you will just have to follow my advice for a perfect stay!

So, here are the two best solutions to save time:

Your first option to get priority access to the top attractions and save money is to get the City Card I Amsterdam.

Valid for a period between 1 and 5 days (depending one what you choose when booking), the City Card entitles you to free or reduced entrance to the main tourist attractions.

It also gives you free access to public transport, including trams, buses and the metro.

In my opinion, it’s really the perfect choice for a 5-day stay in Amsterdam.

Once you have placed your order online , you will receive an email with the instructions to redeem your City Card on arrival.

With the I Amsterdam City Card, you will get:

Free entrance to the city’s museums (including the the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gogh Museum of course!)
A canal cruise
Discounts on certain attractions such as the Amsterdam Dungeon and the Heineken Experience
25% off bike hire and in certain restaurants
Unlimited use of public transport during your 5 days in Amsterdam.

To buy your I Amsterdam City Card and see the full list of attractions included, simply click on the button below:

2. Priority tickets for Amsterdam’s best tourist attractions

Your 2nd option to avoid queuing during your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam is to buy skip-the-line tickets.

In Amsterdam, you can buy fast track tickets for the main museums as well as for the most popular activities such as the canal cruise or the bike tours.

Here is the list of all skip-the-line tickets and excursions I will be talking about in this 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam.

To view the prices and to book, simply click on the links below (you will also find them throughout the article):

The Royal Palace of Amsterdam
The Dungeon
Amsterdam Museum
Guided tour of the Red Light District
Private tour of Jordaan
The Rijksmuseum
Van Gogh Museum
The Stedelijk Museum
Canal boat tour
The Heineken Experience
Guided tour of Amsterdam
Guided bike tour
This is Holland
Anne Frank-related guided walking tour of Amsterdam
Guided segway tour
A day with a visit to the windmills + 1h boat tour + Volendam + Marken
Visit to Edam + Volendam + Marken + Zaanse Schans + cheese tasting
Keukenhof – Entry + transport

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As Amsterdam is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in Amsterdam by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at traveler’s favorite hotels in Amsterdam.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in Amsterdam, simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

5 days in Amsterdam: recommended itinerary

Let’s now plan your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam!

For this itinerary, I assume you will be spending 5 full days in Amsterdam and purchased, the I Amsterdam City Card or your fast track tickets .

That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

If you still have questions after reading this guide or need help planning you holiday, don’t hesitate to ask me your questions in the comments section located at the end of this article.

So, what are the best places to visit in Amsterdam in 5 days?

Day 1 – Discover the historic center

Day 1 visits:

A. Dam Square and the Royal Palace B. The Amsterdam Dungeon or the Amsterdam Museum C. The Béguinage (Begijnhof) D. The flower market E. Zuiderkerk and Nieuwmarkt F. Red Light District G. Oude Kerk

Let’s start you 5-day visit to Amsterdam in Dam Square, the city’s main square located in the heart of the historic center.

There, you will find:

The National Monument
Nieuwe Kerk church
The Royal Palace of Amsterdam

Serving as the Town Hall from the 17th to the 19th century, and then as a royal residence , the palace’s rooms are worth a look for their period furniture, paintings and sculptures.

Entrance to the palace isn’t included in the City Card, so you should buy your skip the line tickets in advance. It would be silly to waste time before visiting your very first attraction of the day!

The price is the same as at the ticket office and the audio guide is included.

You need to book your tickets to the Royal Palace of Amsterdam here:

To get to Dam square, you have 2 options:

A 10 minute walk from the central station on Damrak street or Nieuwendijk .
Take the tram from anywhere in town.

For your 2nd visit, you will have the choice between 2 attractions, both relating to the history of the city but in a totally different style.

The Dungeon of Amsterdam, where you can witness a session of torture , a trial during the Inquisition or witches burning at the stake . These staged productions with actors in period costume are the perfect opportunity to discover the country’s dark history.

And the great part is that you will be invited to join in and participate during this 1h15 show!

Personally, I really enjoyed it, the acting and costume are great and it was a lot fun.

The City Card I Amsterdam entitles you to a 25% discount on your entry ticket.

If you don’t have the City Card, you need to book your priority tickets by clicking here.

The Amsterdam Museum

If you prefer a more traditional visit, you can go to the Amsterdam Museum, dedicated to the 1000-year history of the capital of the Netherlands . Interactive, modern and instructive, it’s the perfect choice to discover the rich history of the Dutch capital.

Free entry with the City Card . Otherwise, you need to buy your tickets by clicking here.

The Dungeon and the Museum are both located less than 5 minutes from Dam Square on foot.

If you’re not interested in the Dungeon or the Amsterdam Museum, in the same area there is also the Body Worlds exhibition, Madame Tussauds wax museum and the Ripley’s museum.

Following a morning of indoor visits, you should dedicate the rest of the day to discovering the city center on foot.

You should start by visiting The Beguinage (“Begijnhof”), one of the city’s oldest inner courtyards , located near the Dungeon and the Amsterdam Museum .

It was once occupied exclusively by a community of women known as the Béguines, hence the name.

There, you can also admire the last wooden house in Amsterdam . This type of construction was banned in Amsterdam centuries ago because of the high fire risk.

Continue your walk for 5 minutes and you will reach the canal where one of the most popular attractions is located: the famous flower market.

In the Bloemenmarkt, you will find several nice small shops selling the iconic flower of the Netherlands, the tulip!

They come in all shapes, colors and materials: fresh flowers, bulbs, and even wooden sculptures.

You can also take advantage of your visit to the flower market to buy souvenirs . You will find the usual postcards and magnets as well as some more typical options such as the famous wooden clogs.

I have no doubt that you will find at least a little something to bring back from your 5-day trip to Amsterdam!

Let’s continue your itinerary and head to Zuiderkerk Church , a 10-minute walk from the market via the Kloveniersburgwal canal .

If you’re lucky, you might be able to climb up the bell tower to contemplate the city. However, the opening hours are a bit random, and you will have to be accompanied by a guide to get up there.

But that’s doesn’t stop you from taking a look!

Not far from Zuiderkerk, there is another famous square in the city: Nieuwmarkt square.

The small castle with red shutters built in the center once was the gateway to the city. Nowadays, the ground floor houses a café and restaurant.

If you continue a bit further north, you will stumble on the tiny Chinatown district of Amsterdam , with traditional Asian grocery stores and shops.

Now comes the hottest part of the day!

Yes, it’s time to visit the famous Red Light District.

You’ve probably already heard of this iconic district of Amsterdam, known as a hotspot for prostitution.

It’s in this district that you’ll find the famous brothels’s red-fronted windows, behind which you can see the prostitutes waiting for their clients.

However, you shouldn’t take photos as a souvenir: it’s strictly forbidden, and you will have problems if you do.

To go deeper into the subject (and no, that’s not what you’re thinking! 😅), you can opt for a Red light district guided tour . You need to book it here:

Here are some slightly less traditional but equally instructive visits:

Visit to the museum of prostitution in Amsterdam
Visit to a brothel with a professional

In the Red Light District, you can also find Oude Kerk, the oldest church in Amsterdam, built in the 1300s.

Personally, I really liked Oude Kerk typical architecture, with red bricks and large stained glass windows.

If you have the City Card Amsterdam , you can visit the inside for free , but it’s in my opinion not worth paying the 15€ admission fee otherwise.

In fact , you’re mostly paying to see one of the contemporary art exhibition they usually host inside, which in my opinion don’t really fit the place and are not really worth it.

Best things to do and see in Amsterdam on Day 2

Day 2 visits:

A. Jordaan B. The cheese museum C. Anne Frank’s house D. Visit to a museum: Rijksmuseum, Van Gogh, MOCO or Stedelijk E. Vondelpark F. Canal cruise

After a good night’s sleep, you should spend the morning visiting a very typical neighborhood of Amsterdam: The Jordaan.

This district located to the west of Dam Square is especially famous for its traditional red brick houses lined along the canals.

While strolling around, don’t miss the beautiful Westerkerk church, the largest Protestant church in the country.

The best way to discover the Jordaan and learn more about Amsterdam is to book a guided tour.

The best 2-hour guided visit needs to be booked here:

And if you’re a food-lover, you should opt for this fantastic food tasting tour by clicking there!

In the Jordaan, you will also find the cheese museum.

To be honest, it won’t take you long at all to visit the museum itself: it’s just a small exhibition located in the basement of a cheese shop, with a few explanations about how cheese is made.

The shop on the ground floor offers a wide selection of cheese and free tasting. It’s thus the perfect place to taste all kinds of Gouda , an excellent local cheese that comes flavoured with pesto, chilli or truffles

True cheese-lovers might prefer to replace this visit with a tasting workshop!

The one I have selected allows you to taste 5 of the best Dutch cheeses , made by Henri Willig , famous for his high-quality traditional cheeses. And to make it even better, it’s accompanied by local wines and beers!

Simply click on the green button below to try the best cheese during your 5 days in Amsterdam:

Still in the Jordaan neighborhood, there is another place you should visit during your 5 days in Amsterdam: The Anne Frank house.

This is where the young girl wrote her world-famous diary, the diary of Anne Frank.

It tells the story of her entire family , who were forced to hide in a part of that house to escape the deportation of Jews during World War II.

You can visit several rooms of the house, decorated with photos, objects and newspaper articles that will immerse you in the family’s living conditions during this horrific period.

Before visiting Anne Frank’s house, you should be aware: admission tickets can only be purchased online on the official website by clicking on this link.

80% of tickets are sold 2 months in advance and the rest are released every day from 9.00 am. These tickets sell very quickly and you should really buy yours as soon as possible.

The house is located close to the cheese museum, across the canal.

If you couldn’t get tickets or don’t want to visit the house, you can instead opt for a guided tour of the Jewish quarter.

It’s a great way to learn more about Anne Frank and life in Amsterdam during WWII.

You need to book your 2h guided tour by clicking here:

After your visit to the Jordaan , it’s time to discover one of Amsterdam’s world-famous museums.

Most of them are located around the Museumplein , which translates as “Museums Square”.

To get there from Anne Frank’s house , you have 2 possibilities:

A 30 minute walk along the canal
By tram in 20 minutes.

The most famous museum is without a doubt the Rijksmuseum, the largest in the city.

There, you will be able to admire a huge collection of paintings from the Dutch Golden Age.

Some of the masterpieces on display include:

Vermeer’s The Milkmaid
Rembrandt’s The Night Watch
Van Gogh’s Self-Portrait in Grey Felt Hat.

Entry to the Rijksmuseum is included in the City Card I Amsterdam or the Amsterdam Pass. If you don’t have one of these city passes, you need to buy your skip-the-line tickets for the Rijksmuseum by clicking here .

Depending on your interests, you can also visit:

The Van Gogh museum , dedicated to the famous Dutch painter. There, you can admire more than 200 of his paintings. Free entry with the City Card and Amsterdam Pass. Otherwise, you need to buy your skip-the-line ticket here.
The MOCO is dedicated to contemporary art with an exhibition on Banksy. Free entry with the City Card and 10% discount with the Amsterdam Pass.
Stedelijk Museum, the Museum of Contemporary Art and Design. Free entry with the City Card and 10% discount with the Amsterdam Pass.

To get some fresh air after a few hours at the museum, you should go relax at the Vondelpark.

The city’s largest public park is only a 5-minute walk from the Museumplein.

There, you will find several lakes , walkways for walking or cycling and playgrounds for the children.

You would rather enjoy a little pick-me-up after visiting the museums?

In that case, you should rather go to the House of Bols Experience . You won’t have to go very far as it’s located in a building right next to the Museumplein.

You will learn everything about the process of making the oldest spirits brand in the world, and get to taste an excellent cocktail at the end of it!

You need to book your tickets by clicking here.

To end your 2nd day in style, you can do the most iconic activity of Amsterdam: a boat tour on the canals.

It’s something you shouldn’t miss during your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam!

Sit comfortably in the boat and discover the architecture of the capital from a new angle.

As there are lots of different cruises to choose from, I have selected the 5 best for you (simply click on the links for details and to book):

75-minute boat tour to the historic centre + audio guide
One-hour boat tour with audio guide to admire the facades of houses of the Dutch Golden Age
One-hour boat tour in semi-open electric boat to fully enjoy the view
90-minute evening boat tour to enjoy the city lights
Luxury boat tour with drinks and snacks included.

Note that if you have the City Card I Amsterdam or the Amsterdam Pass , you are entitled to a free canal cruise.

Day 3: Best places to visit in Amsterdam

Day 3 visits:

A. The Albert Cuypmarkt B. Heineken Experience C. Skinny Bridge (Magere Brug) D. Visit to a museum or guided tour of Amsterdam by bike E. A’DAM Lookout

Let’s start the 3rd day of your 5-day stay in Amsterdam at the Albert Cuypmarkt.

This market is one of the largest outdoor markets in Europe. In addition to classic fruits and vegetables, you will find local products, food stalls, flowers and souvenirs.

Albert Cuypmarkt is located in Pijp district and is open from Monday to Saturday .

Before lunch, you can enjoy a pint of beer at the Heineken Experience , just 5 minutes walk from the market.

You can visit the former premises of the famous brewery and learn more about the history of the company.

Of course, you will also learn everything about the different stages of beer production!

And at the end of your visit, you indeed get to enjoy a good pint of beer.

You need to book your tickets in advance here.

You can finish the morning with a photo break at the Skinny Bridge or “Magere Brug”.

Film buffs and fans of the James Bond saga will recognize the bridge that appears in the film ‘Diamonds are For Ever’.

This bridge dates back to the 17th century and was originally so narrow that only two people could cross it at the same time. This earned it the nickname of “Skinny Bridge .”

Since then, it has been enlarged twice to allow a few more people to cross at the same time, and it can also be opened to allow boats to pass.

Visually, it’s nothing exceptional, but it’s still an interesting historical anecdote of the city of Amsterdam.

In the afternoon, let’s continue your 5-day visit to Amsterdam.

You have different options:

Visit a museum

There are a few museums located close to the Magere Brug:

The Hermitage Museum
Rembrandt House Museum
The Tropen Museum

But as Amsterdam isn’t that big, you can also easily return to the Museumplein and visit one of the museums you didn’t have time for yesterday.

Rent a bike or join a guided bike tour to discover the city like a local!

Amsterdam is famous for its numerous bike paths that run all over the city. If the weather is nice, you should really take a bike ride to immerse yourself in the local culture.

As you may know, biking is by far the favorite means of transportation of the Amsterdamers.

The easiest way to rent a bike, is to book it here:

And if you prefer to go on a guided bike tour to discover the best of the city with a local, you need to book it there:

If you are going on this 5-day trip to Amsterdam with your family and you’re looking for an activity that the kids will enjoy , you should go to the Amsterdam Zoo or the NEMO Science Museum for a great fun activity.

At any time during the afternoon, you might also want to stop and relax at a coffee shop . Consuming cannabis sitting comfortably in a dedicated café is another Amsterdam institution, and it’s completely legal here!

There is are also a really good Cannabis and coffee shop guided tour that you need to book here:

At the end of the afternoon, return to Amsterdam Central Station.

From the other side of the building, you can take the free river shuttle boat and cross the river. You will arrive at Buiksloterweg dock.

You will then have to walk less than 5 minutes to reach the next activity of the day : This is Holland.

This attraction allows you to virtually fly over the Netherlands for about ten minutes. To complete the experience, the seats move and you can even smell the tulips as you pass over the fields.

A discount is offered with the City Card.

You need to book your tickets by clicking here.

And to end your day in style, you can go to the top of A’DAM Lookout, Amsterdam’s observation deck. It offers a nice view over the whole city.

And if you’re feeling adventurous, you can even try the highest swing in Europe!

Entry to A’DAM Lookout is included in the Amsterdam City Card.

After exploring the city’s best places to visit during your first 3 days, you should continue your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam with the visit of the surroundings.

So today, let’s go to Zaanse Schans, a village famous for its waterfront windmills. You will for sure have seen photos of it while in Amsterdam, as it’s featured on all postcards!

I won’t hide that it’s a very touristy place, with shops selling cheeses, clogs, souvenirs (more expensive than in Amsterdam) but it’s well done and everything was built while respecting the traditional architecture.

There are also 2 small museums: one on watchmaking (a craft specific to this village) and the other dedicated to windmills and their operation.

You can also visit the inside of the windmills for free with your Amsterdam Pass/City Card (€5 each otherwise) and take a short boat tour to see them from another angle (also free with the Amsterdam Pass).

You have several options to get to Zaanse Schans from Amsterdam:

Take bus no. 391 or 891 from the central station. It runs every 15 minutes or so.
Take the train to Zaanse station (20 minutes) and walk 15 minutes to reach the windmills.
Opt for an organized day trip with transport and guide included. The hassle free solution! You need to click here to book it.

As the visit to the windmills will probably not take you all day, you should then head to the beautiful village of Haarlem.

You can get there by train.

You will first have to take the train to Amsterdam (20 minutes) and then another train to Haarlem (15 minutes).

When I was planning my 5-day visit to Amsterdam, I had not really heard of Haarlem and I am quite surprised because this small town is really worth a visit.

You will for sure love this very picturesque place , with beautiful brick houses, cobbled streets and a very impressive church (entry fee: 2.50€).

To ensure you don’t miss anything of this charming town, you should first go to the tourist office located on the church square. For 50 cents , you can buy a map with visit routes that takes in all the highlights. It’s called “Monumental Haarlem”.

In addition to the day trip I mentioned above, there are other organized day trips to visit the windmills , as well as some of the famous villages around Amsterdam like Edam and Volendam.

In this itinerary, you will see that I am suggesting you to visit these places during your 5th day in Amsterdam.

However, you can totally opt for one of these for Day 4 and do something else on the last day.

For details and to book your day trip , simply click on the orange links below:

Visit the windmills of Zaanse Schans + 1h boat tour + Volendam + Marken .
Visit to Edam + Volendam + Marken + Zaanse Schans + cheese tasting .

Spending 5 days in Amsterdam gives you enough time to discover another really nice place close to the city: the Wateland villages.

These authentic and traditional villages are nicknamed ‘Waterland’ because they are crossed by canals and some are located on the seafront.

To make your life easier, you should purchase the “Waterland Day Ticket” for 10€ from the automatic ticket machines at Amsterdam central station. You can use it for all your bus journeys between Amsterdam and the villages.

You should also go to the information center located inside the station to get the bus route map and timetables.

Here are the 7 villages of Waterland that you can discover during the day:

Broek in Waterland, famous for its small wooden houses and its church ceiling painted with angels
Monninckendam where guests can visit the Waterland Museum and St. Nicholas Church
Marken: a pretty little island with a harbor and restaurants by the water.
Volendam: a very cute village, with a lot of small shops and restaurants towards the harbor.
Edam: a typical village, you will enjoy walking there to admire the beautiful houses.
Purmerend: you can skip that one, it’s much less traditional and not that interesting (it just looks like a regular small town)
Beemster: listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site for its polder, an artificial stretch of land claimed by draining water. Beemster Lake was drained from the 17th century using 43 water mills, a technical feat!

If you prefer to opt for an organized day trip , remember they all include a visit to the windmills of Zaanse Schans. So if you already visited the attraction yesterday or took an organized day trip, you don’t need to do it again.

Otherwise, here are the day trips I mentioned:

Visit of Volendam + Edam + windmills
Volendam + Marken + Zaanse Schans + 1h boat tour

Instead , you can go to Zandvoort, a seaside resort 30 minutes by train from Amsterdam. It’s perfect if you want to enjoy the beaches.

A bit further away (1h35 by car), you will also find the village of Giethoorn , known as the Venice of the North . This day trip needs to be booked here!

And if you’re going to Amsterdam between mid-March and mid-May , you should really visit Keukenhof park and its millions of tulips. Ticket with transport from Amsterdam needs to be booked there.

Now, you know what to do in Amsterdam in 5 days.

There’s one last thing you need to take care of: choosing the perfect hotel for your stay!

In order to help you out, here is my selection of the best hotels in Amsterdam depending on your budget:

Hans Brinker Hostel Amsterdam: Youth hostel 400 metres from the Rijksmuseum and 10 minutes from the Vondelpark. Bed in a dormitory from 26€, including breakfast. Strong points: the location, the warm welcome, the atmosphere. An excellent choice if you’re looking for a cheap accommodation in Amsterdam!
Motel One Amsterdam: Located 2 km from the Rikjsuseum and the Albert Cuyp Market. Clean and well-decorated double room from 110€ per night, breakfast 11.50€. Strong points: helpful staff, location 2 minutes from the metro, the good breakfast.
Jaz Amsterdam: Situated a 15-minute metro ride from the centre. Spacious and stylish room from 110€, breakfast 16.95€. Strong points: very friendly staff, good facilities, the fabulous breakfast.
Motel One Amsterdam-Waterlooplein: Situated close to the Zuiderkerk and a 15-minute walk from Dam Square. Warm room with very comfortable bed linen from 154€, breakfast 11.50€. Strong points: close to the centre, delightful staff, good and varied breakfast. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money in Amsterdam!
Mövenpick Hotel Amsterdam City Centre: Situated just a 10-minute walk from the railways station and the centre of Amsterdam. Spacious, modern and comfortable room, some with a river view, from 190€, breakfast 25€. Strong points: location, comfort, friendly staff, access to the sauna included. The best hotel for a high end stay in Amsterdam!
NH Collection Amsterdam Grand Hotel Krasnapolsky: Located right on Dam Square, this luxury hotel offers rooms with a sleek and modern decor from 310€, breakfast included. Strong points: central location for exploring Amsterdam on foot, exceptional bed linen, the excellent breakfast. Perfect for a romantic break in the heart of the city!
Hyatt Regency Amsterdam: 5* hotel situated 800 metres from the zoo. Bright and elegantly decorated rooms from 360€, breakfast 28€. Strong points: the staff are concerned to ensure the well-being of their guests, the decoration, the location, the excellent restaurant. The best hotel in Amsterdam for a luxury stay!

And if you prefer to rent a luxury apartment for your stay in Amsterdam, the Keizersgracht Suite 471 is the best address in the city!

If these hotels are full or don’t suit you, you should take a look at the traveler’s favorites by clicking here : The Best Hotels in Amsterdam .

Since I had a very early flight home on the morning of my departure, I also tried out the Ibis Schiphol Amsterdam Airport situated 10 minutes from the airport (free shuttle). And I was pleasantly surprised: the rooms are modern, comfortable, and you can’t hear the planes at all.

If you plan to visit Amsterdam for 5 days with children, you will be happy to learn that Amsterdam is the perfect city to discover with your family.

Everything is easily accessible on foot and if the kids are tired, you can always take the tram to get around.

Regarding this itinerary, apart from the Amsterdam Dungeon which isn’t suitable for young children, this whole itinerary can be enjoyed with your kids.

Here are the best things to do during a 5-day stay in Amsterdam with your family:

The flower market
The Jordaan district
The Vondelpark
A Canal cruise
Amsterdam Zoo
NEMO Science Museum
The day trip to see the windmills!

You can also add visits especially for them:

Ripley’s Believe It or Not! Museum
The Lego shop on Kalverstraat, with its gigantic Lego scenes and animations
Micropia, a museum dedicated to microbes and bacteria. Truly original and well done! It’s located close to the zoo.
Madurodam where you can see the main monuments of the Netherlands in miniature. A nice park with beautiful models located a 1 h 10 min drive from Amsterdam.
A round of mini golf in the dark (get your tickets here)

If you want to modify this 5-day itinerary according to your interests, add activities or include guided tours , you should read my detailed guide of Amsterdam here: The 30 best things to do in Amsterdam.

If you want to rent a boat for a nice day on Amsterdam’s canals , you should book it with Samboat.

Motorboats, sailboats, yachts, small boats without a license, with or without a skipper: they simply have the most complete offer for boat rental!

So, what are you waiting for to book your boat trip on Amsterdam’s canals? 😊

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 5 days in Amsterdam, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to Amsterdam, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Once you will arrive at Amsterdam Schiphol airport , you will have 2 options to reach the city center:

Take the train to the central train station
Take the #397 bus to go to the Museumplein.

You should choose according to your hotel location!

For the “Schiphol airport – Amsterdam city center train” , you should really book your tickets in advance . You will save a lot of time when you will arrive!

You will get the ticket directly on your mobile (no need to print it), so you won’t need to queue at the ticket counter or vending machines.

To book your round trip “airport – city center” train ticket, simply click the button below:

If you don’t want to take a flight, you can also get to Amsterdam by train from many European cities.

To check the schedules, the rates and to book your tickets, it’s right there:

Need help organising your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam? Feel free to ask me any questions you may have in the comments section below!

Discover all my articles about Amsterdam : All my articles to help you plan your trip to Amsterdam are listed there.

Amsterdam: Top 30 best things to do
2 days in Amsterdam – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
3 Days in Amsterdam – The best 72h itinerary
4 Days in Amsterdam – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
5 Days in Amsterdam – The best itinerary discover the city and the surroundings
Where to stay in Amsterdam? My guide to the best areas and hotels of the city

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Best places to visit in Amsterdam in 5 days

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Where to stay in Naples? The best areas and places to stay

Where to stay in Athens? The best areas and places to stay

Where to stay in Edinburgh? The best areas and places to stay

Welcome To Our India Travel Blog

You are here for practical itineraries and guides to make the most of your planned vacations. But you will stay here for the stories…

The legends of an old temple, the history of a modern party-hub, the epic fails and misadventures.

Welcome to incredible India!

Explore India

Practical Guides For Traveling India!

Grab a cup of chai or coffee, and binge on the stories – the waterfalls and the lakes, the beaches and the hills, the forts and the temples.

Join me on this journey to explore life through travel.

For there's a story behind every road we take, every plan we make..

Stories that ought to be told as we Backpack n Xplore .

Planning a Trip? Grab the Best Offers Here

🏨 Booking.com for best hotel prices

🚶🏼 GetYourGuide and Viator for thematic guided tours

🚶🏼‍♂️ Free walking tours on Freetour

🛏️ For free accommodations check out Trusted House Sitters

💸Secure your vacation with travel insurance from Visitors Coverage

🛍️Myntra for travel fashion and Amazon for travel gear

Let's Connect On

Amsterdam in One Day Ultimate Guide: 1 Day Itinerary + Map

Are you planning to visit Amsterdam for a day? I’ve got you covered!

Whether you’re on a layover, a quick trip, or simply want to make the most of a single day in Amsterdam, this ultimate guide will help you create an unforgettable itinerary.

In this article, you’ll find everything you need to know for your trip: when to go, how to get to the city, where to stay in Amsterdam, itinerary, getting around the city, tips to make the most of the trip and an extensive FAQ. Enjoy!

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate advertising links. This means that if you click through any of the links on this page and decide to make a booking I get a small commission, at no extra cost to you. This helps fund the running costs of my site.

When to Spend 1 Day in Amsterdam (Weather and Crowds)

Amsterdam’s weather can be quite unpredictable, but generally, the best time to visit in terms of weather is during spring (April to May) and early autumn (September to October).

During these months, you can expect milder temperatures and less rainfall.

Summer (June to August) can be pleasant but also more crowded, as it’s the peak tourist season.

Winter months (December to February) are cold and can be quite wet.

Keep in mind that Amsterdam can be busy year-round due to its popularity as a tourist destination, but autumn and winter (excluding the Christmas period) are less crowded.

How to Get to Amsterdam

Amsterdam is well-connected by air, train, and bus.

Amsterdam is well-connected to various European cities by train, making it a convenient mode of transportation.

The primary train station in Amsterdam is Amsterdam Central Station (Amsterdam Centraal). Here’s how you can get to Amsterdam by train:

From Other European Cities: You can take high-speed trains like Thalys or Eurostar that connect Amsterdam with cities like Paris, Brussels, and Cologne. The train journey is a comfortable way to travel and you can enjoy scenic views along the way.
From Other Dutch Cities: The Dutch railway network is extensive and efficient. Trains operated by Nederlandse Spoorwegen (NS) connect Amsterdam with many cities in the country.
From Schiphol Airport: If you arrive by air at Amsterdam Airport Schiphol (AMS), you can easily access the train station located directly underneath the airport’s main terminal. Trains run frequently between Schiphol Airport and Amsterdam Central Station, with a travel time of around 15-20 minutes.

If you’re arriving by air, you’ll land at Amsterdam Airport Schiphol, which is one of Europe’s major international airports.

Here are some examples of direct flights to Schiphol Airport:

European Destinations: Schiphol Airport serves as a hub for flights within Europe. Many major European cities like London, Paris, Frankfurt, Barcelona, Athens and Rome have direct flights to Schiphol.
North American Destinations: There are direct flights from cities in North America to Schiphol Airport. Examples include New York City, Los Angeles, Toronto, and Atlanta.

From Schipol Airport, you can take a train directly to Amsterdam Central Station, which is located in the city centre.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

Given that you’re spending only one day, it’s best to choose accommodation in or near the city centre to maximize your time exploring.

Popular areas include Dam Square, Jordaan, and the Canal Ring.

There are options ranging from luxury hotels to budget-friendly hostels.

Some handpicked hotels are Hotel Esherea , Radisson Blu Hotel and Park Plaza Victoria .

Check more accommodation options with Booking:

iAmsterdam City Card

The iAmsterdam City Card is a popular option for tourists. It offers free or discounted entry to many museums and attractions, as well as unlimited use of public transportation within the city.

Depending on your plans, it can be a cost-effective option. Just make sure to research the attractions you want to visit and calculate if the card’s price is worth it for your one-day visit.

Suggested Itinerary for One Day in Amsterdam

Morning & early afternoon .

See Damrak, Dam Square, and the Royal Palace

Begin your day by walking along Damrak, the street that leads to Dam Square. Check out the impressive Royal Palace , a historic landmark that serves as a symbol of Dutch heritage.

Take a Canal Cruise

One of the best ways to discover the city is by taking a canal cruise. Admire the city’s iconic canal houses, picturesque bridges, and the unique perspective that the water offers.

De Pijp neighbourhood

Explore the busy De Pijp neighbourhood. Wander through its lively streets filled with cafes, boutiques, and local markets. This area offers plenty of options for your lunch.

Late Afternoon

Museumplein

Head to Museumplein, where you’ll find some of Amsterdam’s most renowned museums.

Visit One Museum

Choose from the 2 most famous museums: the Van Gogh Museum , home to an incredible collection of the artist’s works or the Rijksmuseum , featuring Dutch Golden Age masterpieces.

Another option is to book the tickets with a canal cruise and save money in doing so.

You can also explore some other cool museums in Amsterdam and discover more about the city!

Floating Flower Market (Bloemenmarkt)

Experience the colourful Floating Flower Market, where you can admire a variety of flowers, bulbs, and souvenirs.

Visit Amsterdam Begijnhof

Amsterdam Begijnhof is a peaceful place with a historic courtyard surrounded by charming houses. Enjoy a moment of tranquillity and make sure you’re quiet as the houses are inhabited by people.

Explore the Jordaan Neighbourhood

The Jordaan neighbourhood has narrow streets filled with galleries, cafes, and boutique shops. The area’s artistic and bohemian vibe is a must-experience.

Stroll the Nine Streets

Wander through the picturesque Nine Streets (De Negen Straatjes), historic streets known for their unique boutiques, vintage shops, and cosy restaurants. Pick up your favourite and have dinner.

Explore Amsterdam at Night

Walk along the canals and enjoy the lighted canals. Go party at one of Amsterdam’s clubs or get a special canal cruise with drinks and a silent disco .

If you’re a beer lover check out this private Dutch beer tasting in the old town .

Check out my article on the 35 best things to do at night in Amsterdam for extra ideas.

Amsterdam 1-Day Itinerary Map

How to use this map: Use your fingers or mouse to zoom in and out. Click the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner to see the index and the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google account. To view the saved map, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places/Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Getting Around During One Day in Amsterdam

Walking is a great way to explore Amsterdam’s compact city centre.

Many of the city’s major attractions, such as Dam Square, the Anne Frank House, and the Van Gogh Museum, are within walking distance of each other.

You can also stroll along the beautiful canals and discover hidden gems down narrow streets.

Walking is the best way to get to know the city and take in the details that you might miss while using other modes of transportation.

Biking is one of the most iconic ways to get around Amsterdam.

The city is incredibly bike-friendly, with bike lanes that can bring you everywhere in the country. The Dutch have a cycling culture deeply ingrained in their daily life.

Renting a bike for the day is a popular choice among tourists.

It gives you the flexibility to explore farther areas and experience the city like a local.

Just be cautious if you’re not used to biking in busy urban environments, and make sure to follow the rules of the road and also sign with your hand before turning right or left.

Public Transport

Amsterdam has an extensive and efficient public transportation network, including trams, buses, and the metro.

The GVB (Amsterdam’s public transportation company) offers various ticket options, including single tickets and day passes, which allow unlimited travel on all modes of public transport for a specific period.

You can book a travel ticket for public transportation that gives you access to bus, ferry, metro, train and tram.

Public transport is a good option if you want to cover more ground quickly, especially if you’re visiting attractions that are a bit farther from the city centre.

Driving

Driving in Amsterdam’s city centre can be challenging due to narrow streets, limited parking, and heavy traffic.

I would not recommend driving within the central area unless you’re familiar with the city’s layout and parking options.

If you’re staying outside the city centre and plan to explore nearby attractions, driving might be more convenient. However, keep in mind that parking fees can be high, and parking spaces might be limited.

Combining Modes: You can mix and match transportation modes depending on your preferences and the distances you need to cover. For example, you might walk or bike in the city centre and use public transport to reach attractions that are farther away.
Navigation Apps: Use navigation apps like Google Maps, 9292 and NS Travel Planner to help you navigate the city and find the best routes for walking, biking, or using public transport.
Safety: Be cautious while crossing roads, cycling, or walking along the canals. Stay aware of your surroundings, especially if you’re not familiar with the traffic patterns.

Tips for Exploring Amsterdam in a Day

Book Tickets in Advance . Amsterdam is one of the most popular cities in Europe, so make sure you plan ahead and book all your tickets in advance. It will save you time and frustration.
Plan on paying with the card. You’ll be surprised many establishments don’t accept cash at all, so always have at least 2 cards at hand in case the other one doesn’t work.
Renting a bike is a nice way to explore the parks and farther areas and experience the city like a local.
Plan to eat on the go as this will save you time and money.
Pack comfortable shoes and layered clothes.

What should you avoid in Amsterdam?

Taking pictures in the Red Light District
Renting a car
Walking on the bike path
Drinking in public
Smoking on the street
Leaving your belongings unattended
Mistaking a coffeeshop for a cafe

More Than One Day in Amsterdam?

If you have more than one day in Amsterdam, you definitely won’t run out of things to do in the city!

Here you can find my itinerary for a week in the city.

Alternatively, take a day trip from Amsterdam and visit more of the Netherlands.

24 Hours in Amsterdam FAQ

Is One Day Enough in Amsterdam?

While Amsterdam has a lot to offer, one day is quite limited to experience everything the city has to offer fully.

However, you can still get a taste of the city’s highlights, explore its canals and architecture, visit a few museums, and enjoy some local cuisine.

To make the most of your one day, prioritize the attractions you’re most interested in, book the tickets and plan your itinerary with the help of this itinerary.

If you’re visiting Amsterdam in spring, don’t miss the Keukenhof Gardens and the tulip fields! Around 5 hours should give you enough time to explore the gardens and appreciate the tulip fields.

Do they speak English in Amsterdam?

Yes, English is widely spoken in Amsterdam and the Netherlands.

You’ll find that most locals, especially in the tourism industry, are fluent in English .

What time do bars/clubs close in Amsterdam?

Bars in Amsterdam typically close around 1:00 AM to 3:00 AM, while clubs can stay open later.

The exact closing times can vary depending on the specific establishment, the day of the week, and local regulations.

Dutch phrases for tourists

While most locals in Amsterdam speak English, learning a few basic Dutch phrases can be appreciated by locals and add a fun touch to your trip. Here are a few useful phrases:

Hello: Hallo
Thank you: Dank je wel (informal) / Dank u wel (formal)
Please: Alsjeblieft
Excuse me: Sorry
Yes: Ja / No: Nee
How much is this?: Hoeveel kost dit?
Where is…?: Waar is…?

Can you drink tap water?

Yes, tap water in Amsterdam is safe to drink.

The tap water quality in the Netherlands is generally very high, and it’s safe to drink from the tap in most places.

Can you smoke on the street?

Smoking tobacco is allowed on the streets in Amsterdam.

However, it is forbidden to smoke weed or others in the streets, parks and public places. This could result in a fine if you’re caught by the police.

Can you do Amsterdam in a day?

While you won’t be able to experience everything Amsterdam has to offer in just one day, you can certainly enjoy a memorable day exploring some of the city’s highlights.

Where are the I Amsterdam letters?

The famous “I Amsterdam” letters were a popular tourist attraction located at the Museumplein (Museum Square) in front of the Rijksmuseum.

However, the physical letters were removed from the Museumplein in December 2018 due to concerns about over-tourism and commercialization.

The letters have been relocated to different areas and events around Amsterdam from time to time. One of the sets can be spotted in the neighbourhood of Nieuw West, designed as an outdoor free-running and parkour track.

Final Thoughts

I hope you enjoyed this article! Please note that this itinerary provides my suggestions for Amsterdam’s highlights in one day. You can adjust accordingly based on your personal preferences and interests.

Be sure to consider opening hours and any potential entrance ticket requirements for the attractions you plan to visit.

Remember that Amsterdam is a compact city with many attractions within walking or biking distance, so you can cover a lot in a day.

Prioritize what you want to see and do to make the most of your short visit.

Enjoy your day in this amazing city!

Travel Inspiration for Amsterdam and Beyond

What to See & Do:

35 Best Things To Do At Night In Amsterdam

Best places in the dutch countryside.

Weekend Trips From Amsterdam In The Netherlands

Best Instagram Spots in Amsterdam

The Best Places For Walking In The Netherlands

Itineraries:

Amsterdam For A Week: One Week in Amsterdam Itinerary

One Day in Zaanse Schans

Seasonal Guide:

Amsterdam In Autumn: The Ultimate Guide

The Ultimate Guide To Visiting Amsterdam Tulips’ And Keukenhof Gardens

More of the Netherlands:

What You Need To Know For Your First Time In Amsterdam

Is Haarlem Worth Visiting? Reasons And Things To Do

What Is The Netherlands Famous For?

What To Buy In Amsterdam

Dutch Phrases For Tourists You’ll Want To Know

Are you travelling to the Netherlands and want to know some basic Dutch phrases for tourists? Learning a few basic phrases in the local language and respecting the local community are important when travelling. Being able to speak the native language of the destination can really enhance a trip! So, if this is your first…

Wondering why everybody speaks about the Netherlands and what the Netherlands is famous for? As an ex-pat myself, I wandered the same thing before moving to the Netherlands, so in this article, we’ll explore 20 things that the Netherlands is famous for and why they are worth experiencing firsthand. Over the years, the country has…

35 Best Things To Do At Night In Amsterdam

Are you a visitor or a local who is looking for the best things to do at night in Amsterdam? As an Amsterdam ex-pat and millennial myself, I understand that you are looking for nighttime activities and less conventional things to do in Amsterdam at night. Amsterdam’s nightlife offers something for all tastes, from art…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Deals of the Week All of Europe's finest Up to 50% OFF

Europe Tours & Trips from Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a great starting place for your Europe travel package . Its position allows travellers to easily reach other popular destinations, such as France (Paris), Italy (Rome), Spain (Barcelona) or the even the UK (London). The Netherlands ' capital is also dotted with many romantic canals over the Danube and historical sights such as the Anne Frank House. If you love art, you have to visit the Van Gogh Museum.

250+ Europe tour packages from Amsterdam with 3,258 reviews

Coach / Bus

Europe Jewel

Well organised and executed tour.Got an opportunity to meet people all over the world and all are of very pleasant personalities.Tour leader Mrs.Shey Harrington organised it in excellent way and last to mention about our Driver Mr.Hans ,ever smiling and non tiring personality.

10% deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

River Cruise

Romantic Rhine (Southbound) 2024

Loved the tour and the included excursions. It would have been good to spend less time in Amsterdam and extra time sailing during the day. Also, a disco of an evening would be great!

Europe Explorer

So much to be seen and experienced on this trip of a lifetime. If you want great value for money, this is the trip Tour leader and coach driver were excellent showing their knowledge every where we went. Coach was new and accommodations were comfortable and included meals were of a great standard.

Christmas & New Year

European Cavalcade (End Paris, 18 Days)

Mimi was great. Only thing I would change is a better break about half way through. The older people were exhausted by the end.

London to Rome Trail (Summer, Start Amsterdam, 16 Days)

€100 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

Gotta-See Europe: Germany, Austria, Italy

Very well organized by Fabienne

European Encounter (Summer, Start Amsterdam, 16 Days)

In-depth Cultural

Amsterdam and Paris

Excellent staff! Your was memorable

Amsterdam, Berlin and Prague

My tour was amazing! The guides were great and made transitions very easy. They took us to all the best places and went above and beyond with explanations and recommendations. Overall the tour was great beginning to end!

Sightseeing

Glimpse of Europe (End Paris, 7 Days)

Although a short adventure Annerieke made sure we had made the best of it. Her experience, adaptability and sense of humour made this a great trip.

Essential Western Europe: Amsterdam, Berlin & Epic Views

Get Social: Europe Express 2024-25 (including Vienna)

€75 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

Romantic Rhine with 1 Night in Amsterdam (Southbound) 2024

$Europe\'s Highlights Tour$

Europe's Highlights

Well planned and executed tour.

Classic Rhine cruise (Amsterdam-Basel) MS Crucevita

The overall experience was good! Very friendly staff, good care, good food, Nice music program in the bar and on deck!

What people love about Europe Tours from Amsterdam

The tour was awesome. Too bad it was short. Our Tour leader Noddy perform extremely well job organizing and controlling our big group so we was on time everywhere. Our driver Dennis professionalism is off the charts. Especially when we was driving through narrow streets of Italy. I would recommend this tour to others

It was a great cruise. The food was amazing, the crew was really helpful, and the tours and tour guides were great. The only thing to imporve on if the WiFi which only worked half the time.

The tour was good in overall. However, the tour guider’s attitude toward Asian members in the group was suspicious. I am pretty sure that he has biased perspective on Asians.

Tours starting from Amsterdam

Amsterdam to Amsterdam tours (51)
Amsterdam to Basel tours (47)
Amsterdam to Paris tours (33)
Amsterdam to Zurich tours (29)
Amsterdam to London tours (25)
Amsterdam to Budapest tours (19)
Amsterdam to Prague tours (14)
Amsterdam to Bucharest tours (10)
Amsterdam to Rome tours (9)
Amsterdam to Brussels tours (9)
Amsterdam to Lucerne tours (8)
River Cruise from Amsterdam (200)
Family from Amsterdam (171)
Explorer from Amsterdam (132)
Coach / Bus from Amsterdam (51)
In-depth Cultural from Amsterdam (38)
Private from Amsterdam (17)
Self-Guided from Amsterdam (14)
Bicycle from Amsterdam (11)
Active from Amsterdam (5)
Best 3 Weeks Europe Itineraries 2024/2025 (with Reviews)
10 Best Luxury River Cruises & Lines 2022
Hiking in Europe in February
Hiking in Europe in January
Hiking in Europe in March
Hiking in Europe in April
Hiking in Europe in May
Hiking in Europe in June
Hiking in Europe in July
Hiking in Europe in August
Hiking in Europe in September
Hiking in Europe in October
Hiking in Europe in December

Discover TourRadar

See All Tour Operators in Europe
Tropical North Queensland Holidays
Grand Canyon Vacation Packages
12 Day Isis Mediation Egypt tour
Real Kathmandu to Delhi
Complete Safari Packing List: Clothes, Medicines, Gear & Essentials
Contiki - Fun. Sun. Adventure.
New Zealand Travel Guide | All You Need to Know

Skip to primary navigation
Skip to main content
Skip to primary sidebar
Skip to footer

The Opinionated Travelogue of a Photo Maniac

Middle East
North America
South America
Pacific Islands
FOOD & WINE
TRAVEL GUIDES
TRAVEL RESOURCES
Rants & Raves
Travel Blogger Interviews
Contact Form
Privacy Policy
Featured Elsewhere

2 Weeks in Europe – How to Plan a Perfect Itinerary

Last Modified: May 5, 2024 // by Anda // 106 Comments

If you are planning a 2 weeks trip to Europe and need some itinerary ideas for your vacation you have come to the right place. As someone born and raised in Europe, I can give you some good advice when it comes to my home continent.

14 days may sound like a long trip, but not on this incredibly diverse continent. With so many attractions, sights to see and cultures to experience, your 2 weeks vacation in Europe will go by in the blink of an eye!

Table of Contents

How to Plan a Perfect Europe Trip Itinerary

• london, paris, and amsterdam, • lisbon, madrid, barcelona , • rome, florence, and venice , • prague, vienna, and budapest.

• Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw
• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan
• Oslo, Stockholm, Copenhagen
• Riga, Tallin, and Vilnius
• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest
• Ljubljana, Split, Dubrivnik, Kotor

How to Plan a 2 Weeks Trip to Europe

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe

A Final Note

If this is your first time in Europe, you probably have quite a few places on your Europe bucket list . Without knowing anything about you or your interests, I can only give you basic, generic advice.

Below is a list of 10 suggested itineraries for for a 2-week trip to Europe. The itineraries are grouped according to the different European regions. However, you can choose any combination from the cities listed here, according to your tastes and interests.

Best Western Europe Trip 2-Week Itinerary

These three cities have more than enough to keep you engaged for 2 weeks. You can easily spend the entire two weeks in Paris , if you were to visit all its amazing churches and museums.

London, Amsterdam and Paris are among the Europe’s greatest cities and enjoy a perennial popularity, despite the many problems they have been facing lately. I think they are worth seeing at least once, even though they are always crowded.

images for 2 weeks in Europe Itinerary: Paris, London, Amsterdam

You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.

All these Iberian cities are packed with culture, culinary delights and incredible landscapes. They are easy to reach from most major airports from around the world.

Although you could easily spend two weeks in Spain alone, visiting other historical places like Toledo , or Cordoba for instance, I suggest including Portugal in your European itinerary as well. Lisbon , its capital city, is not only very romantic and cultured, but also quite inexpensive.

Book this private walking tour of the highlights of Lisbon and enjoy the history of this city.

These are three of Italy’s most captivating and rewarding cities. If you like archeology, you’ll love Rome ! Florence and Venice are also very charming cities, although quite different from Rome. If you prefer to spend your time in one single country, this combination is one the best itineraries for a 2 weeks trip to Europe.

Italy has a wealth of archeological sites, most of which are concentrated in relatively compact areas. These three cities also have excellent train, bus, and plain connections (buy your ticket on omio.com ).

images for a 2 week trip to Europe itinerary in Rome

Sicily is another great place in Europe where you can easily spend 2 weeks. There are so many archeological sites and beautiful towns in Sicily to add to your list! I promise that you won’t get bored if you choose to spend your entire European vacation on this island.

Palermo alone can easily justify a 10-day Italy itinerary . You have good bus connections between cities, but Sicily is best explored by car . You can choose visit the nearby Malta if you go to Sicily.

Central Europe 2 Weeks Trip Itinerary

Central Europe is becoming increasingly popular. 30 years ago, cities like Prague , Budapest , Dresden, or Wroclaw were largely unknown to the world traveler. But after the fall of communism, Central Europe experienced a strong cultural and tourist revival.

These three capitals have it all: beautiful architecture, fascinating history, packed concert calendars, and delicious food. For those who want to tour Central Europe, this trip itinerary is perfect.

Traveling by rail is the best way to go between these three, as distances are relatively short. You can buy tickets at the station right before the train is scheduled to depart.

READ NEXT : Budapest Travel Tips and Practical Information for First Time Visitors

• Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw

Combining the cosmopolitan Berlin with the phoenix-city of Dresden and the picturesque Wroclaw, will give you a great understanding of what makes this part of Europe so fascinating. You have direct trains between all these cities.

• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan

You can never go wrong with Switzerland and the northern part of Italy! Cities like Lucerne, Zurich, Lugano and Milan have stunning scenery, art museums, old cathedrals, historic palaces, and more charm than you can imagine. However they are not very big, so 2-3 days in each one would most likely be enough.

images for 2 Weeks Europe trip Itinerary: Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano, Milan Itinerary

The best way to move between these cities is by rail. Switzerland is famous for its top of the line panoramic trains , so you can choose to travel from Lucerne to Lugano aboard the Gotthard Panorama Express. You can also take the same route on a non-panoramic train if you want to avoid paying the mandatory reservation fee.

READ NEXT : 10 Days in Switzerland Itinerary by Scenic Trains

Northern Europe 2 Weeks Itinerary

• oslo, stockholm, copenhagen .

These three cities are definitely in a league of their own. Although they can’t compete with Rome’s historic sites or with the charm of Paris, Copenhagen , Oslo and Stockholm have stunning architecture, world-class museums, and some of the best shopping and dining in Europe.

If you plan to spend your 2 weeks vacation in Northern Europe during the summer months, this trip itinerary is your best bet. While the rest of Europe is be boiling hot, Northern Europe enjoys much cooler temperatures and longer days in summer.

READ NEXT : 10 Fantastic Things to Do in Stockholm in a Week

• Riga , Tallin, and Vilnius

I can’t mention Northern Europe without including a tour of the Baltic capitals. The Baltic States of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania weren’t even on the map when I was growing up. But like many other European countries that lived in the shadow of the Soviet Union till the 90s, they have enjoyed a true renaissance in the past years.

If you want to travel somewhere your friends haven’t even heard of, you should visit the Baltic capitals. Plus these are among the cheapest countries to visit in Europe .

Vilnius, Tallin, Riga 2 weeks in Europe Itinerary

South-Eastern Europe – 2 Weeks Trip Itineraries

The Balkan Peninsula is the most culturally diverse in Europe. This region has also an extremely varied topography. Bordered by the Adriatic and Ionian Sea to the west, Aegean Sea to the south, the Sea of Marmara to the southeast and the Black Sea to the east, the Balkan countries are stunningly beautiful.

There are so many great destinations in South-Eastern Europe, that it’s difficult to decide which ones to include into your trip itinerary. Here are two suggestions:

• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest

If you plan to build your itinerary around these three cities, you could spend 3 days in Athens , 7 days in Istanbul and 2-3 days in Bucharest . Or you can choose spend your entire 2 weeks trip to Europe by visiting just one country. We did that last year and took a road trip in the Peloponnese. It was an unexpected success, it was pleasant and we had a great time there. Peloponnese is one of the less explored parts of Greece, but is so beautiful that you won’t believe. It has plenty of beach town, some of which are nicer and more sophisticated that the Ritzi Greek island, like the beach tow of Nafplio .

Countries like Greece , Turkey, or Romania have plenty of amazing sites to keep you entertained and engaged for 14 days.

The best way to travel between these 3 countries is by plane. Between Istanbul and Athens you an use Pegasus Airlines (a budget airline) and between Istanbul and Bucharest you can use Turkish Airlines.

• Ljubljana , Split , Dubrivnik, Kotor

These four cities will take you through 3 of the most beautiful countries in the Balkans: Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro . The best way to travel between these cities would be by car or by bus, as there are no train connections between Split and Dubrovnik.

For those who want to rent a car to drive through the Balkans, I recommend this 14 days Balkans road trip itinerary . If you have a car, you can extend your itinerary to some other points of interest in this region.

Planning a trip to Europe? Read next: 12 Tips for Traveling to Europe Like a Pro

Being born and raised in Europe I always get asked these two questions: when is the best time go to Europe and what is the best itinerary for a first time visit to Europe. My answer it’s always the same: it depends what you want to do in Europe and how much time you can spend there.

If this is your first time in Europe and all you have is 14 days, there are a few things to consider before deciding what to add to your list:

• Keep your travel plans simple

Most first time visitors to Europe are determined to see as much as possible on that first trip. Keep in mind that Europe is a big and diverse continent. There is a lot to see everywhere you go. Fitting all your bucket-listed locations in a 2 weeks trip to Europe is nearly impossible.

• Start with the most popular cities

Your first trip to Europe is not the best time to go off the beaten path. I recommend sticking to the big cities, even though they are more crowded. Major European cities have it all: top notch museums, beautiful architecture, great restaurants and a vibrant nightlife.

Besides, they are big transportations hubs and are cheaper for flying in and out of Europe.

• Choose to visit places that are close to each other

The closest major European cities are at least two hours apart, whether you travel by car, by train, or by plane. Transit between cities takes at least half a day, if you consider the time you need to check out of one hotel and check into your next one. Therefore, you won’t be able to do much sightseeing on the day you travel.

• Plan to spend at least 3-4 days in each city you visit

While it’s possible to cover more than half a dozen countries in your 14 days in Europe, just running between destinations doesn’t mean you actually visited them! If you want to see at least the major sights, you should plan to spend a minimum of 3-4 days in each city you visit.

• Book an open-jaw ticket

If you plan on touring a specific region or doing a multi-destination trip, you can often save a lot of time and money with booking one.

destinations for 2 weeks in Europe itinerary

Once you’re further along in your planning process, you can use our Travel Resources page for the best deals in airfare, accommodations and local guided tours.

• Rent a car only if you are planning to travel outside the big cities, where parking is expensive and difficult to find. Nonetheless, sometimes renting a car will save you a lot of time and is obviously more comfortable. We usually use Discovercars when we travel in Europe.

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe

• book accommodations in the city center .

Hotel rates are higher in the city center, but it’s worth paying the extra dollars if you can afford it. You’ll save time and money on transportation.

• Use Hotel Alternatives

AirBnB or VRBO for lodging instead of booking hotel rooms, especially if you travel in a bigger group. They are a much better deal and have beautiful apartments all around the world. For the same price you would pay for an average hotel, you could rent an entire apartment.

• Don’t exchange money in the airport

Airports, train stations, or tourist areas have the worst exchange rates. But if you look for an exchange office outside these areas, your hard earned money can go a way longer way. If no exchange booths are around, use the ATM machines throughout the city.

• Consider using public transportation

Driving a car Europe is an expensive and inconvenient complication. None of these European cities were built with cars in mind, so the roads are crowded and full of restrictions. Rather than worrying about parking fees, one way streets, and pedestrian zones, consider using public transportation during your 2 weeks in Europe.

• Travel by train, or use budget airlines

Train travel through Europe is one of the best ways to see the continent. The rail network is extremely developed and train service is very reliable. For longer distances, flying one of the many European airlines is also a great option.

There are over a dozen budget airlines in Europe that fly anywhere on the continent for unbelievably low prices. They charge extra for seats and luggage, but even so you can fly for as low as €30-40/one way.

• Dress comfortably

Dressing comfortably when you travel to Europe is very important, but avoid looking like a tourist. Not sure how to blend in with the locals? Read my guide about how to dress like a European .

Buy the best shoes you can afford. I can stress enough the importance of wearing comfortable shoes while traveling in Europe. Many of the old European cities are still paved with cobble stones which are very rough on your soles.

• Travel off season

Everyone wants to travel when the weather is stable, but summers can be brutal in Europe: big crowds, expensive accommodations and airfare, busy trains and public transportation and very hot.

The best time to visit Europe is in fall or in spring, when temperatures are milder and there are less crowds. December is also a very popular time of year to visit Europe, when most European cities dress up for the holidays .

• Get acquainted with the European lifestyle

Most travelers to Europe expect to encounter cultural differences, yet when confronted with them they are always caught off guard. I wrote a very detailed post about what will surprise you as a first time visitor to Europe. These are very useful tips that you will need before traveling to Europe.

READ NEXT : 15 Cheapest Countries to Visit in Europe

This guide is a good resource if you intend to visit Europe independently. However, if you prefer an organized tour there are plenty of great tours of Europe to choose from.

Hope the itineraries above gave you some idea on how to travel Europe in 2 weeks. And if you like a place you saw, make a plan to return and explore it more in depth. Two weeks in Europe will not be enough to see this magical continent.

Did you enjoy this post? Please pin it to help other travelers to Europe:

10 Most Beautiful European Cities to Visit in Your Lifetime
Prague vs Budapest: Which City Is Better?
Travel Tips For Europe (Don’t Get Caught by Surprise)
What to Buy in Paris – 15 French Souvenirs Everyone Will Love

Anda is an award winning travel writer, avid globetrotter and passionate photographer. She is the voice behind "Travel Notes & Beyond," a collection of stories and travel impressions from her wanderings around the world. When she is not busy writing, traveling, or editing photographs, you can find her hiking in the foothills behind her house together with her husband and their dog.

Reader Interactions

Vipin Singh

January 13, 2024 at 6:56 am

Greetings from Singapore Anda. I am an avid traveler but have only done Asia so far. I am planning my first Europe trip in this upcoming June, mid month. I have circled down to 4 cities that iam keen on going to. But now, after reading much online, i figured that it will be more ideal to include just 3 cities in my itinerary. I had London, Paris, Rome, Spain (Madrid/Barcelo) in mind initially. I am looking for advice to reduce one city if needed for this trip. I have 13 days to spend (including arrival date to London in the morning before 7am. And excluding departure date) Appreciate your reply.

January 16, 2024 at 2:24 pm

Since this is your first trip to Europe, I’d go to London, Paris and Rome. I’m sure you won’t regret it.

Chetan Sahu

October 7, 2023 at 5:59 am

Planning my dream 2-week European adventure, and this guide is a goldmine of itinerary ideas! From the iconic cities to hidden gems, it’s packed with invaluable tips for an unforgettable trip. So, which European journey will I embark on? The possibilities are endless!

Chandra Bdr Gurung

July 6, 2023 at 11:43 pm

Excellent advice for those who are first-time visitors. This blog really impressed me. Europe has some really interesting sites to visit.

Ana Delos Santos

April 28, 2023 at 10:55 am

Hi, this is really helpful for 1st time Travelers in Europe. Just want to also ask you, for a 2 week Europe Trip, what do you advise to those traveling with Kids that wanted to visit countries in Europe with an Entry and Exit point from the Philippines? Thanks for the possible response. God bless you.

April 28, 2023 at 11:58 am

I am not aware that coming from the Philippines (with or without kids) may pose any problem for entering any country in Europe. However, if you want further more detailed information you should check the respective country’s entry requirements. Sorry I can’t be of more help.

basil swamy

March 22, 2023 at 11:36 am

Looking for Europe tour starting from India, for honeymoon would like to explore Europe. Places need to cover Norway Amsterdam Brussels Paris Switzerland Pissa Florence Rome Venice

Travel dates will be 9Jun to 29Jun It should be not very expensive , reasonable place to stay either good apartment or good Hotel You can suggest if some needs to be cut short or some other place. Do not want any museum or historical place to cover. It should be main and popular area only.

March 22, 2023 at 7:16 pm

I’m sorry, but I am not a travel agent, Basil. You can use my post for reference in order build your own itinerary.

July 13, 2022 at 2:52 pm

Great guide – but overwhelming!! My wife and I are taking our first trip to Europe next year – a long kid- and COVID- delayed 20th/25th/30th anniversary! – and want to make the most of our 3 weeks. But you just listed 31 must-see cities, and suggested 3-4 days per city!! 🙂

My wife wants to “see the highlights” – if we never can come back, what should we make sure we see? I think we’d probably be best served by a managed tour, but maybe I can cobble together something with even hand-holding? 🙂 Advice would be *so* appreciated!

July 13, 2022 at 6:16 pm

Hi Rick, Thanks for reading my guide. I have indeed 31 must-see cities in Europe, but those are 10 independent itineraries and each one of them is for two weeks. If you want to spend 3 weeks in Europe you definitely won’t be able to include all those places in your itinerary. I can give you a few suggestions for a 3-week itinerary, but planning the trip in detail will require a lot of effort from your part.

You’ll need to research each destination and decide what you’d like to see once you get there, book hotels, check timetables for trains and busses, or maybe rent a car in some places, etc. Since I don’t know anything about your travel style, I can’t tell you whether to attempt this trip on your own, or book a guided tour. Many people prefer to be care-free when they travel and just sit back and enjoy. We like to travel independently and do our own planning, but I can assure you it’s not easy. One other option would be to book local guided tours in each country, but travel independently between countries.This way you’ll have more control over what countries you may want to visit.

In regards to the “highlights” of Europe, there are so many! But regardless of what you choose, you shouldn’t include more than 4 countries in 3 weeks because you’ll have to account for the days you loose when moving from one place to another. Here are my suggestions. My first choice for Europe would be Italy, France and Spain. They are rich in culture and architecture and have gorgeous scenery. My second choice is Portugal, Switzerland and Croatia. Not as culturally rich as Italy, or France, but surely breathtakingly beautiful. If you are looking for less expensive destinations, Central and Eastern European countries are more budget friendly (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania).

I hope this helps. I have lots of European destination on my blog in case you want to do some further reading. And remember: no matter what country you choose, you’ll love Europe!

July 6, 2021 at 11:40 am

Hi there Anda!

Me and my are planning eloping and then honeymooning to Europe. Neither of us have been and I have family in the Sicily area. I originally wanted to go to Hawaii as I am an avid beach lover and have been to many in search of the most beautiful beach. My finance enjoys the beach, but is definitely more of a historian. So, I would like to encompass a little of both. We plan on late September or sometime in October….14 days. What are your thoughts? Do you think we should use a travel agent? Thanks so much!

July 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm

Hi Carrie, September-October is a great time of year for visiting Italy and I think Sicily is a wonderful choice if you like beaches. It has plenty of historic sites, so it’s the best of both worlds: history and beaches. I have a lot of information about Sicily on this blog, so for further reading you can go under Destinations > Europe > Italy > Sicily and read more. I also have a very informative post about driving in Sicily, should you decide to rent a car for your trip.

I don’t believe you need a travel agent to design your itinerary or make reservations for you. At the bottom of my home page there are some links that you can use to check out prices. I also have a Resource Page if you need more information on car rental and lodging. And if you need more itinerary ideas, read this post: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/10-days-in-italy-itinerary/ . It includes 4 itinerary ideas for Italy to choose from. Please let me know if you need any further assistance.

March 1, 2021 at 10:40 am

This is very informative. My husband and I have been to several countries in Europe, but not our son. He wants to go to Germany, and I think with more than 2 weeks travel time that we will have, a visit to several cities in Central Europe will make sense to us. My friend in Zurich will be happy to take us around.

March 1, 2021 at 7:38 pm

Hope you’ll get to visit Germany, Umiko. I have relatives in Münich and go to Germany quite often.

January 27, 2021 at 3:03 am

Hi Anda, I have to say, this is a great itinerary for first time travelers. I’ve been living in Europe for almost 2 years now but I still have not seen most of the places in this list and I would consider myself a “first time traveler” to most of these destinations. It gave me tons of ideas though once we finally get to travel again and I love your pctures.

January 28, 2021 at 2:05 pm

Thanks, Marielle.

I love Croatia

January 9, 2021 at 6:09 am

Absolutely stunning! Thank you on a detailed impressive guide!

January 9, 2021 at 10:51 am

Thanks, Karlo.

October 22, 2020 at 8:00 am

Hi Anda! Thank you for all of your articles and tips! I’m trying to soak everything in while planning for a 2-week trip next August 2021. I know you said August is the worst time to go to Europe but I am to be a part of a bridal entourage early that month and have no leeway in that regard – hoping to make the best of it! What are your suggestions for 3 first time Europe travelers to make the MOST of our time but with about three days locked in at London for the ceremony? I was thinking of coming a week before the festivities and staying a week after, putting the wedding in the middle of the two weeks – if that makes sense. Please help! Thank you so much, Christine

October 22, 2020 at 4:59 pm

Hi Christine, A wedding in London sounds like a great reason to visit Europe. The good news is that London is not so hot in August as other cities in Europe. Here are my recommendations for you:

1. I would get the wedding out of the way and then go on with my travel plans. Or leave it for the end of the trip, but not place it in the middle.

2. I would avoid big, crowded cities (like Paris or Rome) where the asphalt radiates even more heat in summer. Keep in mind that many of the buildings in Europe don’t have air conditioning, so there is very little relief from the heat.

3. Rather than big cities, I would visit places that have a breeze, or have access to the Mediterranean, or the Adriatic Sea. My personal favorites for summer are the French Riviera (Nice, Monaco, Cannes), Italy (the Amalfi Coast, or Sicily), Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast (Dubrovnik, Split, Pula, etc.) Italy, France and Croatia seem like good options for you since they are also close to England.

4. Other great countries to visit in August are: Austria, Switzerland and Germany. For instance, you could spend 1-2 days in Vienna, then go to Salzburg and use it as a base for wonderful day trips in the Alps. Or stay 2 days in Zurich and do a Switzerland itinerary. You can also do a combination of countries, but I wouldn’t visit more than two considering that you already have London on your list.

Hope this helps. Please let me know if you have any further questions. I’m sure your trip is going to be great!

October 18, 2020 at 11:25 am

Hi: A friend and I would like to visit somewhere in Europe for 2 or so weeks, and stay in a smaller village and “live” like a local. Yet, also be close enough to other places or countries to take day trips via public transportation. Any suggestions?

October 19, 2020 at 4:47 pm

Your friend could stay for instance in one of the many villages on the French Riviera (like Ezé Village) which are close to Nice,and visit the the entire coast in two weeks. Or perhaps stay in one of the villages in Tuscany, which are close to Florence, and many other fascinating places in Italy.

RAJEEV JAIN

October 6, 2020 at 10:14 pm

Me & my wife wants to cover Europe in 20-30 days. Just for your information I had travelled to Italy & covered Rome, Florence, Venice & Milan. I want to cover other countries & beautiful cities of Europe. Can you suggest best time & an itinerary to visit except July/August when the weather is pleasant & one can travel in budget.

October 7, 2020 at 4:23 pm

Hi Rajeev, late September to early October is a great time to travel to Europe. So is spring, late April to early June. As for an itinerary, you can cover a lot of territory in a month in Europe. I would suggest visiting some of the countries in the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia).I have a complete itinerary for the Balkans on my blog, if you are interested. Also, you could visit the Baltic countries (Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia) and Sweden. Eastern European countries like Hungary and Romania are also good choice for a fall visit. Hope this helps.

Mitos Soria

February 13, 2020 at 6:19 am

Hello, me my friend will be traveling to Europe in August 2020 ( I know not a good time to go there) for the first time. We have 2 weeks to go to cities we prefer. And that is Italy and Paris. We are in for outlet shopping, visit museum and architectures. Can you recommend us a place to go to met our preferences? And if we would add one more country what would that be? By the way we are flying from Manila. Thank you very much.

February 13, 2020 at 11:09 am

Hi Mitos, even though August it’s kind of hot in Europe, I’m sure you’ll have a lot of fun. Especially if you plan to go shopping, hahaha! Paris and Rome are great places to shop and so is Milan and London. I also like shopping in Vienna, where they have a big pedestrian area (the Graben) lined up with stores. All these cities have magnificent architecture, old churches and palaces that you can visit. Prices are a little higher in Europe than they are in Asia or the US, but I love shopping there just the same. They have so much trendier clothing stores than we do. My favorite one is Massimo Dutti, you should check it out.

SHYAMSUNDER GAIKWAD

February 2, 2020 at 3:29 pm

Hi Anda, Me and my wife plan to travel to Europe for about 10 to 14 days(depends) from the first week of August’2020 (After my sons final semester Exams). Flight ticket are yet to be booked. This would be our first trip to Europe. We plan to cover Europe in six visits, this would be our first. Both of have past our half century mark and have taken a sabbatical. Could you please suggest us an Itinerary? Is August a good time to travel

February 2, 2020 at 3:30 pm

Hi Shyamsunder, August is one of the worst times to go to Europe: it’s hot, it’s expensive and it’s crowded. I know you may be bound to your son’s vacation time, so if August is the only time you have available, I would suggest going to Northern Europe. You can visit Sweden, Norway, and the Baltic countries (Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia). Either that, or choose to spend your entire vacation in southern Italy, in places close to the sea (Capri, Positano, Cinque Terre, or Sicily).

January 27, 2020 at 1:23 pm

Thanks for your insight and prompt response. Travel planning can be overwhelming and your site has been extremely helpful. The more I dig into options and different itiniraries my gut keeps saying to stick with Italy and you helped confirm this even more! Another thought was to combine a 7n cruise but again my gut (and hubby) prefers a land based trip. So sticking with Italy it seems just 3 cities maybe better (based on your suggestion) with day trips mixed in…Venice, Rome & Florence. Initial plan was for Cique Terre which maybe too much. The idea of Lake Cumo is a really good one! Now need to explore those logistics!

Anda Galffy

January 27, 2020 at 1:28 pm

Glad I could be of help, Sandra. Just one last note: keep in mind that Rome is a big city, rich in history and archeological sites. You will need at least 4-5 days to explore it properly. Have a wonderful trip.

January 27, 2020 at 1:22 pm

Hi Anda, Just found your site and love the information. We are late in planning our 20th anniversary trip to Italy in May. We have 16 days so 14 nights exculuding travel. This is our first time to Europe (other than Greece) in a very long time. Initial thoughts are fly into Venice 2n, Florence, 4n, Cinque Terre 4n, Rome 4n – Now second guessing about all Italy (which I know is all good) but maybe adding Amsterdam or another city and subtracting days from Italy. Any thoughts input appreciated!

Hi Sandra, first of all congratulations on your 20th anniversary! Italy is a great choice to mark this important event in your life and I’m sure this will be a trip to remember. My personal opinion is that Italy has so much to offer that it’s not a good idea to add Amsterdam to the mix. The two-week European itineraries I recommend in my post are for people who want to get a feel of Europe and explore some of the big cities. I think you’ll be better off spending all your time in Italy and exploring as much as you can there. Instead of Amsterdam, you could go to Lake Como, for instance. It’s a very romantic destination for an anniversary.

January 18, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Anda So glad I found your site. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a trip for late 2020 (Christmas time) for my husband and myself. I think you’ve helped me decide on Italy. Christmas is the only time he has vacation so we’re locked in to that time of year. We’d both like to see Pompeii, so I was thinking Naples to Rome and ending up in Venice. We have 2 weeks, so I think we could take our time and stop if we’d like to see something along the way. What do you think about going to Italy this time of year? Are trains reliable in winter? Thanks for any help you can give me. Karen

January 19, 2020 at 12:01 am

Hi karen, Italy is actually a great choice for winter, particularly in December when you’ll have the Christmas markets everywhere. Prices may be still pretty high because of the Holidays, but there will definitely be less crowds. You may expect colder weather in Northern Italy (Rome and Venice), but the Amalfi Coast (Pompeii and Naples) will be beautiful. I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the trains. It doesn’t snow often in northern Italy and even if does, the weather doesn’t impact public transportation. I think you’ll enjoy Italy tremendously! It’s a great place to visit. You may want to check this post as well if you are traveling to Rome: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/

cybele ryan

January 23, 2020 at 3:35 pm

Anda what wonderful information. My husband and I planning a trip to Europe in mid May for two weeks. Thinking about flying into Switzerland or Austria, dipping down into Italy then on to Slovenia and Croatia. We are told Slovenia is very similar to Italy. We could stay in Slovenia and train over to Venice for the day, avoiding crowds ect. Any ideas? take the train, rent a car?Thank you! Cybele

January 23, 2020 at 5:52 pm

Train is probably better for the day trip. Besides, in Venice you won’t have any need for the car.

December 31, 2019 at 4:44 am

Hullo Anda, your article literally saved my life. I have read it twice and sucked in as much of your advice so thank you. I am black and I was wondering if you have any specific advice for a black travelers in Europe. What is the general reception for black africans in Europe? I may be overthinking it, but I am worried that it may be negative. Your honest thoughts will be appreciated. thanks.

December 31, 2019 at 3:39 pm

I’m truly happy that my article was of help to you. I don’t think you have any reason to worry about traveling to Europe as a black person. As far as I know, Europeans are quite open and welcoming to any race and nationality. I think you’ll have a wonderful time there.

December 28, 2019 at 6:04 am

Thankyou for the suggestions. We are planning to visit Europe from US for two weeks from April 24 to May 9 . Our itenrary idea is to arrive in Paris > Milan > Venice > Cinque terra> Florence > Rome . While at florence we planned to visit Pisa for half day Will this be aggressive or Do-able? Can you please suggest on how many days each city require to explore? Thanks in Advance

December 28, 2019 at 9:15 am

Hi Satya, What you are listing here looks like a very busy itinerary. All these cities are loaded with attractions. Besides, you need time for transportation between the different destinations and time to check in and out from the hotels. Rome and Paris require at least 3 days each. Milan you can probably do in a day, but for Florence, Venice and Cinque Terre you’ll also need a minimum of two days. My suggestion would be to leave Paris for another time and concentrate on Italy.

December 28, 2019 at 7:44 pm

Thank you Anda

December 26, 2019 at 10:30 am

Hi Anda, Thankyou for the detailed itenenaries. We are planning for Europe trip during last week of April for two weeks. Our plan is to arrive in Paris and depart back from Rome. So planning for Paris> Fly to Milan> Venice> Cinque terra > Florence> Rome . Is this agressive or Doable? Do you recommend driving from Milan to Rome for this trip? Can you help me with how many days we will needing to explore these places? Appriciete your help on this.

December 18, 2019 at 12:59 pm

Hi Anda, I am planning a trip with my wife and 2 kids (3 & 9) to visit Europe in Mid-June. we are planning to spend 14 days and planning to land in Paris then train to Zurich > Interlaken (might add Zermatt if time permits) > Venice > Florence > Rome. Does this sound doable in 14 days? Any tips and recommendations? Should we get the Euro Rail Pass or buying individual trip will be better and cheaper option? Thanks.

December 18, 2019 at 7:27 pm

Hi Ali, your plan sounds great for two young adults who can move fast. However, with two kids in tow and using public transportation (not having your own car) this sounds like a very busy itinerary. You need a minimum of 3 days in the big cities like Rome and Paris. As for Zurich, Venice and Florence, you could probably spend only 2 days in each city. But even if you do that, you’ll be left with only two days, which is not enough time if you want to squeeze in Zermatt and Interlaken. I understand you are planning to use Rome as your departure city, but exploring it with a 3-year old will be very difficult. Rome is huge and truly overwhelming, even for adults. I would suggest spending more time in Switzerland instead, which is a friendlier place for small children. You can buy a pass for the scenic trains and go from Zurich to Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, St.Moritz, Engadin and maybe cross over to Lake Como in Italy. The Glacier Express is a fantastic train and goes from Zermatt to St. Moritz. Your kids are going to love the train rides. I wrote a few posts about our train trip through Switzerland, in case you need more information.

November 14, 2019 at 4:16 pm

Hi, my husband and I have plan 13 days trip 11 nights for travel to Barcelona, Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. The 1st arrival destination has decided is Barcelona as we want to catch the football match. 2nd destination we not sure want to start from Amsterdam, Munich and end in Switzerland or vice versa. Is it possible to squeeze Milan or Paris in between by the way?

November 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm

You can easily squeeze one day in Milan on your itinerary, Agnes. I wrote a post about how to spend a day in Milan, in case you are interested you can check it here: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/one-day-on-the-streets-of-milan/ . From Barcelona you can go to Milan, then to Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. Not sure exactly what means of transportation you intend to use in Europe, but it makes sense to do it this way rather than jump from Spain all the way to the Netherlands. In regards to Paris, I would leave it for another trip. There is too much to see there to be able to squeeze it into this itinerary. You’ll need at least 3 days for it, while Milan can be done in one day.

November 5, 2019 at 6:20 pm

Hi Anda.. Greetings from Malaysia.!! Great advice for first time traveller to europe. Me and my friends planning to come over to europe in may next year. We are having some difficulties choosing places to visit as europe is super big and all the places look so beautiful. We will be landing in amsterdam. I would love to go paris,london n also swiss. And we have only two weeks to cover and we have no idea where to start. Super confussed. First time in europe.! Thank you.

November 5, 2019 at 9:30 pm

Hi Reva. Since you land in Amsterdam you could probably do Amsterdam, Paris and London. You need to spend at least 3 days in each of these cities in order to see at least the main points of interest. You probably have time to see one city in Switzerland as well. I would recommend Lucerne, since it’s a smaller one and can be done in about two days. Hope this helps.

September 14, 2019 at 4:10 am

Great suggestions! Planning a trip next June ( I know, I know), your suggestions are great.

September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm

I’m glad if you found my suggestions useful. Thanks, Jackie.

April 21, 2019 at 6:25 am

Anda, thank you for the very informative article. Loved going through it and your detailed responses to the questions below. I and my wife are planning to travel in August(2nd and 3rd week). We have zeroed in on France(only Paris) and Italy. I know the temperature will be on the higher side, but I guess should be a breeze considering we are from India 🙂 (or are we way off the mark?) What according to you are good destinations to include in the itinerary in Italy, beyond Rome, Venice, and Florence)?

April 21, 2019 at 9:31 am

Hi VB, since your trip to Europe in in full summer, I would suggest a couple of destinations closer to the water. In Italy you can add Cinque Terre and maybe Lake Como. Both of them absolutely spectacular. In France, just about an hour away by plane you can go to he French Riviera. The coast is much cooler and absolutely spectacular. You have places like Nice, Monaco, Cann, Antibes, plus the many perched villages along the coast that are absolutely a dream to visit. Hope this helps.

April 9, 2019 at 8:56 am

I was trying to plan a 20th anniversary trip for myself and my wife in July, 2020. I was planning on just doing a Western trip visiting London, Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, and Berlin but now I’m worried it’s going to be too hot. We already live in Charleston, South Carolina (US) which is miserably hot in the summer so we always try to find cooler places to go.

I was thinking of this route because there are now direct flights from CHS to London and I get employee discounts at Hilton properties (about $50 USD/night). There are hotels all within 1.5 miles of the train station in each of those cities so this would be most economical.

I would rather visit Northern Europe because of the cooler weather and because my family immigrated from Sweden. However,, there are no Hilton properties in any of the Scandavian cities except Stockholm.

I’m just wondering if you think it is worth it to spend a lot more to visit Northern Europe or just battle the heat and crowds to visit Western Europe.

April 9, 2019 at 10:15 am

Hi Michael, Europe is very hot and humid in summer, as you already know. I would rather spend a little more and go to countries like Norway, Sweden or the Baltic countries (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania). I believe there is a Hilton in Riga as well, if I am not wrong). However, you may want to look into Airbnb as an alternative if you can’t find a Hilton. Most of the time they are way cheaper than a hotel and you get much more for your money.

April 7, 2019 at 11:25 am

This is a great guide! I’ve been searching everywhere for ideas on how to go about a European trip. I’ve never been so I wasn’t sure where to start. Is it possible to do a trip with London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome, Florence, and Venice? What would be the beat way to do that?

April 7, 2019 at 8:54 pm

Squeezing 7 cities of this size into a 2 weeks trip seems too much to me. I would recommend keeping it at 4, at the most. You will spend too much time on the road and too little time visiting the sites. Florence and Amsterdam could be done in about 4 days, if you just want to rush by, but the other cities requires way more time for proper visiting. I would not advise you to add more than at the most 5 cities to your itinerary, unless you have more than just 2 weeks.

April 6, 2019 at 3:28 pm

Hello Anda,

This article is very informative and useful as I am planning a graduation gift for my girlfriend this summer. She’s a mechanical engineer and loves architecture, but has never been to Europe. I do plan on 2 weeks, give or take a few days. Do to the traveling being in June (not the best time), where would you recommend going? Regarding weather, locations, travel season, etc. I’ve only been to France but was there for wine industry. I’m fine with traveling by train or by car as I have done both. Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns. Thank you for your time!

April 7, 2019 at 9:01 pm

Hi Nick, I’m glad you found my post useful and informative. Summers in Europe may be very hot, so I would recommend you go to Northern Europe, where the weather is much cooler. And if your girlfriend loves architecture, she will have a blast visiting cities like Stockholm and Riga. I would recommend the Baltic countries and Sweden. You don’t need to drive there. You can fly between the cities for very little money.

March 31, 2019 at 7:45 am

Hi, Anda. I’m taking my daughter to Europe in May. Got a great R/T flight into (and out of) Barcelona. We will be there 2 weeks, and I’d like to add 3 other cities. She really wants to go to Florence (but not Rome??‍♀️). We plan to book a rail pass and Air BnBs. Any recs for our 3 must-see cities. She’s 20 and has never been to Europe.

April 1, 2019 at 1:00 pm

Hi Stacy, Barcelona is a very exciting destination for young people. I’m sure your daughter will love it. You’ll have to decide how many countries you want to include in your two weeks trip. You have quite a few choices in Spain, if you decide to stay only there. You can spend 3 days in Barcelona, then go towards the west and Visit Madrid (3 days), Toledo (a day trip from Madrid), Granada and Sevilla. From there you can fly back to Barcelona. Or you can spend a few days in Barcelona, then go to Paris, Milan and Florence. The second option includes 3 countries, but it will give your daughter a taste of some of the most impressive cities in Europe. Hope this helps.

February 26, 2019 at 9:36 am

I will be visiting Europe for two weeks in may and would like to know what do you suggest we could see as we will arrive in Rome and depart from Paris.

February 26, 2019 at 4:56 pm

Hi Rhea, May is one of the best times to visit Europe. The weather is just perfect and the tourist season is not in full swing yet. Since I don’t know you and your interests, I would make some suggestions based on my own taste and experience. Both Rome and Paris are very big cities and you might want to allow yourself at least 3 days in each one of them. They are packed with attractions, ranging from historic sites and landmarks, to museums, art galleries, parks and restaurants. In Rome you might want to concentrate on the historic center (including the Vatican) and allow yourself a little time to simply wander the streets and admire the beautiful architecture. I wrote a post about the best areas to stay in Rome that will give you an idea about what attractions are in the different parts of the city ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/ ). While you are in Italy, you might also want to include Florence and Milan in your itinerary. Florence is not very big and it quite easy to explore (great for art galleries and museums). You could spend 2 days in Florence and one day in Milan ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=one+day+in+milan ). From Milan you could go to Switzerland and maybe take a scenic train trip through Zermatt, Interlaken, Lucerne).Or you may go directly to France and visit Marseille, Lyon and then Paris. If this is your first time in Europe I would suggest keeping it simple. Probably just Italy and France would be enough. For Paris, you might want to refer to this post that will give you an idea about what you can see in 3 days: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=3+days+in+paris . I hope this helps and I hope you’ll come back with some great memories from your trip to Europe.

January 31, 2019 at 9:46 pm

Hi Anda Me and my husband are planning a trip to Europe for 2 weeks in early May 2019. As of now we are planning to visit Prague, Vienna, Budapest & Greece. Could you please suggest if its doable also if its the good time to visit these places.

P.S : We will be visiting Europe for the first time and we are more inclined towards scenic and natural beauty , could you please suggest more affordable options.

Many Thanks ! Parul

January 31, 2019 at 10:20 pm

Hi Parul, Europe is beautiful at any time of year, but particularly in spring. Vienna, Budapest and Prague are very close to each other so can move easily from one to the next (either by train or by car). Trains are very affordable in Europe, especially if you buy a pass. I suggest spending 3 days in each one of these cities to at least get a taste of what they have to offer. You could leave Greece for last, as you will need to take a plane to get there. In regards to affordability, Europe in generally expensive. However, you will find Budapest (and Greece) more affordable overall. For lodging I use Airbnb or VRBO (Vacation Rentals By Owner), as I get more for my money. Hope this helps.

Vaibhav Jain

February 2, 2019 at 10:21 am

Hey, thanks for this informative and detailed info about getting around in Europe.. every word made sense to me.. I just want a small suggestion from you.. I am solo traveller and will be starting my itinerary as “Prague (2n)-Copenhagen (4N)-Budapest (2N)- Barcelona (3N)- Amsterdam (2N)” in total of about 13 N starting from 13 th March 2019.. My question is : I want to add another city between my trip from Copenhagen to Budapest as I think 4 Nights will be too boring in there.. so can you please suggest which place to add in for 1 N ??? I am getting some real good deals for Brussels, Berlin, Milan… for Ryan Sir & Easy jet from Copenhagen.. please enlighten me for this as I am super confused ??? Thanks in anticipation ….

February 2, 2019 at 3:18 pm

Your itinerary seems pretty busy for 13 days. All these cities you selected make wonderful destinations in themselves. You could easily spend 13 days in each one of them and still have plenty to see and do. My suggestion would be to spend 3 nights in Prague or in Budapest, rather than trying to squeeze in another city into the itinerary. Europe is packed with attractions and if you were to spend any less than 3 days in a big city you’ll be rushing too much. However, if you want by all means to include another city, you can try Milan. You can just concentrate on visiting the Duomo and the area around it and that would be enough for one day. Hope this helps.

October 1, 2018 at 10:41 am

My family has a two week planned trip to Europe and I am having difficulty picking a third location to visit in addition to London & Paris. I am glad I came across your website which is full of good ideas. I could use some help picking a third city and places to stay. One of my challenges for the trip is traveling around Christmas which I understand the trains close.

Some of the other questions I have are: How long is it recommended to be at an airport before a flight between cities like London & Amsterdam? Is taking a train recommended even though it takes twice as long.

Where are the best areas to stay in London, Paris, Amsterdam and Ghent? We would like to rent an apartment in each city.

We arrive at 6:15am on 12/21 in Gatwick and leave on 1/3 in the evening out of Heathrow. What might be the best itinirary taking into account Christmas and New Years?

Thanks, Michael

October 3, 2018 at 10:24 am

Hi Michael, I’m afraid I can’t make any specific recommendation in any of these cities. We usually stay in Airbnb apartments when we don’t stay with friends or relatives in Europe.

Rob+Ann @TravelLatte(.net)

July 27, 2018 at 4:36 pm

You are so right, Anda – Two weeks in Europe will fly by! We love your itinerary ideas though. Two weeks is such a short time for so many great places to see and enjoy, but these really help make the most of the time. Can’t wait to get back and explore more!

Jennifer Melroy

July 27, 2018 at 2:38 pm

I love exploring northern Europe. The cities have a charm that the rest of the continent lacks. I can’t explain it, but they do. I always feel like they are more welcoming as a city. Plus Stolkhom has the best museums to visit.

Suruchi Mittal

July 24, 2018 at 10:36 am

That is a complete exhaustive guide on Europe. I liked the way how you have divided the itinerary and it is going to be super helpful while we plan up our trip. The 2 weeks really seems like a less time now, for Europe.

Cynthia | Adventuring Woman

July 23, 2018 at 5:12 am

You’ve covered all the important things! I agree that Paris, Amsterdam and London should be #1. I really want to do Vienna, Prague and Budapest. Also the Balkan itineraries. So true that it’s best to spend time really experiencing a place, rather than running around between them.

July 22, 2018 at 12:27 am

These are good itineraries for those who want a quick glimpse of certain areas of Europe. Im not sure on the Nordic ones, I think I need a bank loan for that one. 😀 I found after exploring much of Europe, to see better history, buildings, parks, scenery etc, is to get away from the cities and find the true heart of each country. However, first timers, these are good plans BUT make sure you come back for some more European fun 🙂

July 22, 2018 at 10:58 am

One visit to Europe is never enough, Dabik.

July 21, 2018 at 11:55 pm

Although I agree with you to start with the more popular cities in your first ever trip to Europe and to make sure that all the cities you’re visiting are geographically close to each other (and you’ve grouped them out perfectly), I also think that visiting only the bigger cities in countries like Switzerland, Austria, Greece don’t give you a real flavour of what the country is about. For example- going to Athens and not Santorini would be something I’d not recommend at all! Or going to Zurich and Lucerne but not Interlaken. Having said that, if one wants to focus only on the bigger cities and not venture to the smaller towns and villages, then these itineraries make perfect sense!

July 22, 2018 at 11:00 am

Of course, Medha. Visiting only the bigger cities will barely touch the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. These itineraries are intended for first time visitors to Europe and it is implied the subsequent visits would be necessary to really get the feel of many of these countries.

Christina Pfeiffer

July 21, 2018 at 11:09 pm

Your itineraries certainly highlight the diversity of Europe. There are so many different countries to visit it’s hard to choose! One of the things I love about Europe is that no matter where you go, there’s history, culture and cobblestone streets to discover. Hmm, I think I’m due for another trip to Europe soon!

July 21, 2018 at 11:35 pm

That is so true, Christina. I love everything about Europe!

July 21, 2018 at 9:35 pm

I am a big fan of itineraries! I have created several I want to follow. Sometimes, an itinerary does not work for one particular year but then it is feasible later. From your list, I want to do Northern Europe and the Berlin-Dresden-Wroclaw. I am with you on staying 3-4 days on a city. I do not like to rush places.

July 21, 2018 at 10:19 pm

Planning is part of the fun when you travel, isn’t it?

July 21, 2018 at 9:13 pm

I love your recommendations! I’d love to go and visit Europe one day and this guide will come in very handy. Indeed 2 weeks is such a short time to see the entire continent, but good to know that you can still see as much as long you plan well (especially considering the geographical location and transportation availability).

July 21, 2018 at 10:18 pm

I didn’t realize you haven’t been in Europe, Marvi. Hope you’ll get there soon. You’ll love Europe, I promise!

Jill Chapman

July 21, 2018 at 7:40 pm

I haven’t been to Europe for five years so I am very excited to be heading there this fall. Great tips – we’ve already used a few – booked hotels in the city center or air bnb’s and are traveling off-season a bit but I hope to utilize more when I’m there.

July 21, 2018 at 8:05 pm

I hope you are going to have a great trip, Jill.

July 21, 2018 at 5:31 am

Great idea’s, even for a European. We need to discover more things close to home.

July 21, 2018 at 8:06 pm

Well, if you live in Europe you probably have visited all these places, Wendy.

Lyn aka The Travelling Lindfields

July 21, 2018 at 4:09 am

What a useful post. I think those of us who travel frequently forget that there is a lot of basic stuff we just take for granted.

July 21, 2018 at 10:00 pm

So true, Lyn.

July 21, 2018 at 12:45 am

I have spent quite a bit of time in Europe but I still have so much to see. I would love to do your Balkans roadtrip, I haven’t been to that area yet.

July 21, 2018 at 10:01 pm

The Balkans make one of the best European itineraries, Anisa. You should definitely do that road trip.

July 20, 2018 at 6:27 pm

These are all great ideas. Isn’t it such a gift to be able to spend two weeks exploring?? We love to spend 3 days in cities so we know where we want to return… I also love to pair big cities with smaller towns, too. It’s a great to experience both sides of the coin in the same country. I would love to do your Balkan itinerary! Those places all just look beautiful!

July 21, 2018 at 10:05 pm

I love exploring smaller cities too, Sara. However, for first time visitors it’s always better to start with the more popular sites.

July 20, 2018 at 5:02 pm

Great tips for first-time visitors, especially if you have only two weeks. I wish I’ve been to all the destinations you covered … if we could only travel when I was still living in the middle of it ;).

July 21, 2018 at 10:06 pm

Yep, I hear you! I have the same frustration, Emese.

July 20, 2018 at 4:17 pm

Great advice for first time travelers! We did a similar trip, to your first itinerary, when we went to Europe the first time. Ours was London, Paris, Munich, and Amsterdam. I have to agree that giving yourself 3-4 days in each place is ideal. I ended up feeling like I didn’t see much in London, because we were only there for two days of our trip. Thankfully, we were able to return to London for a longer period later.

Tomas Novak

July 20, 2018 at 1:31 pm

As I live in Prague – kind of a center of Europe. It’s pretty easy for me to do this short trips and I think I visited more than half of this cities. I like how you group them in smaller trips by three. I just have to visit the Baltic states and Balkan… hopefully next year. Thanks for your tips

July 21, 2018 at 10:12 pm

It’s much easier to do these trips when you live in Europe, Thomas. The challenge is for people who travel there from far away.

California Globetrotter

July 20, 2018 at 1:11 pm

What a great itinerary you’ve put together, Anda! You’ve hit up all the best cities and I also recommend 3-4 days in each city!

July 21, 2018 at 10:13 pm

I’m glad you agree with me, Lolo. Now that you live in Europe it’s much easier for you to see all these other smaller cities on week-end trips.

Rhonda Albom

July 20, 2018 at 12:51 pm

I think two weeks is a great intro and taster for Europe. Europe is addictive and by the end of those two weeks you’ll already be planning on which areas you want to concentrate on for your next visit. I agree that you should spend three to four days in each city in order to get comfortable and enjoy the feel of the city.

July 21, 2018 at 10:17 pm

Hahaha, you are so right that traveling to Europe becomes addictive. Everybody I know wants to return there to see more.

Priscilla Willis

July 20, 2018 at 6:23 am

Great tips, Anda. Your suggested Itineraries are perfect – it’s difficult to fully experience a destination when you try to do and see too much!

July 20, 2018 at 9:52 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from a trip to Europe. Hope it was fun.

July 20, 2018 at 9:53 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from Europe. Hope you enjoyed your trip.

March 28, 2020 at 11:11 pm

Anda looking for a 14 day itinerary first time in Europe. This is for my 25 Anniversary. Looking to bring my 3 daughters ages 25/22/20. Also looking to invite my in laws 65/72. My wife is first generation born in the states from Hungary. My 72 year old father in-law has a bad ankle is there scooters to rent or would it be a pain in the butt to travel everywhere with it. Also ball Parker cost per person along with either plane or rail tickets to hop around

March 28, 2020 at 11:41 pm

This looks like a multi-generational reunion and a great celebration. Since your wife is of Hungarian descent, you might want to take a trip to Central Europe that would include Hungary as well. I think all of you are going to love Budapest! You could probably do Prague, Vienna, and Budapest and spend at least 3 days in each of these big cities. There are also a few side trips that you can take around them. I wrote extensively about these three destinations, in case you need some ideas on things to do, places to stay and eat in each one of these cities.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

All rights reserved © Travel Notes & Beyond. The material on this website is protected by copyright law. Republishing the content on this blog (including text, photography, etc.) is strictly prohibited.

AFFILIATE PROGRAM DISCLOSURE

Some of the pages and posts of this blog contain links to products and services that may be useful for my readers. When clicking on these links you will have the option to purchase or register for a service at no extra cost to you, but doing so can help me offset the costs associated with running this blog. Thank you for your support!

Live Adventure Travel contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. See my Disclosure Policy for more information.

2-Week Europe Itinerary by Train + 3 Different Route Options

Europe is by far one of the best continents to travel around. It has the convenience of hopping on a train, bus or plane and arriving in a new country in a matter of hours. Yet, each place differs greatly in culture, landscape and food. It’s really like a giant playground for adults! But deciding on a 2-week Europe Itinerary by train can be a daunting task. Especially when there are multiple routes to choose from.

You have to take into consideration logistics, travel arrangements and budget. And believe me, it can be easy to find yourself pulling your hair out when it becomes clear that travelling from Paris to Budapest will take over 18 hours!

So, let me be your guide. I spent 4 months interrailing around Europe , testing some of the finest destinations on the continent. So, safe to say I see myself as somewhat of an expert when it comes to designing itineraries.

I have carefully put together 4 kickass two-week Europe Itineraries for you to explore. There is something for everyone, from city buffs, to nature lovers and hidden gem seekers!

2 Week Trip Europe: Table of Contents

Best way to travel europe in 2 weeks – getting around.

Now, before we dive into the itineraries we need to discuss the best mode of transport. Europe is quite easy to get around you have the luxury of trains, planes, boats and busses right at your fingertips. But…what is the best transport option to choose?

Let’s lay out the pros and cons of each…

Plane Travel: Being from Ireland plane travel is one of the only convenient options for me to reach most European countries but once I am on the mainland I stay clear of it. It can get expensive QUICK and no one wants to waste an entire day travelling to and from the airport.

Train Travel: This is by far my favourite way of getting around Europe. It’s quick, it’s cheerful and extremely convenient. I like the space I have on a train. The ability to get up and walk down the aisle on long journeys and the incredible views along the way. I am also a big fan of the interrail system which I will explain more about a little later in this post.

Bus Travel: This is definitely the most budget-friendly way of exploring Europe. Bus journeys can be extremely cheap but that is pretty much it. They also tend to be really long, uncomfortable and a very indirect way of getting to a destination. Don’t get me wrong I do use busses while in Europe but not as my main mode of transportation. And I don’t think it should be yours either!

Driving: I am a massive road trip fan. Nothing beats, blaring your favourite road trip tunes and the freedom of having your own set of wheels to take you from A to B. But, I don’t believe a car is the best way to travel Europe over a 2 week period. Trains are much more convenient and cover way more ground at a much faster rate.

2-week Europe itinerary: By train is the best way!

So, there you have it the best way to explore Europe is by train but that leaves us with one other question. Should you book each trip individually or buy a prepaid ticket like Interrail ?

There are pros and cons to both, you can of course put a lot of time and research into each train journey you intend to take. Watch the price and book when they are at their cheapest but personally, I find this method a little restricting.

With Interrail you are free to book your seat on the day (providing no reservation is needed – then it’s 24 hours before). The ticket is prepaid so you can get as many local/regional trains as you please and high-speed trains come at a considerable discount.

2-week Europe trip: 4 Different Itineraries

I have carefully designed 4 different itineraries for you to choose from for your two weeks in Europe. These routes feature some incredible hidden gems, beautiful landscapes and iconic cities. I go into more detail about each destination later on in the post and have provided little skip tags for those who want to read more about the itineraries that suit their needs best.

Salzburg (Austria) ➡ Hallstatt (Austria) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Interlaken (Switzerland)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Prague (Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

Split (Croatia) ➡ Zagreb (Croatia) ➡ Lake Bled (Slovenia) ➡ Ljubljana (Slovenia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary) ➡ Krakow (Poland)

Two Week Europe Trip Budget

The Cost of a Two Week Europe Trip can vary greatly from person to person. Especially when it comes down to individual people’s style and spending habits. I have broken down an estimate of how much each category of traveller may spend on a two-week trip. From a budget-conscious person to a mid-range traveller to someone who is looking for luxury experiences.

I also have a detailed guide on how much I spend on my 4-month budget trip across Europe if you have an interest in real-life spending.

2-week trip to Europe Cost: Budget Travellers

Accommodation: Budget travellers can find hostels or budget hotels for around €25 to €60 per night depending on the countries they decide to visit. For a two-week stay, this amounts to €350-840.

Food: If you stick to cafes, takeaway food, and occasional home-cooked meals, you could spend around €15/20 per day, which sums up to €210/280 for two weeks.

Travel Expenses: Transport shouldn’t cost all too much if you intend on walking most places. I’d allow for €50 to be on the safe side.

Activities: Free city tours, hiking, or visiting free museums can keep the activity costs down to about €100.

Total for two weeks: €710-€1270

2 weeks in Europe Cost: Mid-Range Traveller

Accommodation: Mid-range hotels can cost around €100-150 per night. For a two-week stay, this would be €1400-2100

Food: If you intend on eating out for every meal then expect to pay around €10 for breakfast, €15 for lunch and €20+ for dinner. So, €45 a day will equal to €630 for a 2-week trip.

Travel Expenses: Consider spending around €300-500 for comfortable travel options. Or, you could keep costs down by walking most places.

Activities: Entrance fees for premium attractions and activities might add up to around €200-300.

Total for 2 weeks: €2530-3530

2 Weeks in Europe Budget: Luxury Travellers

Accommodation: Luxury hotels or apartments can cost €200-850+ per night, so it is hard to give a total in this category but it would range from €2800-€11900.

Food: Eating out for Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner in more expensive restaurants will set you back anywhere from €100-€150 per day. About €1400-2100 for the 2 weeks.

Travel Expenses: Private transfers or first-class train compartments could cost around €700-1000.

Activities: Private tours and high-end experiences might add up to another €500-1000 provided you are not doing them in every destination.

Total for 2 Weeks: €5400-16000

2 Weeks in Europe Itinerary: Route Option 1

I wanted to kick start this 2 weeks in Europe itinerary with a really unique route. I typically see people planning European trips around the major cities and attractions. Never really leaving time for those amazing hidden gems located in some of the most beautiful places on the continent. So, if you are a nature lover who loves to explore more off-the-beaten-path locations this is the Europe Itinerary for you!

Stop 1: Salzburg

Nestled among rolling hills and overlooking the Salzach River, Salzburg, Austria, is an enchanting city filled with historic charm and modern allure.

It is the birthplace of the world-famous composer Mozart. And this is evident throughout the city.

The city has a vibrant art scene, bustling markets, and sumptuous cuisine.

Salzburg’s charm isn’t only limited to its historic architecture and vibrant streets. The city is also famously known as the filming location for the classic movie, “The Sound of Music.”

Fans of the film can dive into its magic by taking a themed tour that traces the steps of the Von Trapp family, offering a nostalgic journey through the film’s iconic sites.

Things to do in Salzburg

Visit Mozart’s Birthplace: Discover the roots of the musical genius, one of the world’s most famous composers Mozart, by visiting his birthplace .
Tour the Hohensalzburg Fortress: This is a must-do when in Salzburg as it has the most incredible 360 views of the city.
Stroll through Mirabell Gardens: These beautiful gardens are a must-see for any visitor. The immaculately maintained flower beds and sculptures provide a serene place to relax. They get busy fast so make sure to visit early!
Enjoy a Boat Ride on the Salzach River: Experience Salzburg from a unique perspective by taking a leisurely boat ride on the Salzach River.
Indulge in Austrian Cuisine: Sample traditional Austrian dishes like Wiener Schnitzel, Sacher Torte, or Apfelstrudel to get a taste of the local culinary culture.
Take the Sound of Music Tour: For fans of the classic film, this tour is a must. It takes you to various shooting locations of the movie, including the Mirabell Gardens and Leopoldskron Palace. You can relive your favourite scenes and enjoy the beautiful surroundings that make Salzburg so unforgettable.

Where to stay in Salzburg:

For travellers on a budget, the YoHo Youth Hostel is a fantastic option. It’s comfortable, clean and located in city center, offering easy access to Salzburg’s attractions.

For those looking for a balance between cost and comfort, numa I Mozart is a great mid-range choice. It’s conveniently located and offers well-furnished rooms, a hearty breakfast, and friendly service, offering stellar value for your money.

For a truly luxurious stay, consider the Hotel & Villa Auersperg . This family-run boutique hotel exudes charm and elegance, with beautifully designed rooms, a peaceful garden, and a rooftop spa. It’s ideally located within walking distance of the city center, making it a convenient base to explore Salzburg

Cow in front of the sound of music meadow in Austria. Green grass and beautiful alpline mountains

Day Trip Option 1: The Sound of Music Trail

One of my favourite simple day trips from Salzburg is the beautiful Sound of Music Trail starting from the small town of Werfen. Reachable by a 40-minute train journey from Salzburg.

The trail brings walkers along a stunning hiking path with opens out with an incredible view of the surrounding meadows.

This particular location is famous for the “Do Re Mi” scene from the movie. There are even dedicated photo spots where you can take a picture with July Andrews and the kids.

The walk is not particularly hard and suitable for most fitness levels. It takes about 40/45 minutes to reach the viewpoint. I recommend bringing a picnic for a scenic lunch.

Day Trip Option 2: Berchtesgaden National Park

I fell in LOVE with Berchtesgaden National Park when I first visited. So much so that my day trip quickly turned into two.

Just over an hour’s train journey from Salzburg lies this incredible natural playground with plenty of things to do and see.

I recommend catching the boat from Königssee Lake and hiking out to the Obersee und Röthbachfall. This is a day you will not forget.

If you have another day to spare I recommend exploring the park some more. Stopping at places such as St. Sebastian Church, Hintersee Lake (walk from the church) and Wimbachklamm Gorge. All these are easily accessible by park busses.

Stop 2: Hallstatt, Austria

Hallstatt is one of those locations that will truly take your breath away. It’s one of the most fairytale-like places I have ever seen.

Home to soaring mountains, a pristine lake and a charming village. This little town can get BUSY, especially in the summer months.

So, I recommend walking up early to catch a glimpse of the famous viewpoint without any crowds. Because come 10am you will be fighting for a spot at the barrier.

Whether you’re looking for outdoor adventures, a peek into history, or simply want to enjoy the serene beauty, Hallstatt has something for everyone.

Things to do in Hallstatt

Take a peaceful boat ride on Lake Hallstatt and enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding mountains and Alpine houses.
Ride the funicular railway to the Skywalk Hallstatt viewing platform for a panoramic view of the beautiful village and lake.
Explore the local market square , lined with charming, traditional shops where you can discover local crafts and delicacies.
Explore the Dachstein Ice Caves, a fascinating natural spectacle just a short drive/bus ride away from Hallstatt.
Take a thrilling walk on the Five Fingers viewing platform (joint ticket with the Dachstein Caves), a unique attraction sitting over 400 meters above ground level, extending like a hand over the cliff edge. Offering breathtaking views over the Alps and Hallstatt below.

Where to stay in Hallstatt

If you prefer a peaceful setting, consider Seehotel Grüner Baum . It’s a charming hotel right on the lake.
For those looking for a more modern option, Heritage Hotel Hallstatt offers stylish rooms with lake views.
If you are looking for somewhere that is budget-friendly consider staying in the nearby town of Bad Goisern. Located just a 10-15 minute train ride from Hallstatt station is a beautiful rural town surrounded by mountains. I stayed in the Bad Goisern Hostel and could not recommend it more. It was a lovely stay.

Sufers surfing on the Eisbach River in Munich

Stop 3: Munich

The next stop on our trip is an amazing German city, Munich. There is more to this city than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

World Famous for it’s Autumn time celebrations, Oktoberfest, it’s mighty beer halls and delicious barbarian food!

When you are in Munich you NEED to visit the English gardens. Specifically, the Eisbach River to see the talented surfers glide along the waves.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. How cool is that?!

The old town square is also a lovely place to walk around, with the Neo-Gothic-styled architecture you feel as if you are walking around a fairytale.

You also NEED to make your way up the town hall tower. The views are to die for!

Things to do in Munich

Visit the Old Town Square, The Marienplatz . You can get 360 views of the square from the old town hall tower.
Stroll around the English Gardens and watch the talented surfers.
Explore the cities beautiful gardens
Go on a local food tour to try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
Tour the world-famous beer hall, Hofbräuhaus. And treat yourself to a tasty beverage.

Where to stay in Munich:

For those on a budget, the Wombats Werksviertel Hostel is an affordable yet comfortable choice. It’s located near the city center, close to the main attractions, making it a convenient base for your explorations in Munich.

For those willing to spend a bit more, Eden Hotel Wolff is a mid-range option that blends comfort with a touch of luxury. It’s just a stone’s throw away from the central train station, making it an ideal location for those planning day trips to surrounding areas.

If you desire a luxury experience, consider booking a suite at Bayerischer Hof . This five-star hotel, located in the heart of Munich, offers top-notch amenities and services. From the beautiful rooftop pool to the exquisite in-house restaurant, every detail at this hotel is designed to provide guests with a memorable stay.

Girl sitting at a viewpoint of the fairytale castle of Neuschwanstein in Germany

Day Trip Option: Neuschwanstein Castle

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Pictures do not do this place justice. It is so beautiful.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Once you arrive you can walk up to the famous viewpoint of Marienbrücke Bridge (30/40 minutes) or pay for a shuttle bus.

Not too far of a walk from the castle is Alpsee Lake, a beautiful spot to sit back and enjoy nature. The water is turquoise in colour and really takes your breath away.

Stop 4: Interlaken, Switzerland

Switzerland left me in complete awe. I decided to visit on a speeding last-minute trip and it did not disappoint.

That is why I am advising you to include it in your 2-week Europe Itinerary . It’s a destination that almost feels like a dream.

I based myself in Interlaken and used this elegant town as a base to explore the surrounding areas.

Starting with the fairytale-like village, Lauterbrunnen. Words can not describe how beautiful it is here!

I recommend hiking from the town to Mürren, taking the cable car back down the mountain and then visiting Trümmelbach. One of the most tremendous waterfalls I have ever seen.

On day two I suggest taking a trip up First Mountain for incredible views of the mountains and valleys from above. If you are looking for an easy yet scenic walk then I recommend walking out towards Bachsee Lake.

Where to Stay in Interlaken

Backpackers in Interlaken might find Balmers Hostel a perfect choice. This hostel combines affordability with comfort and offers a warm and friendly atmosphere. I made some incredible friends here!

For those who prefer mid-range hotels, Hotel Interlaken is an excellent option and has a rich history dating back to 1491. It also offers close proximity to the town’s center.

Luxury seekers can consider Victoria-Jungfrau Grand Hotel & Spa for their stay. This five-star hotel provides an unforgettable experience with its luxurious rooms, stunning views, and world-class spa facilities.

Related Post: How big is Texas compared to Europe? (This will SHOCK you)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Prague(Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

14 days in Europe Itinerary: Route 2

Get ready to set off on a fascinating journey through five famous European Cities. From the romantic streets of Paris to the enchanting canals of Amsterdam.

Your journey will take you to Munich, home to age-old Bavarian traditions and beer gardens. And one of the best locations for a day trip to the magical Neuschwanstein Castle. One of my favourite spots from my 4 month Europe trip!

Then, it’s time to explore the beauty of Prague with its mesmerizing architecture and picturesque streets.

Lastly, arrive in Budapest, a city known for its thermal baths and magnificent Danube River views.

Girl Standing infront of the the Effiel Tower in Paris

Stop 1: Paris France

Paris is known as the city of love, and that is relevant for everyone, those who visit with a significant other, friends or solo.

Because you see…one thing is for certain, you will fall in love! This bustling city’s charming streets and famous buildings capture the attention of millions of tourists each year.

With its famous art scene, fashion, and culinary delights. It’s no wonder visitors fall in love with its rich history and iconic landmarks such as the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, and the Notre Dame Cathedral.

Adding Paris to your 14-day Europe Itinerary will leave you with a lifetime of memories. It is also the perfect starting point with its fantastic train connections to other European destinations.

Things to do in Paris

Take a snap of the iconic Eiffel Tower .
Explore the Louvre Museum , home to thousands of works of art, including the Mona Lisa.
Stroll along the Seine River and enjoy a cruise for spectacular views of the city’s landmarks.
Take a walk down the Champs-Elysées and visit the Arc de Triomphe .
Visit Notre-Dame Cathedral and admire its magnificent Gothic architecture.
Looking for a free 360 view of Paris then make your way up to the rooftop of Lafayette’s Shopping Centre.

Where to stay in Paris

I stayed in the People in Paris Nation and it was perfect for what I needed. I only intended on visiting the city for one day. The rest of my time I spent in Disneyland. That is why The People at Paris Nation was the perfect location for me as it’s just a 40-minute tram ride away from the parks. The only downside to the hostel is there was no kitchen. Although, this is common among all hostels in Paris. The rooms are rather spacious, with a privacy curtain on each bed. The hostel is not located in the centre of Paris and public transport is needed to get in and out of the city. However, this is common for most hostels in Paris. Overall, I’d highly recommend booking a stay in The People Hostel at Paris Nation.

Traditional old buildings in Amsterdam at spring, the Netherlands

Stop 2: Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a city not to be missed. The charming streets, picture-perfect canals and heartbreaking history. It’s the ideal addition to the 2-week Europe Itinerary.

Amsterdam offers an equal blend of historical charm and a modern atmosphere.

The city’s museums house some of the world’s most famous works of art, including those of Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

A visit to the Anne Frank House provides a sad yet important insight into the city’s history, while a bicycle tour offers a unique perspective and a taste of the local lifestyle.

Whether you’re a history buff, an art enthusiast, or a foodie, Amsterdam has something to offer everyone.

Things to do in Amsterdam

Visit the Van Gogh Museum: It houses the largest collection of Van Gogh’s paintings in the world.
Take a Canal Cruise: Amsterdam’s canals are a UNESCO World Heritage site. A boat tour offers a unique way to see the city.
Explore the Anne Frank House: Visit the house where Anne Frank and her family hid during World War II.
Walk in the Vondelpark: Take a break in Amsterdam’s largest and most popular park.
Discover the Bloemenmarkt: This is the world’s only floating flower market. You can buy all types of flowers, bulbs and souvenirs here.

Where to stay in Amsterdam:

€ – The Flying Pig Downtown : This is a lively, budget-friendly hostel located near Amsterdam Centraal railway station. It is well-known for its friendly atmosphere and social events.
€€ – CitizenM Amsterdam : This contemporary hotel offers compact, functional rooms with all the modern amenities. It’s located in Amsterdam’s business district, a short tram ride away from the city centre.

Munich is another amazing city that has so much more to offer than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

It’s famous for its Oktoberfest celebrations, beer halls and barbarian food!

One of my favourite things to do in Munich is visit the English gardens and watch the talented surfers do their thing on the Eisbach River.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. Now that’s definitely something unique to just Munich.

The Marienplatz , Munich’s old town square is a must-visit. Especially the views from the old town hall tower.
Stroll around the English Gardens and watch the talented surfers.
Walk around the many amazing gardens the city has to offer!
Savor Bavarian cuisine: Try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
Participate in Oktoberfest: If your visit coincides with this annual festival, don’t miss the lively beer tents, traditional music, and festive atmosphere.
Tour the Hofbräuhaus: Visit this world-famous beer hall for a stein of beer and some hearty German food.

Where to stay in Munich :

I stayed in the Wombats Werksviertel hostel while visiting Munich. This hostel is newly renovated and has a really modern interior. The dorms are extremely spacious with curtains on the beds for extra privacy. There are two ensuites in the room which was a massive convenience.

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Stop 4: Prague

Prague, the capital city of Czechia, it’s a breathtaking destination steeped in rich history and culture.

The old town is extremely charming with its eye-catching architecture, featuring a mix of Romanesque Chapels, Gothic Cathedrals, and Baroque Palaces.

The city is also home to the iconic Charles Bridge, adorned with statues of Catholic saints, and the magnificent Prague Castle, which provides panoramic views of the city.

Prague is a food lovers paradise! Threat yourself to traditional Czech dishes like goulash and Trdelník – one of the tastiest deserts in Europe!

While you are there don’t forget to leave a token on love on the iconic Lennon Wall!

Things to do in Prague

Visit Prague Castle: Explore the world’s largest ancient castle, which provides stunning views over the city.
Stroll across the Charles Bridge: This famous historic bridge crosses the Vltava River and is adorned with statues of Catholic saints.
Explore Old Town Square: Here, you’ll find fascinating buildings like the Old Town Hall with the Astronomical Clock, Týn Church, and St. Nicholas Church. Don’t forget to climb the tower for a 360 view of the Old Town.
Visit the John Lennon Wall: Once a normal wall, it has been filled with John Lennon-inspired graffiti and lyrics from Beatles’ songs since the 1980s. They often have markers outside it so you can leave a message of love.
Explore Petřín Hill: Take the funicular up Petřín Hill and enjoy the landscaped gardens and great views over Prague. This is where the Eiffel Tower of Prague lies 😉

Where to stay in In Prague

Budget Option: The Czech Inn , this is a super social hostel, the rooms are clean, the bathrooms are big and they have a shared kitchen onsite. I found it quite easy to make friends here too.

Mid Range Option : Hotel Pod Věží Located right next to the Charles Bridge, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and exceptional service at a reasonable price.

Luxury Option: The Four Seasons Hotel Prague boasts elegant rooms, a high-end restaurant, and a prime location near the Old Town Square.

Stop 5: Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities that is 100% worth the visit. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

The city beautifully balances the old and new. Divided in two by the Danube River, we have Buda and Pest.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

Pest, the modern part, is a lively area with bustling markets, trendy cafes, and thriving nightlife.

Budapest is also well-known for its thermal baths where you can relax after a day of sightseeing.

Things to do in Budapest

Explore Buda Castle: This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion: An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath: Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
Stroll along the Danube Promenade: This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building: Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.
Take a boat tour down the Danube River to see Budapest from an alternative perspective.
Go on a thrilling adventure by taking part in one of the city’s wonderful caving tours – one of my favourite things to do in Budapest.

Where to stay in Budapest

Budget Accommodation: Wombats is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife.
Mid-range Accommodation: Bo18 Hotel Superior offers excellent value for money, with comfortable rooms and a good breakfast.
Luxury Accommodation: Aria Hotel Budapest is a luxury boutique hotel with beautiful decor and a rooftop bar that offers panoramic views of the city.

Budapest is a city that has something for everyone. I can confidently say. Budapest is a destination worth putting on your European Bucket list . There is many reasons to visit for the city’s easy way of getting around, whether you choose to walk, use public transport or threat yourself to a taxi . It is incredibly safe , affordable and english is widely spoken throughout.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Route 3

This is one of the most incredible ways to spend two weeks in Europe, from the sticking beauty of the Croatian Coastline to the picture-perfect landscapes of the Julian Alpes. This route has something for everyone, from party nights in Budapest’s famous ruin bars, and romantic strolls down Venice’s winding streets to heartbreaking lessons from Poland’s past.

All of these destinations are well connected by train making them the perfect combination for your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary.

2 Weel Interrail Routes: The sunsetting in the stunning town of Split Croatia looking out at the city coastline

Stop 1: Split Croatia

Split is a beautiful city located on the Croatian Coast. It is known for its stunning beaches, crystal clear waters and historic heart.

It’s safe to say that this destination is a coastal paradise with plenty of nearby islands that could keep you busy for days!

The city’s narrow, winding streets are lined with beautiful old buildings that host an array of shops, cafes, and restaurants.

It’s home to a lively nightlife scene, friendly locals, and a rich history that dates back to the Romans.

It is a must-stop on any 2-week Europe itinerary and the perfect destination to kick-start your trip!

Things to do in Split, Croatia

Explore the Old Town visiting places like Diocletian’s Palace and the Bell Tower for 360 views of the city.
Go on a day trip , explore the nearby islands, visit the iconic blue cave or admire the beauty of Krka National Park.
Take a hike up Marjan Hill for an alternative view of the city.
Try Local Cuisine at Konoba Nikola. Taste authentic Dalmatian dishes at this well-loved restaurant.

Where to stay in Split

I stayed in the Enroute Hostel while in Split, it’s one I highly recommend. I made a great group of friends while I was there and it is only a 15-minute walk from the main tourist areas. The rooms are quite large in size however this didn’t really bother me as everyone has their own privacy curtain which is great if you where looking to relax for a few hours.

Stop 2: Zagreb Croatia

Zagreb is Croatia’s capital, a vibrant city steeped in history and cultural richness.

There is so much to see and do, from unique museums to quaint streets and stunning parks.

However, it is important to note, that our time in Zagreb is short. So, I recommend looking up things you would like to do while you are there.

There is something for everyone from history buffs to foodies and art enthusiasts.

Zagreb also has a bursting nightlife scene with multiple places to dance the night away.

Things to do in Zagreb

Visit the historic Zagreb Cathedral on Kaptol, the most monumental sacral building in Gothic style southeast of the Alps.
Explore the Museum of Broken Relationships, a quirky and unique attraction that offers a cathartic journey through the mementoes of failed relationships.
Stroll through the vibrant Dolac Market, known as the ‘Belly of Zagreb’, where you can buy local produce and traditional Croatian specialities.
Take a walk in Zrinjevac Park, a green oasis in the heart of Zagreb, adorned with fountains, busts of notable people, and a music pavilion.
Enjoy a panoramic view of the city from the Lotrščak Tower, and make sure you are there at noon to witness the daily cannon firing.

Where to stay in Zagreb

I stayed in the Swanky Mint Hostel and it is the perfect spot for those who want to experience Zagreb by both, day and by night. It is very much a party hostel. It is easy to meet people in the Kitchen or by the rooftop pool (yes, they have a pool). The dorms tend to be a little cramped so I would only stay for a day or two, however, all the other hostel facilities are great. Book your stay here .

Girl sitting on a bench looking at the view of lake bled. An alpline lake in Slovenia

Stop 3: Lake Bled, Slovenia

Lake Bled is one of my FAVOURITE places in all of Europe. The dreamlike town is nestled in the beauty of the Julian Alps.

It is known for its stunning Castle perched on a cliff and the charming island with a church that sits in the middle of the lake.

There is so much to see and do in Bled from a simple stroll around the lake, experiencing the thrill of water sports, or simply soaking in the tranquil surroundings.

It’s a slice of paradise that promises a memorable experience to every visitor, making Bled a must-visit destination in Slovenia.

Things to do in Lake Bled

A trip to Bled is not complete without visiting the beautiful castle that overlooks the lake.
Rent a Plenta Boat and head towards the island in the middle of the lake. These boats are so much harder to row than you may think.
Try Bled Cream Cake . This delicious local dessert is a must-try. It’s the perfect sweet treat after a day of sightseeing.
The Vintgar Gorge is a must when visiting Bled. It is possible to get a bus here but honestly, I recommend walking. The views along the way are equally as stunning as the gorge .
There are plenty of day tours of Triglav National Park . And I suggest you do at least one of them. This is such an underrated part of Europe.

Where to stay in Bled

To be honest I had an awful experience while staying in Castle Hostel in Bled. While I was there I got talking to other backpackers and everyone seemed to have issues with their hostels. If you have the budget I’d recommend checking out some more expensive options in the area.

Hotel Triglav : Located right by the lake, Hotel Triglav offers stunning views and comfortable rooms. It’s also home to a renowned restaurant where you can sample local cuisine.
Glamping Ribno : For a unique experience, try Glamping Ribno. Here you can stay in a luxurious tent surrounded by nature, a short distance from Bled.
Apartments Fine Stay Bled : If you prefer self-catering, these apartments offer comfort and convenience. They come with fully equipped kitchens and are close to local amenities.

Ljubljana Slovenia's Capital City Reflecting into Ljubljanica River

Stop 4: Ljubljana, Slovenia

Ljubljana is a city that very much surprised me. I didn’t know what to expect. It is home to charming streets, enthusiastic locals and plenty of food options.

Affectionately known as the “city of dragons,” Ljubljana is a place where rich history and tradition meet youthful energy and modern living.

The city’s iconic Dragon Bridge serves as a constant reminder of its medieval history, while the bustling open-air market and numerous art galleries give it a contemporary feel.

I know this is a destination that will steal your heart, from the cobblestone streets of the Old Town to the city’s numerous parks and green spaces. It’s a must-stop on any Europe trip.

Things to do in Ljubljana

Explore Ljubljana Castle, an ancient fortress with a museum and observation tower offering panoramic views of the city.
Stroll through Tivoli Park, the largest park in Ljubljana, known for its grand trees, flower beds, and beautiful sculptures.
Visit the Dragon Bridge, an iconic symbol of Ljubljana, adorned with four dragon statues at its corners.
Discover the Central Market, an open-air market where you can sample local Slovenian produce and traditional dishes.
Hop on a boat tour along the Ljubljanica River for a different perspective of the city’s beautiful architecture.

Where to stay in Ljubljana

I really enjoyed my stay in Hostel Vrba , I met some of the most amazing people there, some of which I continued to travel with once I had reached bled. The hostel has a well-equipped kitchen, clean bathrooms and nicely sized dorms. The beds are comfortable and there are lockers inside the rooms with a provided lock which is always nice.

Alex the host is super friendly, she even waited for me as my train was majorly delayed and I arrived 1 hour after the last check in time. The hostel itself is located a little outside the main city, but Ljubanna is quite small and walkable so it didn’t make much of a difference.

There is shops and a bakery nearby for some cheap eats. Overall, I would highly recommend a stay in Hostel Vrba when visiting Ljubanna.

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

Explore Buda Castle: This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion: An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath: Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
Stroll along the Danube Promenade: This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building: Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.

Wombats is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife. It has a shared kitchen, bar and large social area on site. And the hostel is clean, well looked after and the beds are comfortable too. If I plan a trip to Budapest again I wouldn’t hesitate a stay in Wombats. Book your trip here.

DISCLAIMER: I also stayed in Flow Spaces while in Budapest on a separate occasion and honestly I had a really bad experience. I do not recommend staying here. You can read about my experience in my Best Hostels in Europe blog post.

Stop 6: Krakow Poland

Krakow, Poland, is an extremely underrated city in Europe, it blends historical significance with youthful energy.

As one of the oldest cities in Poland, Krakow is rich in history and cultural traditions. The city’s old town, a UNESCO World Heritage site, has an elegant look to it, almost just how you would imagine a fairytale to look.

But, Krakow is steeped in a tragic past, with Auschwitz-Birkenau located just a short distance away, it is a reminder of the horrors of the Holocaust.

Despite its historical significance, Krakow is growing as a youthful city, with nearly a quarter of its population comprising students.

Things to do in Krakow

Walk to the Wawel Castle for stunning views of the city and river.
Krakow’s Main Market Square is the largest medieval town square in Europe, filled with historic landmarks and bustling cafes.
Kazimierz District: Explore the vibrant Kazimierz District, once a Jewish quarter, now a hub of contemporary culture filled with galleries and music venues.
Take a day trip to Auschwitz-Birkenau to witness a moving testament to the Holocaust.
Admire 360 views of the city from St. Mary’s Basilica .
Take a day tour to the famous Wieliczka Salt Mine one of the oldest mines still in operation.

Where to stay in Krakow

Greg&Tom Party Hostel : This is a perfect spot for backpackers looking for an affordable place to stay. The hostel offers dormitory-style rooms and is located near the Main Market Square.
Queen Boutique Hotel: Located near the Kazimierz District, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and a restaurant serving Polish and international cuisine.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Tips & Advice

Plan your transport.

This may seem like an obvious one but know how you are going to get from A to B in advance. When I started my trip I was very lacked about pre-booking transport/accommodation. I wanted freedom but I quickly got caught out and was left with a booked out mode of transport.

Pre-Plan Your Route

Hopefully, this guide has given you a better idea of where you want to visit while in Europe. If there are places not mentioned here on your bucket list then I recommend double checking if it is a feasible route.

Take advantage of FREE walking Tours

Most cities and large towns have a free walking tour. These are great ways of getting a feel for a city when you first arrive. At the end of the tour you will typically tip the guide €5/10 euro as a way of saying thank you. This is a much more affordable way of seeing a destination.

Look for discounts

I was surprised to see how many attractions offered discounts, some being age-related, time-related or status-related. For example, it was common to see discounts for teachers, students or rail pass holders.

Travel in the off-season

Visiting Europe in the shoulder months is far better than in summer. The temperatures are much more enjoyable, the crowds are far less and things tend to be cheaper. May-June or September-October is a great time for a European adventure.

Be budget-conscious

Don’t presume you will naturally stay within your budget. Spending can get out of hand pretty quickly when you are not paying attention. I used my Revolut card to stay on top of what I was spending while in Europe. And it was a lifesaver.

Travel Light

You are going to be moving from place to place. So, only pack what you need to avoid sore arms and legs.

Use Local SIM cards

All EU countries allow free roaming throughout Europe (most countries). So, don’t fall for the ‘tourist SIM prices’. You should be able to pick up a sim-only plan in a local network store for about €30 with decent services.

Avoid Tourist Traps

Do some research ahead of visiting some major attractions. Some are simply not worth the time and price.

Be prepared for unexpected expenses

No matter how carefully you plan your trip, there will always be unexpected expenses that can pop up. Be prepared for these by setting aside some extra money in your budget for contingencies, and be flexible enough to adjust your plans if necessary.

Watch out for ATM Fees

Not all ATM’s charge the same withdrawal fees. I have seen some charge as much as €7 to take money out. I recommend only using machines attached to banks. They are normally the cheapest.

Research local events and festivals

You never know what is going on locally while visiting a town or city. You may be pleasantly surprised to find a free concert or event in a local park.

Prepare for tiredness

Tiredness hits you like a wave when travelling Europe. You have no clue when it will happen but I promise it will arrive at least once while on your trip.

2 Week Trip to Europe Itinerary: FAQ

Is europe safe to visit.

Yes, Europe is generally safe to visit. Like any travel destination, it’s important to stay aware of your surroundings and take basic security precautions. You should keep your belongings secure, be mindful of pickpockets in crowded places, and avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas. Be sure to check out travel advisories for specific countries before you go. Travel insurance is also a good idea. This helps you take care of any unexpected issues like illness, injury, or theft. Happy travelling!

How expensive is Europe?

This really depends on where you intend to visit. If you spend most of your time in Eastern Europe you will spend considerably less money than you would in Northern Europe. The same goes for spending time in small villages/towns versus major cities and hubs.

My advice is to set a realistic budget and stick too it. One day you may spend a large chunk of money and then spend the next relaxing by the beach.

How much does 2 weeks in Europe cost?

This all comes down to your personal spending habits. And determined how much it costs to travel Europe for each individual person can be difficult. Below is a ballpark for 3 different types of travellers.

For those looking to explore Europe on a budget expect to pay anywhere from €710-€1270 for two weeks.

For travellers on more of a mid range budget you should budget for €2530-3530 for the two weeks.

And luxury travellers the range is quite big, expect to pay anywhere from €5400 to €16000 for two weeks of travel.

Is two weeks enough time to spend in Europe?

Two weeks can be enough to enjoy a taste of Europe, but you won’t be able to explore everything. The best approach is to focus on a few key destinations that you’re most interested in.

Plan your itinerary in a way that allows you to spend a few days in each place so you can soak up the local culture, visit main attractions, and also have some downtime.

Remember, the goal of travel is not just to see as many places as possible, but to enjoy and experience each place you visit.

How many European Countries can I visit in 2 weeks?

I would suggest visiting 4 or less countries over a 2 week period. Remember that you actually want to experience each place. The idea is not to see somewhere and then leave again a few hours later.

Is €10,000 enough for 2 weeks in Europe?

Yes, €10,000 is more than enough money for two weeks in Europe. Is it possible to spend €10,000 in this time frame. Yes, of course. But that all comes down to how well you budget. I would predict that the average person would spend between €2000-4000 on a two-week trip in Europe.

When is the Best time to spend two weeks in Europe?

The best time to spend two weeks in Europe largely depends on your personal preferences and the countries you plan to visit.

However, many agree that spring (May to June) and fall (September to October) are generally the best times.

During these periods, you can enjoy mild weather and fewer crowds. In spring, you’ll witness Europe in bloom, while autumn offers a palette of fall colours.

Summer (July and August) tends to be quite crowded, especially in popular tourist destinations, but it’s also when most festivals and events take place.

Winter (November to March) is less crowded, except during the Christmas market season, and offers the opportunity for winter sports in countries like Switzerland, France, and Austria. Remember, each season has its unique charm in Europe!

What’s the best way of getting around Europe?

Trains are a fantastic way to travel around Europe. They are fast, efficient, and often scenic, offering a comfortable journey and easy access to city centres.

Europe’s extensive rail network connects all major cities, making it convenient for inter-country travel. Plus, with a variety of rail passes available, it can also be an economical choice for those planning to visit multiple destinations.

Remember that train schedules and ticket prices can vary, so it’s a good idea to plan your journey and book tickets in advance if you don’t with a pass.

What currency do they use in Europe?

The currency used in Europe varies. The Euro is the most common currency, used by 19 of the 27 European Union member countries. These include popular destinations like France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Greece.

However, some countries, including the UK and Switzerland, have retained their own currencies – the British Pound and the Swiss Franc, respectively.

Eastern European countries, such as Hungary and Czech Republic, also have their own currencies – the Hungarian Forint and the Czech Koruna.

It’s always a good idea to check the currency of the country you’re visiting before you go, and remember, credit cards are widely accepted across Europe.

Do most people speak English in Europe?

Yes, English is widely spoken across Europe, especially in major cities and tourist areas. However, the level of English proficiency can vary.

In countries like the Netherlands, Sweden, and Denmark, a large majority of people speak English very well.

In others, such as France, Italy, and Spain, you may encounter more people who do not speak English, especially in rural areas.

It’s always polite for you to learn a few basic phrases in the local language of the country you’re visiting.

Do I need a visa to travel Europe?

Whether you need a visa to travel in Europe depends on your nationality and the countries you plan to visit. For example, citizens of the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand can visit the Schengen Area (which includes most European countries) without a visa for up to 90 days within a 180-day period.

But, if you’re from a country outside of this list, you may need to apply for a Schengen visa. Always check with the embassy or consulate of the country you’re visiting to get the most accurate and up-to-date information.

Planning a trip to Europe? Here’s some post to help with your planning!

Fairytale Places in Europe
2 Week Europe Itinerary
3 Week Europe Itinerary
How much my 4 Month Europe Trip Cost
Best Hostels in Europe (My Personal Reviews)
How big Texas is compared to Europe (I’m Shocked)

Does it snow in Ireland? What to Expect from an Irish Winter!

If you’ve ever wondered, “Does it snow in Ireland?” then you’re in the right place! Perhaps you’re planning a winter trip to Ireland or you’re just curious. Either way, let’s dive into the cool (and sometimes chilly) facts about snowfall in the Emerald Isle. As a local, I will fill you in on all there…

Things to do in Cascais Portugal – Europe’s Fairytale Destination

Cascais is a charming coastal town located just a 40-minute train journey from the Portuguese capital of Lisbon. It is home to aesthetically designed cobbled streets, beautiful promenades, coastal cycle routes, and it’s the gateway to the most western point of Europe, Cabo da Roca. It is the perfect place to stay for those looking…

29+ of the Best Cliffs in Ireland: That are NOT the Cliffs of Moher

Most of those planning a trip to Ireland will have the mighty Cliffs of Moher high up on their bucket list. And, all for a good reason. The famous cliffs are visited by over 5 million people each year and they are the backdrop for many iconic movies such as Harry Potter and Leap Year….

Is Dublin Safe? A Local’s Guide to Navigating Dublin Streets

Is Dublin Safe? A Local’s Guide to Navigating Dublin Streets So, you’re planning a trip to Ireland’s capital city. And like most destinations you find yourself asking ‘Is Dublin Safe?’. Dublin is a vibrant city, home to an interesting history, bustling pubs and endless attractions. But like any other major city, it has its pros…

Hotel Baía Cascais – Hotel Review: An In-Dept Look at My Personal Experience

Cascais is a town that has stole my heart. Home to beautiful cobble stone streets, a picturesque coastline and plenty of things to do. On my most recent trip, I was lucky to have the opportunity to stay in Hotel Baía Cascais, and today we are going to take a look at what makes this…

How big is Ireland? Size Comparison to the US & European Countries

How big is Ireland? An answer that shocks many, most people are surprised to find that Ireland is actually a rather small country. We Irish are known all across the world for our lively personalities, traditional music and sad history, but the size of our country is often overlooked. I can only presume this is…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Italy is a classic stop on any 2 weeks Europe itinerary

11 EPIC 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options [2024 UPDATE]

Trying to plan a 2-week Europe itinerary but don’t know where to start? This complete Europe travel guide will help you figure out which region in Europe is best for you and which itinerary would best suit your travel preferences!

Europe tops the list of leading destinations for travelers across the globe with its pristine, Mediterranean beaches, medieval history, sumptuous cuisine, and picturesque landscapes. But, with so many countries and options to choose from, finding a 2-week itinerary to suit your needs can be daunting!

With over a dozen European countries under my belt and years of personal traveling experience, I have created the best itineraries to suit every traveler. From the beachbums to the hikers, and the history buffs to the nature enthusiasts, there is a European itinerary for everyone!

Here is my list of the best itineraries across the continent, each containing the top activities of the region. I’ve also included tons of useful information on how to plan your trip, how to select the countries you should visit, and more!

Happy Travels!

11 Incredible 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options

Whether you want to visit Central, Western, or Northern Europe, we have a special itinerary for every travel style and budget!

✈️ Now, before you set out your door en route to the airport, be sure to check out these Essential Tips for Traveling to Europe for the First Time ! Even if it’s not your first trip to the continent, you’re likely to find some helpful tips for your next go-around.

✈️1. London & Paris: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

London and Paris are the perfect combination for a beginner's 2 weeks europe itinerary

This combination makes for a fantastic Eastern Europe itinerary! With so much to see and do in both, you’ll want at least a few days in each to explore the nooks and crannies of these gorgeous cities.

This trip can be shortened to fit within one week, but keep in mind these are two of the largest cities in Europe.

They have a lot of incredible sites and activities to offer that you won’t want to miss out on, not to mention you’ll need some time to sit back and enjoy a cup of tea (or a glass of wine) and a freshly baked croissant!

Day 1 : Arrive in London Day 2 : Big Ben, the Tower of London, the London Eye Day 3 : Buckingham Palace and the Changing of the Guard Day 4 : Walking Tour of the City Day 5 : Harry Potter tour Day 6 : Train to Paris: Eiffel Tower and the Arc de Triomphe Day 7 : Les Champs-Élysées and the Notre Dame Day 8 : Museums: Orsay and Louvre Day 9 : Explore some neighborhoods: Montmartre and Le Marais Day 10 : Day Trip to the Palace of Versailles Day 11 : Picnic in the Luxembourg Gardens Day 12 : Get lost in the Latin Quarter Day 13 : Paris Catacombs and catch a show at Le Moulin Rouge Day 14 : Return home

With 20 arrondissements in Paris and over 600 square miles in London, it’s safe to say the possibilities are endless when designing a trip to these cities. But, you really can’t go wrong!

Each day can be customized to fit your goals. Looking to relax by the Seine and have a picnic? Do it. Not really into shopping? Skip the Champs-Élysées and spend time listening to the singing bells of the Notre Dame Cathedral.

In London, opt to check out the local art scene and make your way through its numerous museums.

Looking for a day trip from London? Windsor Castle, Bath, and Stonehenge are most popular for visitors looking to escape the chaos of the city for a day, and with their incredible cultural heritage and stunning architecture, there’s no wondering why.

London and Paris offer fantastic opportunities to immerse yourself in Europe while avoiding complex itineraries and long-haul journies between destinations. Pair them together for a classic 2 week Europe trip full of beauty, romance, and charm.

✈️2. Amsterdam, Bruges & Luxembourg City: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Amsterdam is a very popular destination and should be included on any 2 weeks europe itinerary

Medieval architecture, sweeping canals, and charming squares await in these three cities seemingly based on a storybook. Evidently frozen in time, the magic of these cities can be felt by even the most jaded of travelers, and surely won’t disappoint your inner child!

Stroll the windy, cobblestoned alleyways and take a boat ride through the web of canals in Amsterdam and Bruges, but find yourself watching the changing of the guard and getting lost in the Casemates du Bock of Luxembourg City.

These cities offer everything from traditional design to modern cafés and boutiques and represent the epitome of European travel.

Day 1 : Arrive in Amsterdam Day 2 : Bloemenmarkt & Canal Boat Ride Day 3 : Red Light District (if it’s your style) & Jordaan neighborhoods Day 4 : Van Gogh Museum & Anne Frank House Day 5 : Day Trip to Zaanse Schans Day 6 : Optional Day in Brussels & train to Bruges Day 7 : Train to Bruges Day 8 : Canal Boat Ride & Belfry of Bruges Day 9 : Rozenhoedkaai (Quay of the Rosary) & Market Square Day 10 : Train to Luxembourg City Day 11 : Casemates du Bock & the Grund Day 12 : Walking tour of the Old Town Day 13 : Day Trip to the Mullerthal Trail Day 14 : Return home

Now, you’re probably wondering why I’ve chosen Bruges over Brussels… and the answer is simple. I’m all about getting out of the basic tourist spots (Bruges is still very touristy, but has far more medieval character and beauty to it), and going beyond the first train stop in a new country.

Yes, while traveling from Amsterdam to Bruges, you will most likely be stopping in Brussels. I’m not going to tell you not to get off the train, but I will say that when debating between Bruges vs Brussels , I can honestly say that most people choose Bruges over Brussels.

My best suggestion is to add a day to your trip so you have time to explore both.

Luxembourg City may be small, but it certainly packs a punch. Often overlooked by travelers, it is a true gem that has so much to explore.

Have some extra time? Head up north to the Mullerthal Region of Luxembourg where you’ll find dreamy, moss-covered forests scattered with graceful waterfalls and filled with tall trees (it reminds me of the forests depicted in The Hobbit films!)

These cities have so much to offer and this is one of my personal favorite European itineraries on this list… just remember to bring a camera and good walking shoes.

✔️ One Day in Bruges: The Ultimate Bruges Itinerary ✔️ One Day in Ghent: The Ultimate Ghent Day Trip ✔️ One Day in Brussels: A Brussels Itinerary for First Time Visitors ✔️ The Perfect 3 Days in Belgium Itinerary ✔️ 17 Authentic Souvenirs from Belgium to Bring Home ✔️ Paris or Amsterdam: A Complete Comparison ✔️ Barcelona vs Lisbon: The Ultimate City Comparison ✔️ The Perfect Day Trip to Luxembourg from Brussels ✔️ Amsterdam in Spring: Why Spring is the Best Time to Visit Amsterdam ✔️ 2 Days in Amsterdam: The Ultimate Amsterdam Itinerary ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Amsterdam To Bring Home ✔️ One Day in Amsterdam: Full Guide & Best Things To Do and See

✈️3. Chamonix, Courmayeur & The Matterhorn (Zermatt): 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Zermatt is the ultimate winter destination for anyone looking to do some skiing on their 2 weeks Europe itinerary

Fellow hikers and adventure seekers, this is the trip for you! Surrounded by the breathtaking Mont Blanc Range and the various snow-capped peaks of the Alps, there is no end in sight to hiking trails of all difficulty levels and spectacular landscapes worthy of a thousand photos.

Even if you aren’t someone who enjoys a good hike, there are plenty of options to take cable cars up these majestic mountain ranges to enjoy the stunning scenery. Trust me, your pictures won’t do your experience justice.

Coming from someone who jumped off the Mont Blanc Range (with a paraglide strapped to me!), the sights are truly unparalleled, and you won’t believe you ever even debated the option of skipping it.

So, here is my best 2-week Europe itinerary for exploring this region to the fullest, just be sure to bring a jacket (yes, even in summer) if you plan on making your way up to the top of these mountains!

Day 1 : Arrive in Chamonix, France Day 2 : The Montenvers Train to Restaurant le Panoramique Day 3 : Aiguille du Midi Cable Car Day 4 : Adventure Activities (Hiking, Paragliding, or Snow Sports) Day 5 : Explore th e c harming Alps town Day 6 : Train to Courmayeur Day 7 : Skyway Monte Bianco Cable Car Day 8 : Explore the quaint villages of the Aosta Valley (Dolonne, La Saxe, Entrèves and Villair) Day 9 : White Water Rafting Day 10 : Train to Zermatt Day 11 : The Gornergrat Railway (Europe’s highest mountain railroad) Day 12 : The Matterhorn (learn about it here ) Day 13 : Ski Day Day 14 : Return home

Chamonix , Courmayeur, and Zermatt not only provide stunning scenery at altitude but also at the ground level in the center of lovely villages and neighborhoods. Nestled between sections of the magnificent Alps, these towns provide a cozy, small-town feel you don’t get in other places in Europe.

Being encircled by the striking mountains is both awe-inspiring and rejuvenating and should be experienced by travelers of all types! Do yourself a favor, and head to the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps on your next European getaway.

✈️ When it comes to bucket list experiences, Chamonix often tops the list for Europe. If it’s already caught your eye, be sure to check out this Ultimate Europe Bucket List: 101 Experiences to Have in Europe as well!

✈️4. Barcelona & The French Riviera: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Barcelona should be included on any 2 weeks Europe itinerary with its pristine beaches and gothic neighborhoods

As one of my personal favorite destinations in all of Europe, Barcelona is a true gem. Boasting sweeping coastlines and a vibrant art scene, it can easily be combined with the nearby French Riviera for the ultimate beach vacation.

If this magical city is high on your European bucket list, be sure to check out my list of the Best Things To Do in Barcelona at Night !

Combined with the magic of the French Riviera, beachbums will have their fill of endless crystal clear waters, and soft, white-sand beaches to get between their toes!

This is the ultimate vacation for those looking to relax and unwind in the Mediterranean with a little European flair.

Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona Day 2 : Antoni Gaudi’s Park Güell and Walking Tour Day 3 : Beach day Day 4 : Las Ramblas, the Gothic Quarter, El Born, Gràcia, and El Raval Day 5 : Train to Dramont Day 6 : Beach day in Dramont & stroll the Old Town Day 7 : Day trip to one of the Cote d’Azur islands Day 8 : Beach day in Nice & explore the Promenade des Anglais Day 9 : Day Trip to Cannes and walk the Boulevard de la Croisette Day 10 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 11 : Day Trip to Antibes Day 12 : Day Trip to Monaco Municipality Day 13 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 14 : Return home

With some of the best beaches in not only Europe but the world, the French Riviera should not be overlooked by anyone, regardless if you are someone who could spend 10 hours or barely last 10 minutes on a beach.

The panoramic scenery is simply breathtaking and the region boasts exciting activities, too.

Windsurfing, paddleboarding, kayaking, hiking, and snorkeling are just a few activities visitors can enjoy during their stay. Not to mention the coveted secret gems tucked between rock formations all around the region that are filled with clear waters, tropical fish, and few tourists.

While Barcelona and the French Riviera are situated an approximately 9-hour train ride from each other with line switches, your efforts will be well rewarded.

Aim to set aside a minimum of 10 days for this trip, but preferably 2 weeks to ensure you have ample time to rejuvenate on the warm, Mediterranean beaches without feeling rushed.

✈️5. The Best of Italy: 2 Week Europe Itinerary by Train

Italy is one of the most popular destinations on any 2 week Europe trip and for good reason! With everything from its fresh cuisine, Mediterranean beaches, cliffside villages, snowy mountains, and historical cities there’s something for everyone.

While it’s easy to spend a month in Italy and not go down the same street twice, not everyone has that kind of time (but if you do… go for it!)

This itinerary is designed for slightly longer than 2 weeks because less time won’t allow you to see all the major sites as well as relax and enjoy your time on the beaches and really explore the towns.

Of course, you can always cut some sites and activities out, but be sure to choose wisely. This is my best Italian itinerary for those looking to get lost in the birthplace of their family’s heritage, or simply live like a local and eat delicious food. Mangia!

Day 1 : Arrive in Milan Day 2 : Duomo di Milano Cathedral & strolling the streets Day 3 : Train to Venice & boat ride along the Grand Canal Day 4 : St. Mark’s Square & The Bridge of Sighs & Rialto Bridge Day 5 : Train to Cinque Terre Day 6 : Roam the fishing village & Cinque Terre hike Day 7 : Beach day Day 8 : Train to Florence & Climb the Steps to Duomo overlooking the city Day 9 : Giotto’s Campanile & Palazzo Vecchio & Museums Day 10 : Train to Rome & the Colosseum (a UNESCO World Heritage Site) Day 11 : Train to Naples for the best pizza in Italy Day 12 : Rent a boat or take a day tour to Capri Day 13 : Train to Positano (Amalfi Coast) & explore the city Day 14 : Positano Beach Day 15 : Train to Bari & explore the old town Day 16 : Train back to Rome & return home

Italy often receives high recognition for one of the most popular destinations in Europe, and it definitely deserves it. There truly is something for everyone and with their convenient train system, there’s no end to the itinerary possibilities.

✔️ Pro Tip: Keep in mind that the trains can change sporadically so be sure to arrive early to ensure you’re at the right departure gate!

✈️6. Iceland’s Ring Road : 2-Week Europe Itinerary

You can easily turn Iceland's Ring Road into a 2 weeks Europe itinerary

Iceland’s infamous Ring Road is well known for its awe-inspiring sites and magical landscapes. To really discover the best this loop has to offer, opt to rent a car and drive at your own pace. This way, you’ll be able to allow yourself ample time at each stop and not be on a tour bus’ schedule.

Renting a car and planning a road trip can have its fair share of frustrations, so if you would enjoy some assistance with your bookings, transfers, and ensuring you’re going to see the best the area has to offer, check out Nordic Visitor’s Self Drive Tours !

They have local travel experts handpick your accommodations, offer free transportation from the airport, set up your Enterprise car rental, and create a comprehensive itinerary designed specifically for you.

While you can technically complete Iceland’s Ring Road in about 7-10 days, we suggest spending 2 full weeks. This will not only allow you to take your time in each place, but it will also increase your chances of spotting wildlife and the northern lights!

Day 1 : Arrive in Iceland & Blue Lagoon Day 2 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 3 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 4 : Goðafoss Waterfall in Northern Iceland Day 5 : Whale Watching in Húsavík Day 6 : Ásbyrgi Canyon Hike Day 7 : Dettifoss and Selfoss Waterfalls & Lake Myvatn Day 8 : Eastern Iceland Fjords and Fishing Villages Day 9 : Explore the local Fishing Villages Day 10 : Skógafoss, Fjaðrárgljúfur, and the Black Waterfall Day 11 : First Half of the G olden Circle Day 12 : Second Half of the G olden Circle Day 13 : Day Trip to Vik Day 14 : Reykjavík & Return Home

For optimal time in each major site on this itinerary, I highly recommend setting aside at least 12 days to complete this trip. It can be done in 7 days, but you’ll have less time at each location, and may end up feeling rushed or missing out on some exciting opportunities Iceland has to offer!

This trip can also be done in either direction: clockwise or counterclockwise. But, if you’re someone who likes to leave the best parts of a trip until the end, I suggest starting in Reykjavík and heading clockwise around the loop (how it is laid out above).

This saves some of the most beautiful parts of the country for last which can be a great way to end your Icelandic vacation.

Both a popular tourist destination and secluded island, Iceland makes for a magical 2 week Europe itinerary with its countless, giant waterfalls, black sand beaches, striking mountains, and windswept coastlines.

Be sure to pack warm layers no matter what season you plan on traveling and always, always, always pack a bathing suit… there are dozens of gorgeous hot springs all over the island!

✔️ Pro Tip: If you plan on visiting in winter, be sure to rent a vehicle with high-quality snow tires and chains. Service can be limited and food and gas stops can be few and far between. Ensure your vehicle comes with 24/7 roadside assistance and always carry extra blankets, food, and water in the vehicle. To figure out how to budget for a trip to Iceland, check out this guide: Is Iceland Expensive? The Ultimate 2024 Breakdown

✈️7. Oslo, Stockholm & Copenhagen: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

A trip to Scandinavia makes for the ultimate 2 weeks Europe itinerary

These cities are some of the most vibrant (both culturally and literally) in all of Europe! Walk the colorful streets along Nyhavn harbor in Copenhagen , swim in the Baltic Sea surrounding Stockholm, or take in the picturesque scenery from the Bygdøy Peninsula in Oslo.

Sweden, Norway, and Denmark are a part of the Schengen Area of Europe which signifies a zone of countries involved in the protection of freedom of movement of people and have similar laws regarding external borders and fair judicial systems.

These countries boast a high quality of life and low criminal ratings, making them fantastic destinations for everyone! You can expect to meet friendly, hospitable people, and experience a relaxed, positive vibe while exploring the region.

For families traveling with kids to older couples and everyone in between, Oslo, Stockholm, and Copenhagen make for the perfect 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

Day 1 : Arrive in Oslo Day 2 : Explore the City Day 3 : Bygdøy Peninsula & Museums Day 4 : Akershus Fortress & the Royal Palace & Mathallen Food Hall Day 5 : Oslo Fjords Tours Day 6 : Fly (or take a train) to Stockholm & Gamla Stan Old Town Day 7 : Explore the City Day 8 : Swim in the Baltic Sea & Canal Boat Tour on the Royal Canals Day 9 : Day trip to Ørland Day 10 : Fly (or take a train) to Copenhagen Day 11 : Strøget & The Old City Day 12 : Nyhavn Harbor Day 13 : Rosenborg Castle & Christiansborg Palace Day 14 : Return Home

Oslo sits in a network of fjords, all offering incredible views of the surrounding landscapes and dramatic vistas, so it would be silly not to take advantage of a boat ride through these fjords for a spectacular vantage point.

Bookings can be made through the highly rated company, Fjord Tours , several months in advance here !

As for Stockholm, be prepared to witness extremely fine, white sand beaches and picturesque harbors throughout your stay. Some of my family’s heritage goes back to the municipality of Ørland , an island connected by a striking bridge with beautiful gardens, stunning beaches, and unique history.

Easily reached in under 2 hours by car, this island makes for a great day trip away from the more touristy city of Stockholm.

If you love to travel or often seek out those quintessential European towns, there’s a good chance you have seen at least a picture of the famous Nyhavn Harbor in Copenhagen.

Lined with colorful, cookie-cutter buildings and elegant schooners, this town is one of the most sought after in all of Europe. Be sure to stroll the harbor at night for the ultimate romantic experience!

✈️ Planning this trip for your honeymoon? Be sure to check out these 9 Incredible European Honeymoon Itinerary Options for 1 Week, 2 Weeks, + 1 Month !

✈️8. Munich, Prague, & Vienna: 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

Prague will be a highlight on any 2 weeks Europe itinerary

These popular tourist destinations are well known across Central Europe for their lovely squares, medieval architecture, and pedestrian-only cobblestoned streets. But, that’s not all!

Full of traditional European charm and romantic ambiance, there’s no wonder why this is one of the most popular European itineraries among tourists.

For the ultimate experience, I highly recommend traveling during the off-season in September, during Germany’s world-renowned Oktoberfest festival. Traditional German activities combine with endless food and brews, authentic lederhosens, and dancing!

You will also get to experience lower accommodation and flight costs ( bonus! ) during this time of year.

Head to Germany, Czech Republic, and Austria to immerse yourself in the classic charm of old-world Europe while diving deep into the contemporary lifestyles of modern Europeans.

Day 1 : Arrive in Munich Day 2 : Marienplatz Square Day 3 : Oktoberfest (if visiting in September, highly recommended!) Day 4 : Day Trip to Nymphenburg Palace Day 5 : Train to Prague Day 6 : Wenceslas Square & Old Town Square & Astronomical Clock Day 7 : Charles Bridge & The Lesser Town & Prague Castle Day 8 : Lennon Wall and St. Vitus Cathedral Day 9 : Train to Vienna Day 10 : The Hofburg & Belvedere Palace Day 11 : Catch a Showing at the Vienna State Opera House Day 12 : Day Trip to Schönbrunn Palace Day 13 : Hundertwasser House, Austrian Gallery Belvedere, and Austrian National Library Day 14 : Travel west to Salzburg Day 15 : Return home

For the most convenient method of travel among these countries, I highly suggest using the Eurail . With frequent trains between dozens of European cities daily, there’s no stressing about how to get from one destination to the next, but just be sure to book your train tickets as soon as they become available. This typically occurs between 60-120 days prior to your travel dates.

Munich , Prague , and Vienna are also extremely walkable, leaving no reason to rent a car.

Have more time for travel? Consider tacking on other popular destinations including České Budějovice in the Czech Republic and Salzburg in Austria (home to famous composer Wolfgang Mozart).

If you’re a fan of sophisticated music and shows, be sure to get tickets to a play at the Vienna State Opera House… one of the most paramount opera houses in the entire world!

✈️9. Athens & The Greek Islands: Europe Itinerary 3 Weeks

A trip to Santorini Greece is a dream for most couples headed out on a 2 weeks Europe itinerary

There is so much more to Greece than just delicious feta cheese (yes, it is incredible) and beautiful sunsets. Think whitewashed villages painted with deep blue rooftops, rugged coastlines, white and black sand beaches, and marvelous ancient ruins.

Also, the entirety of the islands are covered in vibrant, blooming wildflowers adding supreme brightness to the country. So, if you have time for a 21 days in Europe itinerary, you won’t regret spending it in Greece!

Even if you aren’t a beachbum, this itinerary has something for everyone. Are half-day hiking treks more your style? Check out Mount Ida on the island of Crete or Mount Zeus on Naxos (supposedly Zeus’ birthplace) for sensational views of the rugged coastlines and crystal clear, blue waters of the Meditteranean.

In Greece, you can also expect to find incredible cuisine boasting fresh, local ingredients grown on the islands. Fish, grilled meats, olives, taramasalata, and other dips are highly popular among both locals and visitors.

If you aren’t really interested in most of these foods, don’t fret, they also have some options more geared for tourists.

Ferries frequent between islands all over Greece, so be sure to check out some of the other islands available on your route, and if you have time, spend a day there!

Each island is unique in both design, scenery, and activities, so be sure to do a little bit of research if the islands I have mentioned below don’t seem to excite you. But, to be honest, I truly believe anyone could enjoy themselves on this Greece itinerary!

This Europe itinerary has been created for 3 weeks since we believe that is how long you’ll need to get a really good feel for each island’s unique characteristics. If you only have 2 weeks, simply remove a couple of the islands that are on the itinerary below.

Day 1 : Arrive in Athens Day 2 : The Parthenon & The Acropolis Day 3 : Ferry to Mykonos Day 4 : Delos Ancient Greek Ruins & Little Venice Day 5 : Beach Day (highly recommend Ftelia Beach & Elia Beach) Day 6 : Ferry to Naxos Day 7 : Apollo Temple & The Old Town Day 8 : Beach Day (highly recommend Plaka Beach & Mikri Vigla Beach & Kato Koufonis i) Day 9 : Ferry to Santorini (also known as Thera) Day 10 : Akrotiri Archaeological Site & Watch the Sunset on Oia Day 11 : Akrotiri Lighthouse & Explore Fira (the capital) Day 12 : Visit the Village of Pyrgos Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Day Trip to Anafi Island Day 15 : Beach Day (highly recommend Kamari and the black sand beach of Perissa) Day 16 : Ferry to Crete Day 17 : Elafonisi Isle Day 18 : Rocca a Mare Fortress & Heraklion Day 19 : Beach Day (highly recommend Vai Beach) Day 20 : Beach Day (highly recommend Preveli Beach) Day 21 : Ferry back to Athens & Return Home

Whether you want to spend your Greek Island vacation basking in the sun on one of the hundreds of beaches and secret coves or you want to discover the truth behind the lost city of Atlantis at the Akrotiri Archaeological Site , this culturally extravagant country should have its very own 21 days in Europe itinerary.

Although it is often combined with a trip to Italy, I believe there is so much to do and see on the 6,000 islands of Greece (yes, you read that right) to give it the spotlight it deserves.

This trip can be shortened if you’re willing to pack more into your days, but be sure to factor in some time to relax and unwind, because Greece is one of the best places in the world to just sit back and enjoy the view.

✈️10. An Irish Road Trip: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Looking for sweeping landscapes and traditional folk music? Be sure to include Ireland on your next 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

Rolling hills, scenic vistas squared off by stone wall boundaries, and sheep… so many sheep! Don’t let me forget to mention the gorgeous, rugged coastlines, vibrant shades of green, and endless pubs bustling with traditional Irish music that will make you dance the night away, I know I did!

Ireland is one of my favorite places in Europe and I highly suggest adding it to your 2 week Europe itinerary or creating an entire trip centered around this one country (like I did!)

Road trips are a great way to go at your own pace and really take the time to appreciate your surroundings and truly relax. Ireland is just the place for that.

Ireland is a destination filled with wonderful, hospitable people, beautiful scenery, and inspiring heritage that will entice you to keep coming back. On my next trip to Ireland, I’ll be road-tripping once again since I truly believe it is the best way to see the beauty of this country.

Day 1 : Arrive in Dublin Day 2 : Guinness Factory & The Temple Bar Day 3 : Drive to Kilkenny & Kilkenny Castle Day 4 : Drive to Cork & stroll Wild Atlantic Way Day 5 : Sightseeing in Cork & Blarney Stone Day 6 : Drive to Killarney – Sightseeing & Ross Castle Day 7 : Killarney National Park Day 8 : Drive to Dingle on the Dingle Peninsula Day 9 : Slea Head Drive up to Adare – short pitstop on route to Limerick Day 10 : King John’s Castle & The Hunt Museum Day 11 : Drive to Cliffs of Moher & stay in Doolin Day 12 : Pub crawling through Doolin Day 13 : Drive to Galway & Trad On The Prom (Traditional Irish music and dance show) Day 14 : Drive to Shannon airport and return home

Ireland always leaves a lasting impression on my heart. There truly is nowhere like it in the world that makes you feel so “at home” while overseas!

From the people to the music and the breathtaking scenery, not to mention the endless charming pubs overflowing with refreshing brews, Ireland is one of my favorite places in the world and should have its very own 2 week Europe itinerary.

Have I convinced you to travel to Ireland? Be sure to check out these other helpful resources!

✔️ Ultimate Ireland Packing List: 22 Important Items You’ll Need ✔️ The Perfect Two Days in Dublin Itinerary ✔️ 7 Best Rated Cliffs of Moher Tours from Dublin ✔️ 19 Perfect Day Trips from Dublin ✔️ The Greatest Ireland Itinerary and Guide: Routes + Tips for 1-3 Weeks in Ireland ✔️ Where to Stay in Cork Ireland – A County Cork Guide ✔️ Dingle Accommodation: Where to Stay in Dingle Ireland ✔️ Is Dublin Safe? An In-Depth Look at Safety in Dublin, Ireland ✔️ 27 Authentic Souvenirs from Ireland to Bring Home

✈️11. The Best of Portugal : 2 Week Europe Itinerary for Families

Portugal has so much to offer and makes for an incredible destination on any 2 weeks Europe itinerary

Ever had a pastel de nata (traditional Portuguese egg custard tart) while strolling the windy streets of Lisbon? If not, it will change your life! In Lisbon , you’ll find a sea of red clay roofs perched on a hilltop above the ocean.

In Porto , vibrant buildings rest side by side on a harbor, surrounded by iconic bridges and large street markets.

Then, there’s the Algarves … an entirely different world set on the far south of the country.

The southern coast of Portugal boasts stunning beaches enclosed by intricate cliffs and vibrant wildflowers. If you’re up for a little swimming (or kayaking!), you can find secluded beaches hidden away by the sea that reveal themselves with the outgoing tide.

The Algarves offer some of the most spectacular coastlines across the Mediterranean and Europe, so if you’re a true beachbum, you had better add them to your 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

The best part about Portugal is that it’s extremely family-friendly. From the beaches to the cities, it’s easy to get around, everything is relatively affordable, and there are tons of family-friendly hotel options everywhere you go.

Day 1 : Arrive in Porto Day 2 : Douro River Sightseeing Cruise & Miradouro da Vitória Day 3 : Extra Day in the Douro Valley Day 4 : Explore the Baixa, Bolhao, & Ribeira Districts Day 5 : Train to Lisbo n and sightseeing Day 6 : Torre de Belém & Ride Tram 28 & Alfama District Day 7 : Train to Sintra & Pena Palace Day 8 : Quinta da Regaleira , Castelo dos Mouros, and Cabo da Roca Day 9 : Train to Lagos Day 10 : Kayak or Boat Rental around the caves Day 11 : Beach Day Day 12 : Walk the streets of Faro and souvenir shopping Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Train to Lisbon and return home

Portugal offers everything from bustling city life to remote beaches, all with vibrant scenery and quirky design! There’s something special about Portuguese culture; it combines traditional European style with fresh, modern urbanity.

Looking for fresh seafood? Just wait until you get the chance to pick your very own fish or crustacean out of a tank and have it cooked right there for you… now, that’s fresh!

Portugal not only offers a wide range of delectable foods but also boasts stunning artistry in the form of hand-painted and hand-crafted pottery. There is no end to the exciting opportunities waiting to be had in this beautiful region.

Portugal is one country that should be included on any 2-week Western Europe itinerary!

2-Week Europe Itinerary Country & City Suggestions

On your next 2 weeks europe itinerary, be sure to follow these tips

✔️ For First-Time Europe Travelers :

If this is your first time visiting Europe, I suggest selecting an itinerary that allows you ample time to explore each destination (or choose just a single destination!)

My London & Paris and Munich, Prague & Vienna itineraries are perfect for beginners with their simple method of travel and common weather and style similarities, allowing you to pack with ease.

✔️ For the Beach Bums :

Looking to relax on some of the most beautiful white-sand beaches in the Mediterranean and across Europe? My Barcelona & The French Riviera , The Best of Italy , Porto, Lisbon & The Algarves , and The Greek Islands itineraries are your best options for that. Gorgeous coastlines and turquoise blue waters await!

✔️ For the Hikers :

If you’re seeking some sweet hikes offering panoramic vistas and rugged landscapes, check out The Alps: Chamonix & Courmayeur & The Matterhorn , The Greek Islands , and Iceland’s Ring Road itineraries.

✔️ For the Foodies :

Want to eat your way through a country (or several?) I’m the same way! Be sure to take a look at my itineraries for Italy , France , Munich , Prague , and Vienna . In my experience, these have been some of the best places to find incredible food.

Although, when traveling throughout Europe, I have rarely had a bad meal so be open to trying new things.

Squid ink pasta, flambéed octopus, and Ireland’s black pudding all left a lasting impression on me, so don’t be afraid to get out of your comfort zone and experience the cuisine that makes a country unique!

How to Plan a 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

So, you know you want to embark on a trip to Europe. Fantastic! That’s the first step. Next, I am going to show you exactly how to decide which countries to include on your 2 week Europe itinerary, how to get around, and how to choose your accommodations.

➡️ Step 1: Which Countries Should Be On My 2-Week Europe Itinerary?

Before deciding on your 2 weeks europe itinerary, be sure to research all of the most popular countries in Europe

This one can be daunting, to say the least! There are dozens of countries you can choose from, and finding one that’s right for you can be tricky. After all, you don’t want your first experience to be a dud, so let’s put a little research into finding out what you are looking for out of your trip.

You can also check out my travel suggestions above to get a good idea of some itineraries you might enjoy based on your travel style!

Ask yourself: what am I looking for? Beautiful beaches, windy, cobble-stoned streets, medieval history and architecture, luxurious cuisine, famous museums, mountains, traditional folk music?

What is it that makes you say “Yes! That’s what I want to do on my vacation” . Once you find your “wow” factor, you can start to narrow down which country or countries you want to visit.

I suggest making a list to help you keep track of the ones you especially want to visit, then crossing items off your list based on the following factors:

➡️ Step 2: How Much Time Do I Have to Travel in Europe?

Be sure to give your job plenty of notice if you're planning a 2 weeks europe itinerary

Do you plan on traveling to Europe for a few days, a week, 2 weeks, a month, or more?

Knowing your timeline will really help you decide on how much of a region you can cover. Depending on your travel style (i.e. backpacker vs luxury), a few days to a week can usually only give you enough time to really discover a single country or a small region between countries.

If you have more than a week available, consider combining a couple of countries to get the most out of your trip! My itineraries above range from 10-18 days, but can be easily shortened by removing an activity or region.

The bottom line is you can squeeze as much or as little into your time as you want, but think about how you want to feel when you get home. Do you want to have seen a ton of amazing sites , but be tired ?

Or would you rather take your time and possibly see less, but feel rejuvenated on your return from vacation? Your answer to this should guide how much you try to fit into your time.

➡️ Step 3: Getting Around on Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

On your 2 weeks europe itinerary, decide if you'll be renting a car or using public transportation

Is it possible to do a 2 week Europe itinerary by train? Yes! Train travel is extremely popular across Europe and offers thousands of different route possibilities. So, don’t be so certain that flying will automatically be faster and easier (or cheaper!)

Dealing with airports can cause a lot of unwanted stress during a trip, so do a little research and see how far you are from your destination. If you’re already in Europe, train travel might be the better option. Not to mention it is far more scenic.

➡️ Step 4: Choosing Accommodations for Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Do you prefer luxury hotel rooms or dorm rooms in hostels for your 2 weeks europe itinerary?

Are you traveling to a big city like Paris or London, or to a remote island off the coast of Greece?

Depending on your destination, you’ll want to choose an accommodation that fits both your style and your needs. For me, I like to stay in unique places that offer something more special than a chain hotel can. I enjoy local bed & breakfasts, Airbnb’s , and cabins that bring me closer to the local beauty of a particular place.

When in Paris, I enjoyed staying in tall lofts that overlooked the city, but in Ireland, I opted for charming b&bs and cottages with fields of cows.

It’s all about getting immersed in the culture of a specific place and enjoying where you stay because if you don’t like where you’re staying, it can really put a damper on your trip (trust me!)

➡️ Step 5: Departure

So you have decided where you are going, how you are getting there, and your accommodations. Now, all you have to do is get ready for departure! Plan your ride to the airport or train station ahead of time and pack up all your travel documents and necessities.

I always suggest leaving a printed copy of your passport in your home country and one in your luggage in case it were to be lost or stolen. This way, you or a family member can help prove your citizenship and return home.

Also, print copies of your flight tickets, accommodations, and any train or bus tickets in case your phone gets wet or lost.

Departure is the most exciting part of a trip for me… just before you leave when the anticipation of experiencing a whole new world really sets in. Enjoy this time, because when you return, you’ll be itching to get back on another plane.

This is what we in the travel world call “the travel bug” , and once you’re hooked, you’ll never want to stop traveling.

Map for Planning Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

You can use this map to start planning your route and to get an idea of where the countries that you may want to visit are located.

For example, while combining a trip to France with Spain would be both simple to plan and efficient, adding a trip to Romania with France may be a bit difficult.

Europe Itinerary 2 Weeks Budget

The cost of your 2 weeks europe itinerary is going to vary based on destination and travel style

Depending on your travel style (budget vs luxury) , the season of travel, how many people you are traveling with and if any of them are dependents (i.e. children, in-laws, etc.), and your destinations, this will vary greatly.

Below I have provided a list of guidelines for average costs on budget, mid-range, and luxury travel during the peak season and shoulder season. Budgets will vary from country to country, so be sure to do individual research on each country that you plan on visiting.

➡️ Accommodations per night:

Budget : €10-€70 (single occupancy) Mid-Range : €80-€160 (double occupancy) Luxury : €180-€400+ (double occupancy)

➡️ Flights per person:

Shoulder Season (from the U.S.) : between €200-€500 Peak Season (from the U.S.) : between €500-€1,100

➡️ Food per person per day:

Breakfast: €2-8 Lunch: €5-15 Dinner: €10-35

FAQ: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

The best time to go on a 2 weeks europe itinerary depends on where you're going and what you want to do

Is Europe Safe?

Yes and no. Just like every country in the world, each country within Europe is going to have its safe and not-so-safe areas. It’s impossible to generalize Europe as a whole as “safe” when anything can happen there just like anywhere else in the world.

If you are worried about feeling safe on your trip to Europe, do some research (but not too much!)

If you are heading to Berlin, Germany , then research some best practices for traveling around the area. Is it safe to walk around at night? Are there any streets or neighborhoods you should avoid?

All of that information can be easily found with a quick Google search. Do your best to not overdo it though since you’ll likely just end up making yourself more nervous.

Once you have a good idea about the more seedy areas of a destination, you’re all set. Do your best to avoid them on your trip then follow other basic precautions such as walking in groups, not trusting strangers, and only ordering rides through reputable companies (like Uber).

✔️ Pro Tip : If you research where you live, you’ll probably find equally unsettling results… but that doesn’t stop you from living there, does it? No. So, don’t let safety precautions about a new destination scare you!

When is the Best Time to Visit Europe?

Most people you ask this question to are going to say that the summer months between late May and August are the best time to visit Europe.

And while they would be correct in terms of weather and longer summer hours, they are forgetting to mention that this is also when you’re going to be surrounded by swarms of tourists.

What does this mean for you? Well, for starters, you can practically guarantee long wait times at restaurants, landmarks, and attractions each day of your vacation. I’m sure that the idea of standing in line for every part of your day doesn’t really appeal to your idea of “vacation”, right?

Additionally, this is also when prices skyrocket in terms of flights, accommodations, tours, and food. If you’re looking to visit Europe on a budget, then avoiding the summer months is key.

If you prefer fewer tourists in your pictures, shorter wait times, and want to spend less money, then I highly suggest visiting during the off-season months of April through May and September through October .

During these months, you’ll find incredible deals on flights, accommodations, and even tour groups, so you can live the luxury life in Europe without emptying your wallet!

✈️ If you feel like taking the budget route or simply like to take the less traveled path, check out these amazing Backpacking Europe Routes for 2 Weeks !

How Many Days is Enough to Visit Europe?

We recommend setting aside at least 2 weeks for your europe itinerary

1-2 weeks is usually enough time to visit Europe depending on what you want to do and see. But, if you’re honestly attempting to see all of the different regions of Europe, well… you’re going to need a lot more time than that!

For us, we found a 10-day European itinerary to be optimal. This amount of time typically allows travelers to explore at least a few different cities in several countries or travel to numerous locations in one specific country.

It allows provides enough time for both sightseeing and rest days, so you can return from your vacation feeling excited and refreshed.

Among the itineraries listed below, you’ll find schedules ranging from 10 days to 3 weeks. But, if you only have 7 days for your European itinerary you can easily transform one of my shorter itineraries into something that has been customized to fit your time needs.

Also, if you can finagle a 1 month Europe trip itinerary, then you can easily add on destinations or time to one of my other itineraries!

Is 2 Weeks Long Enough for Europe?

A 2 weeks europe itinerary is a great start to just brushing the surface of the continent

No, 2 weeks is not long enough to see all of Europe. But, it is long enough to see and do a lot in just a few countries in Europe!

Even though it doesn’t look like it on a map, Europe is huge. It would take somebody years to really see all of the best sites and do all of the best activities in each country in Europe.

In just 2 weeks, you’re going to be seriously limited on time. But, that’s okay! Instead of trying to squeeze too much into your itinerary, opt to choose just a few countries (or even just one country!) and do everything you want in those countries.

If you try to see and do too much, you may end up feeling rushed, overwhelmed, and disheartened when you realize how much stuff you’re going to miss out on.

For example, if you’re thinking of including France on your 2 week Europe itinerary, you wouldn’t go to just Paris and call it a trip. I mean, you could … but you’d be missing out on Normandy, the wine regions, the French Alps, the French Riviera… you get it.

Trust me when I say: “It’s far more valuable to see everything in one country than to see the bare minimum in five countries.”

So, while a 2-week Europe itinerary is not long enough to see and do everything on the continent, it is long enough to get a really good taste of what Europe has to offer!

How Many Countries Should I Visit in Europe in 2 Weeks?

On a 2 weeks europe itinerary, you can generally visit between one and four countries

Owing to the continent’s great public transportation system and small size in comparison to other continents, you can get around quite easily and efficiently in Europe.

But, every country has SO much to do and see, so it’s going to depend on where your interests lie.

If you are only interested in seeing the capital city in every country (definitely not recommended), then you could probably see between 8-10 countries during your 2 week Europe itinerary.

But, if you want time to relax, explore, and wander around a few different places, then between one and four countries is the sweet spot in our opinion .

This way, you have plenty of time to see all of the major sites in each place, and you don’t have to spend your entire vacation rushing from place to place.

Coming up with multi-week Europe itinerary ideas can be stressful, but if you stick to this general rule of thumb you can practically guarantee you’ll have a pleasant trip!

What is the Best Way to See Europe in 2 Weeks?

To get around on your 2 weeks europe itinerary, choose between renting a car or using public transportation

Unfortunately, even though Europe is far more compact than the U.S., Africa, Asia, or South America, it’s still very big and can’t be seen in just two weeks.

But, that doesn’t mean that you can’t get a really good taste for what Europe has to offer in that time! You simply need to be diligent in picking efficient routes and travel methods so you can get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip.

Over the years, we have found that the best way to get around Europe is to take advantage of their amazing public transportation system… the Eurail!

With thousands of routes to thousands of destinations, there really is no limit to where you can go with a Eurail pass. You can choose your pass based on your needs, so if you want one pass for just France for 10 days, you can book it!

If you want a monthly pass that allows you to go from country to country whenever you decide, you can do that too!

Europe’s train system is affordable, dependable, convenient, and very easy to use which is why most travelers take advantage of it.

I don’t recommend renting a car in Europe unless you plan on taking road trips to very specific towns and villages that aren’t accessible by train.

The roads in Europe, generally speaking, tend to be uneven, bumpy, covered in potholes, full of pedestrians, and made of broken cobblestones. Many European roads are also one-way and street signs aren’t always in English.

It’s far easier to take the train from place to place, then take day trips to smaller towns and villages and use a bike or the metro to get around the big cities.

How Should I Get Around Europe?

In our opinion, the best way to get around Europe is via train travel on the Eurail. Car rentals are also a great way to get around in Europe since they allow you to be completely on your own schedule and see the smaller, off-the-beaten-path villages and towns.

However, it really depends on the country (Ireland is a great country to do a road trip with a rental car!), but most of the time I would recommend just taking the train or flying between countries if you aren’t comfortable with a rental in a foreign country.

The European trains can be exceptionally scenic, but they aren’t always the most efficient. If you are traveling between countries with a big distance between them, it’s usually a more efficient option to fly.

If driving a car across Europe doesn’t scare you, then you also have the option of renting an RV or camper van and living in it while you travel! This can saves you tons of money on accommodations and eating out, so it’s a win-win if you have the time to drive everywhere.

✔️ Pro Tip : If you do plan on driving everywhere, keep in mind that you may need an international driver’s license depending on the countries you go to. Also, not all car rental companies allow you to bring rental cars over international borders, so you may need to rent multiple cars from multiple different agencies. If you plan on putting your car on a ferry to Europe so you can avoid this hassle, it’s going to cost you a very pretty penny…

Do I need a Visa to Go to Europe?

Depending on your citizenship, you may or may not need a Schengen Visa to enter the EU (European Union).

U.S. citizens do not need a visa to go to Europe. As a tourist, you are allowed to spend up to 90 days in 26 European countries visa-free. However, if you are a foreign national living in the U.S., you may or may not need a visa depending on your nationality.

Here is the list of countries that Americans can visit without a visa for up to 90 days.

There is a list of over 100 countries that will be required to obtain a Schengen Visa to enter the EU. You can take a look at the list here .

Is Europe Expensive?

In general, Europe is expensive. But, depending on where you decide to visit, it can actually be quite affordable!

Portugal, for example, offers some of the lowest rates on tourist accommodations, tours, attractions, and food across the continent. Switzerland, on the other hand, is continually listed in the top 3 list for most expensive countries in the world. Norway and Iceland aren’t far behind, either.

If you want to stay on a budget during your 2 week Europe itinerary, choose your destinations wisely.

Of course, not eating out at every meal and not doing every attraction you see will help immensely, but in the end, the destination is going to play a big role in how much money you spend overall.

Is $10,000 Enough for 2 Weeks in Europe?

$10,000 is absolutely enough for 2 weeks in Europe (depending on your travel style) . While Europe is known for some pricy destinations, $10,000 can indeed get you a comfortable and memorable two-week trip. It’s all about how you budget and plan.

That budget can cover your flights, accommodation, meals, transportation within Europe, and even some fun activities and souvenirs. You can save by staying in lesser-known hotels or bed & breakfasts instead of luxury resorts.

Eating at local markets and cafes rather than high-end restaurants can also give you a taste of authentic cuisine without breaking the bank. Don’t forget that some of the best experiences in Europe are free: exploring the cities, admiring architecture, and basking in the rich history.

I would even go as far as to say that $10,000 can be disproportionate to what you’ll need for a 2-week trip if you’re traveling solo or with one other person, since I’ve returned to Europe many times, each never exceeding $2,000 for 7+ days with my husband.

Of course, we’re light packers and usually stay in mid-range hotels with a focus on our budget, but we definitely do a lot of exciting activities when we’re in town too! If you aren’t flying first or business class, aren’t staying in luxury 5-star suites, and you book your accommodations in advance with some attention to seasonal rates, you’ll be able to visit Europe for far less than $10,000.

What is the Average Cost of a Two Week Trip to Europe?

The average cost of a two-week trip to Europe can vary greatly based on several factors, such as the time of year, the countries you’re visiting, your accommodation choices, and how much you plan to sightsee or dine out. But as a general range, you might expect to spend anywhere from $2,500 to $3,500 per person, including flights.

This estimate includes modest accommodations (think 3-star hotels, bed & breakfasts, or vacation rentals), meals at a mix of inexpensive local spots and nicer restaurants, public transportation, and admission fees for major attractions.

Remember, this is just a ballpark figure. If you travel off-season, eat more meals from food trucks and the supermarket, or stay in budget accommodations, you could spend much less.

Conversely, if you opt for luxury hotels, dine at high-end restaurants, and take part in exclusive tours, your costs could be significantly higher. The key is to budget accordingly and plan your trip based on your personal preferences and financial comfort zone.

By setting your budget ahead of time, you’ll be able to create a 2-week European itinerary that fits your budget needs without sacrificing too much on the things you want to enjoy!

What Currency is Used in Europe?

Since 1999, the European Union has used the Euro . If you’re coming from the U.S., it will look similar to Monopoly money… but don’t be fooled.

It actually has a higher value than the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, so when you exchange your money you’ll get fewer euros in return.

For example:

✔️ $1 USD = 0.91 euros ✔️ $1 CAD = 0.73 euros ✔️ $1 AUD = 0.68 euros

So, while it doesn’t almost look like play money, don’t forget that it’s actually a very expensive currency to hold so you don’t want to be careless with it.

Do Most People Speak English in Europe?

During your 2-week Europe itinerary, you’ll find that many people do speak English, especially in the capitals and main cities. English is taught in most European schools from a young age, so much of the working class can understand and speak English.

However, you will find smaller towns and villages where the locals don’t know much English at all, if any. This is especially true in the smaller towns of France, Belgium, Spain, and even Italy. This is why it’s important to brush up on your language skills before your trip!

If you’re heading to France , Spain , Luxembourg , Germany , or similar, you can use my French and Spanish articles to help you start learning! They are all linked at the bottom of this post for your convenience .

The Top-Rated Tours in Europe

Even if you prefer to roam on your own, there are some amazing tours offering unique experiences that you won’t get unless you book a tour in Europe.

I, personally, am not a fan of group tours, so I wouldn’t recommend these unless I didn’t truly believe they would improve your travel experience. Take a peek at some of the tours below and decide if one may be right for your trip.

If you’re traveling with a group, check out the private tours … psst! They’re really great for introverts 😉

✔️ Normandy D-Day Small-Group Day Trip with Omaha Beach, Cemetery & Cider Tasting ✔️ Montmartre Hill Sweet & Savory French Gourmet Food & Wine Tasting Tour ✔️ Champagne Day Trip with Moet&Chandon, Reims Cathedral & Family Winery from Paris

✔️ Barcelona Tapas and Wine Experience Small-Group Walking Tour ✔️ Montserrat with Cogwheel train, Tasting in a Boutique Winery with Tapas or Lunch ✔️ Full-Day Tour Ávila and Segovia from Madrid with Tickets to Monuments Included

✔️ Sintra Full-Day Private Tour – A Journey through Wonderland ✔️ Lisbon Traditional Boats – Sunset Cruise

Netherlands

✔️ Day Trip to Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam and Marken from Amsterdam ✔️ Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat With Drinks & Dutch Cheese

✔️ Brussels Chocolate Beer Waffle and Belgian Whiskey All-in-One (Small Group) Tour ✔️ Private Tour: Treasures of Flanders Ghent and Bruges from Brussels Full day

✔️ Austrian Apple Strudel Cooking Class including Lunch in Salzburg ✔️ Hallstatt Small-Group Day Trip from Vienna

Czech Republic

✔️ The Best of 2 Countries in 1 Day: Bohemian and Saxon Switzerland ✔️ Cesky Krumlov: Full-day tour from Prague and back ✔️ Prague Foodie Tour

✔️ Semi-Private Standard | Santorini Catamaran Cruise with Meal and Drinks ✔️ Full-Day Private Tour: Essential Athens Highlights plus Cape Sounion and Temple of Poseidon ✔️ Private Biblical Tour of Ancient Corinth & Isthmus Canal from Athens & Corinth ✔️ Athens Highlights: A Mythological Tour

✔️ Small-Group Tour of Colosseum Underground, Arena, and Forum ✔️ Small-Group Wine Tasting Experience in the Tuscan Countryside ✔️ Cinque Terre Day Trip from Florence with Optional Hiking

Switzerland

✔️ Tandem Paragliding Experience from Interlaken ✔️ Lucerne Walking and Boat Tour: The Best Swiss Experience ✔️ Chocolate Flavours Tours Geneva: 3-hour Chocolate Tasting and Old Town Visit

✔️ Grand Day Trip around Copenhagen ✔️ The Art of Baking Danish Pastry

How to Visit Europe on a Budget

Europe is expensive, there is no denying that. But, there are tons of ways to travel Europe on a budget! Don’t believe me? I visited a dozen European countries on a college student’s budget and got to see everything I would still want to see today had I not gone then.

Take my advice and follow these steps:

✔️ Visit Multiple Countries

What? Yes. The more countries you visit on one trip, the cheaper it tends to be. Of course, this depends on which countries you visit, but you can save a ton of money by traveling to multiple countries via train travel and cheap flights.

If you want to visit France and Spain from the U.S., you wouldn’t fly to France then fly back to Spain the following summer, would you? Well, some people would and I can guarantee they wish they didn’t spend the money on 2 roundtrip flights instead of just one multi-city flight.

✔️ Eat with the Locals

If there is a street food cart or cafe overflowing with locals, eat there. I can practically guarantee the food quality is going to be insanely good and the prices will be a lot more reasonable than if you were to sit down at a restaurant.

Anywhere you go or walk by where a waiter immediately runs up to you with a menu, just keep walking (also politely say “ no, thank you ” of course). These are usually tourist restaurants and the prices will be sky-high compared to most other eating establishments.

You can also save money by getting food at grocery stores (the food quality is almost always very good) and eating small meals on the go.

Want my other best tips for visiting Europe on a budget? Get them at the bottom of this post!

✈️ Now that you have everything you need to know for planning a trip to Europe, be sure to take a peak at these 5 Things You Must Include on Your Travel Essentials List !

Scams to Look Out For in Europe

✔️ The Pickpocket

The picture pretty much explains what pickpocketing is. When you’re distracted and someone comes along and snatches something off of you, whether it be your phone, wallet, jewelry, or something valuable, it’s sneaky stealing and you need to watch out for it.

Typically, most places around Europe are very safe and all you need to do is follow basic safety precautions (i.e. stay with people you trust, don’t walk alone at night, etc. etc…).

But, pickpockets are extremely common across Europe and unsuspecting tourists are at the heart of the problem.

Don’t be silly and leave your phone on a cafe table when you go to the bathroom. Don’t leave your purse hanging on the back of your chair and don’t leave anything valuable where people can easily see and take it.

✔️ The Active Petitioner

See people yelling at or coming up to tourists looking for them to sign a petition? Keep walking.

Most of the time, whatever they are petitioning is fake. Why? Because they are either trying to get your personal information (i.e. name, phone number, or email) so they can send you spam, or they are just trying to distract you while you get pickpocketed.

If you see a petitioner, just keep on going.

✔️ Street Games

Whether it be dice, playing cards, cups, or the like, don’t play and don’t stand around to watch. The players get scammed owing to the fixed dice or playing cards and the onlookers get pickpocketed.

Again, only watch street artists from afar to prevent falling victim to scams and petty theft.

✔️ Streetside ATMs

Very popular in Prague, scam artists will actually put an invisible scanner over the card reader so they can steal your information when you go to withdraw money.

Additionally, streetside ATMs are designed to make you withdraw insanely high amounts of money with no option for small bills.

If you need currency, only use ATMs found inside a secured building with cameras. Never use an ATM you see on the street.

Other Helpful Resources for Europe

Packing List for Europe in Winter: A Full Country by Country Guide Minimalist Packing List for Females Traveling to Europe 30+ Best Places to Visit in Europe in December 25 Best Places in Europe for New Years Celebrations 73 Best Places to Visit in Europe in January 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in March 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in April 2024 28 Best Places to Visit in Europe in July (from a Backpacker!) 20 Best Places to Visit in Europe in May 2024 (Weather & Tips!) Is Azerbaijan in Europe? The Facts for 2024 Is Norway in Europe? Norway & the EEA EFTA States

If you’re heading to Europe and want to brush up on your French or Spanish, check out our language resources below!

✔️ Good Morning in French: 17 Helpful French Greetings ✔️ Good Night in French 17+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ What Time Is It in French 11+ Ways: How to Ask and Tell Time in French ✔️ Saying No in French 31+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ 33+ Ways to Say Thank You in French (with Audio) ✔️ How to Say Nice to Meet You in French 15+ Ways ✔️ 1-10 in French: Learn to Count from 1-10+ in French (with Pronunciations)

~ Spanish ~

✔️ How to Say Goodnight in Spanish 33+ Ways ✔️ Learn Numbers 1-100 in Spanish (with PDF Guide)

How To Travel Around Europe On A Budget

With just pennies to my name, I figured out how to travel to some of the most expensive countries in Europe…

Hint: you won’t be staying in hostels!

Overall, no matter when you decide to visit, where you decide to go, and who you decide to travel with, a trip to Europe is always a good idea! You can find everything from enchanted castles, ancient ruins, stunning beaches, snow-capped mountain ranges, bustling cities, and everything in between on this enticing continent.

I hope you found some useful ideas in this article and are inspired to start planning your very own 2-week Europe itinerary .

Hey there! I'm Emily Concannon, a seasoned globetrotter who has backpacked her way across over a dozen European countries, immersing myself in the diverse cultures, languages, and cuisines of the region.

My passion for travel transcends personal experiences; I've spent years learning how to transform my globetrotting knowledge into personalized itineraries for fellow travelers worldwide.

With a tally of 26 countries (and counting!) under my belt, my day job involves extensive research on different countries which often leads me to booking a new adventure every chance I get!

3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas

Are you looking for the best 3 Week Europe Itinerary? You’ve come to the right place.

Whether you are looking for classic Europe routes, driving itineraries, options for travel by train, or off-the-beaten path discoveries, we have you covered.

These amazing European Itineraries cover everything from fairytale towns to UNESCO World Heritage Sites and everything in between.

Ready to find your dream 3 week Europe itinerary? Let’s go!

*Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links, which means we may receive a commission if you click a link and purchase something we have recommended. Please check out our disclosure policy for more details. Thank you for your support!

Unforgettable Europe in 3 Weeks – 10 Itineraries

1. where is the best place to visit in europe for the first time – england, france, the netherlands, and belgium.

If this is your first visit to the European continent, this is the ideal introduction.

Embarking on your maiden voyage to Europe? What better way to initiate your experience than through these four captivating countries? Each one offers a rich history, cultural variety, and culinary wonders.

This itinerary promises diverse and rich encounters during this 3-week adventure. These are some of the most popular destinations in Western Europe, so be sure to plan your trip early.

Hitting the Highlights – London, Paris, Amsterdam, and Brussels

Day 1-5: London, England
Day 6-10: Paris, France
Day 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Day 16-21: Brussels, Belgium

DAY 1-5: London, England

Kick off your 3-week European adventure in England’s capital, London . A city steeped in history, here you will find some of the world’s most iconic landmarks, elegant squares, and vibrant neighborhoods.

Explore the Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey, and Big Ben in your first couple of days.

For a bird’s eye view of the city head to the London Eye, Sky Garden, or the Shard. Be sure to catch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace and spend time relaxing in Hyde Park.

For a true taste of British culture, we recommend a traditional afternoon tea experience at one of the city’s luxury hotels or the Brigit’s Bakery Bus tour offering tea and scones on wheels.

DAY 6-10: Paris, France

On Day 6, take a train ride or catch a quick flight from London to Paris. There are plenty of direct flights on budget airlines like easyJet or Ryanair. Spend the next few days immersed in the romantic capital of France.

No visit to Paris would be complete without ascending the Eiffel Tower or exploring the world-renowned Louvre museum. Stroll through the cobblestone streets of Montmartre and treat yourself to a delicious croissant from a local boulangerie.

At night, take a cruise along the Seine where you can admire the beautifully lit buildings and their reflections upon the water.

DAY 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands

On Day 11, catch a train from Paris to Amsterdam . Wander aimlessly through the city’s streets, crossing over canals and exploring the neighborhoods.

There are so many fun and unique things to do in Amsterdam . Don’t miss a visit to the Van Gogh Museum , the Anne Frank House, and the Rijksmuseum.

Spend some time in Vondelpark and try traditional Dutch pancakes.

Some of our favorite day trips from Amsterdam include:

Rotterdam to see the Cube Houses and explore the charming area of Delfshaven
Volendam where you can learn how to make clogs and sample some cheese
The Hague is home to Dutch Parliament and Mauritshuis where you can see the painting “Girl with a Pearl Earring”

DAY 16-21: Brussels, Belgium

On Day 16, travel from Amsterdam to Brussels, the final stop of this 3 week Europe itinerary. Experience Belgium’s vibrant history and architecture at the Grand Place, and don’t miss a chance to taste some famous Belgian chocolates and waffles.

Plan a day trip to Bruges and Ghent to experience some of Belgium’s most beautiful towns. Take a canal ride in Bruges and go back in time at Gravensteen Castle in Ghent.

What is the Best Time for this Itinerary?

The mild months of May, June, and September are perfect. The weather is usually comfortable and tourist crowds are manageable.

2. Timeless Journey through Classic Europe: France, Italy, Greece

If you are looking for a classic Central Europe vacation, why not take on this itinerary that hits the major highlights?

This tour offers an unmatched experience, covering three monumental countries. Each destination is uniquely steeped in ancient history, brimming with vibrant culture and culinary delights, promising a multifaceted tour through Europe.

Visiting the Classical Capitals of Europe

Day 1-7: Paris, France
Day 8-14: Rome, Italy
Day 15-21: Athens, Greece

DAY 1-7: Paris, France

Begin your 3-week European holiday in France’s capital, Paris. The city captures hearts with its iconic landmarks, artistic heritage, and culinary sensations.

Paris offers plenty of unique tours that appeal to families. Step back in time and visit the Palace of Versailles (don’t forget to spend a little time in Versailles – the town!). Take a bike tour at Versailles , learn how to make macarons with a local chef , or dig into the city’s history on a Context Travel tour .

Ascend the Eiffel Tower, a timeless symbol of Paris, for a panoramic view of the city. Don’t miss the opportunity to stroll down the historic Champs-Élysées and visit the famous Notre Dame Cathedral (note – you can’t access the inside until December 2024, but it is still worth a visit).

With extra days you can taste your way through the Champagne Region of France , or take day trips from Paris . Head to Normandy to learn about World War II history or visit the chateaux and wine estates of the Loire Valley.

DAY 8-14: Rome, Italy

On Day 8, embark on a flight from Paris to Rome. Dedicate the following week to discovering Italy’s capital, also known as the Eternal City.

Visit the historic sites in Rome . Explore the Colosseum, wander through the Roman Forum, and marvel at the splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City. Unleash your inner foodie with a traditional pasta or gelato-making class.

Don’t forget to explore the cobblestone streets of Trastevere, known for its vibrant nightlife and traditional Italian cuisine.

Explore the ancient ruins at Ostia Antica, visit two World Heritage sites in one day at Tivoli, and throw a coin in the Trevi Fountain.

If you have extra days, you can spend a day at the beach in Ostia, take in the art and architecture of Florence , or discover the lost city of Pompeii .

DAY 15-21: Athens, Greece

On Day 15, you’ll fly from Rome to Athens , the culmination of this classic European route. Athens is known as the cradle of Western civilization and democracy.

History unfolds as you step into the Acropolis, a UNESCO World Heritage site that is home the Parthenon, Erechtheion, and the Temple of Athena Nike.

The archaeological richness continues at the Ancient Agora, the nucleus of political and public life in ancient Athens.

The National Archaeological Museum is a must-visit, with artifacts spanning 5,000 years of Greek history.

Complete your Athens experience with a walk around the old neighborhood of Plaka, nestled at the foot of the Acropolis. Make plans to enjoy the sunset and breathtaking city views from Mount Lycabettus.

Discover the temple of Apollo at Delphi and enjoy the island life away from the hustle and bustle of Athens in Aegina.

If you want to explore other islands, we recommend Crete, Santorini, Naxos, and Paros. Grab this Greece itinerary if you want everything planned for you!

When is the Best Time to Visit?

Enjoy this timeless journey during the Spring (April to June) and Autumn (September to October). During these months, the weather is typically pleasant and tourist crowds are fewer, ensuring a more relaxing trip.

3. Nordic Adventure: Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark

If you want to soak up Scandinavian and Baltic cultures, head to these Nordic countries. Here you will be met with unbelievable natural beauty and unique adventures.

This trip to Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark allows you to dive into their different cultures and create a 3-week experience you won’t soon forget.

The Best of the Nordic Countries

Day 1-6: Oslo, Norway
Day 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark
Day 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden
Day 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

DAY 1-6: Oslo, Norway

Begin your Nordic journey in Norway’s capital, Oslo . The city seamlessly blends urban life with outdoor fun. Oslo boasts a range of must-see landmarks.

Visit the expansive Vigeland Park, delve into the Viking history at the Viking Ship Museum, and enjoy panoramic city views from the Holmenkollen Ski Jump.

Make time to travel the Norway in a Nutshell route to see the country’s breathtaking scenery.

DAY 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark

On day seven make your way from Oslo to Copenhagen by train (7.5 hours) or plane (1 hour 10 minutes). The vibrant Nyhavn harbor, the enchanting Tivoli Gardens, and the iconic Little Mermaid statue await you in Copenhagen.

Our favorite day trips include Frederiksborg Castle, a quick 40-minute train ride to Hillerød, where you can explore the town, castle, and its gardens. For those who want to learn about Viking history, head to Roskilde where you can visit the Viking Museum and even head out on a Viking ship.

We highly recommend using a Copenhagen card for discounts on attractions and transportation. Wrap up your journey with Danish smørrebrød, cinnamon snails ( kanelsnegl ), and a local beer.

DAY 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden

On Day 12, make your way from Stockholm to Helsinki. It’s an easy flight with Norwegian, SAS, or Finnair. If you prefer the long route, there are ferries available.

The next five days are filled with Swedish splendor, from the streets of Gamla Stan to the impressive Vasa Museum , and the tranquil setting of Djurgården Island.

We also recommend the Skansen living history museum, learning about Swedish royalty at The Royal Palace, and visiting the city’s ICEBAR.

DAY 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

This last leg of your journey lets you explore Finland’s capital city of Helsinki with its avant-garde architecture, the historic Suomenlinna sea fortress, and the bustling Market Square.

Don’t forget to unwind in a traditional Finnish sauna and plunge into the ocean. If you would like to squeeze in one more country board a ferry for a day trip to Tallinn , Estonia. (And here’s what to do in Tallinn when you get there).

When is the Best Time to Visit Scandinavia?

The perfect window for this Nordic Adventure is during the summer months, from June to August. The weather is at its best, offering endless daylight due to the Midnight Sun, providing ample time to explore the stunning landscapes of the North.

4. Fairy Tale Road Trip: Germany, Austria, Czech Republic, and Hungary

Want to explore the far-away lands depicted in fairytales? Prepare for an enchanting 3-week journey through Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, and Hungary.

Each country has its own vibrant history, breathtaking landscapes, and fascinating architecture. A trip to these countries takes you straight to the land of fairytales.

A Classic Trip through the land of stories

Day 1-6: Munich, Germany
Day 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic
Day 12-16: Vienna, Austria
Day 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

DAY 1-6: Munich, Germany

Start your fairytale journey in Munich , Germany. A city renowned for its historic charm, Munich offers stunning palaces, an automobile museum, and world-famous beer halls.

Explore the scientific artifacts at the Deutsches Museum, enjoy a traditional beer at the famous Hofbräuhaus, learn about automobile history at the BMW Museum, and soak up the cultural atmosphere in Marienplatz.

Take a day trip to Neuschwanstein Castle , known for its striking beauty that inspired Disney’s Sleeping Beauty castle.

Don’t forget to sample the hearty local cuisine, including pretzels, weisswurst, and strudel.

Of course, if you are in town at the end of September join in the largest beer festival in the world, Oktoberfest!

DAY 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic

On Day 7, travel from Munich to Prague, the capital of the Czech Republic and one of the cheaper cities in Europe for those on a budget. Known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant nightlife, Prague is a city that never ceases to amaze.

Explore Prague Castle, stroll across the Charles Bridge, and enjoy a traditional Czech meal accompanied by a pint of their world-renowned beer.

Take a day trip to Cesky Krumlov to see one of the most beautiful places in the Czech Republic and explore the most quaint town you will ever visit.

DAY 12-16: Vienna, Austria

On Day 12, continue your journey to Vienna , Austria. The Austrian capital, synonymous with imperial palaces, musical heritage, and stunning architecture, promises a wealth of experiences.

Visit the opulent Schönbrunn Palace , stroll through the historic city center (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and enjoy a classical music concert at the Vienna State Opera. These are both some of the most beautiful places in Austria .

We recommend a guided walking tour, bicycle tour, or Segway tour that explores the famous sites in Vienna.

DAY 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

On Day 17, set off to Budapest , the final stop on this fairytale journey. The Danube River divides the city into Buda and Pest, and each one offers unique attractions and experiences. Don’t miss the imposing Buda Castle or the famous Széchenyi Thermal Bath .

As night falls, witness the city’s iconic structures light up, such as the Chain Bridge and Hungarian Parliament building. We recommend taking a river cruise at night to see everything in its splendor.

We recommend taking a food tour to try lángos, strudel, and Hungarian wine.

Best Time to Visit the Magical Cities

To fully enjoy the outdoor adventures and stunning landscapes of this route, the best time to visit is during the spring (April to June) or autumn (September to October) when the weather is mild and the crowds are smaller.

5. Discovering Hidden Gems: Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina

Delve into the European countries that were once one country – Yugoslavia. Head away from the well-traveled tourist routes on this 3-week Europe itinerary. You’re about to discover the underrated countries of Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina.

Each country has its unique allure. You will find vibrant cityscapes, idyllic landscapes, and an array of historical and cultural treasures. It’s a destination you’ll want to return to time and time again.

The Gems of Former Yugoslavia

Day 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia
Day 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia
Day 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina
Day 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

DAY 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia

Begin your unique journey in the picturesque city of Ljubljana, one of the most beautiful places in Slovenia . Get lost in Old Town, peppered with vibrant cafés and marked by the distinct Ljubljana Castle dominating the city skyline.

Take a leisurely cruise on the Ljubljanica River, flanked by lush green banks and elegant bridges, like the famed Triple Bridge and Dragon Bridge.

A day trip to Lake Bled is a magical experience. Nestled in the Julian Alps, this emerald-green lake, with a small island home to a 17th-century church and an imposing medieval castle perched on a hill, is nothing short of a fairy-tale scene.

Don’t miss the chance to ring the church bell on the island and make a wish!

DAY 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia

On Day seven, make your way to Croatia’s lively capital, Zagreb. Explore the historic Gornji Grad, home to the brightly tiled St Mark’s Church, and visit the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

Delight in local dishes like “strukli” in the bustling Dolac Market.

A trip to Plitvice Lakes National Park is an absolute must for nature enthusiasts.

The park is a magical world of 16 interconnected lakes, cascading waterfalls, and lush woodland home to diverse wildlife, including bears and wolves.

DAY 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina

On day twelve, head to the captivating city of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina’s capital. Explore the historical Bascarsija old bazaar, visit the Gazi Husrev-bey Mosque, and learn about the city’s recent history at the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum.

Savor local delights like cevapi, a grilled dish of minced meat, and burek, a meat-filled flaky pastry.

Make sure to spend a day in the historic city of Mostar, known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), quaint cobbled streets, and lively marketplaces.

DAY 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

End your European vacation in the town of Montenegro, Kotor. Walk the cobblestone streets of the Old Town, lined with medieval stone buildings, and visit the remarkable Kotor Cathedral.

The strenuous but rewarding hike up to the ancient San Giovanni Fortress rewards you with panoramic views over the Bay of Kotor.

Extend your Montenegro experience with a visit to Durmitor National Park. Explore its dramatic landscape featuring towering peaks, deep canyons, dense pine forests, and the enchanting Black Lake.

Best Time to Visit These Hidden Gems

Experience these destinations in all their glory during the mild seasons of spring (April to June) or early autumn (September to October). During these times the weather is pleasantly warm and the crowds are smaller.

6. Time for Sunshine: Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France

Want to soak up the sunshine on your European journey? This route is the ultimate combo for beach lovers.

The Europe trip itinerary moves you through Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France – countries celebrated for their stunning coastlines and unique food and drink.

Your 3-week Europe trip is set to offer an eclectic blend of sunbathing, swimming, and adventure.

Beach Lovers Europe Itinerary

Day 1-5: Athens, Greece
Day 6-10: Nice, France
Day 11-15: Barcelona, Spain
Day 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

DAY 1-5: Athens, Greece

Your beach tour kicks off in Athens , Greece. From the historic Parthenon to the mesmerizing beaches of the Athenian Riviera, there’s a wealth of experiences waiting.

Soak up the sun at Astir Beach Club, go shopping in the Plaka district, or learn about Ancient Greece at the National Archaeology Museum .

DAY 6-10: Nice, France

Catch a flight to the glamorous city of Nice, France. The city’s stunning beaches on the French Riviera , such as Blue Beach or Opera Plage, are an ideal spot to unwind.

DAY 11-15: Barcelona, Spain

Next, head to Barcelona, a city renowned for its urban beaches and Gothic architecture. Head to Barceloneta Beach in the city center, explore La Boquería market, and marvel at Gaudi’s famous works.

DAY 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

End your trip in the fabulous city of Lisbon . There are beautiful beaches in the surrounding region, perfect for day trips.

Head to the Belém district where you can learn about famous Portuguese explorers, wander the courtyard of a 16th-century monastery, and sample the famous custard tarts at Pastéis de Belém . Climb to St. George’s Castle for stunning city views.

Visit Cascais, Costa da Caparica, or Sintra for some time at the beach.

Best Time to Visit Mediterranean Beaches

The summer months, from June to August, are ideal for this itinerary, ensuring sunny weather for the ultimate beach relaxation. However, for smaller crowds, opt for late spring (May) or early fall (September).

7. The Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

Are you an adventurous traveler that loves exploring lesser-known destinations? The Baltic route , traversing through Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia, could be your ideal itinerary.

Each of these Northern European countries boasts a unique character, abundant with medieval charm, unspoiled natural landscapes, and a distinct cultural vibrancy.

Embarking on this 3-week journey offers you a chance to uncover Europe’s hidden gems.

Best of the Baltics

Day 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania
Day 6-10: Riga, Latvia
Day 11-15: Tartu, Estonia
Day 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

DAY 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania

Begin your journey in the captivating city of Vilnius, Lithuania’s capital. The city’s Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is filled with Baroque architecture set against the backdrop of cobblestone streets.

While here, explore the grandeur of Vilnius Cathedral, climb the Gediminas’ Tower for a sweeping view of the city, and pay a visit to the Bohemian neighborhood of Užupis.

Round off your Lithuanian adventure by tasting traditional dishes like cepelinai (potato dumplings) and kibinai (pastries filled with mutton and onion).

DAY 6-10: Riga, Latvia

Set course for Riga, Latvia’s capital, next. Riga’s skyline is dotted with spires reflecting its rich Art Nouveau heritage.

Wander through the picturesque Old Town, stand in awe of the Riga Cathedral’s beauty, and explore the bustling Central Market. Be sure to sample local specialties such as rye bread and smoked fish.

For a refreshing break, head to the pristine beaches of Jūrmala, just a short trip from the city center.

DAY 11-15: Tartu, Estonia

The next stop is Tartu, Estonia’s second-largest city, renowned as the country’s cultural and intellectual hub.

Visit the University of Tartu, the oldest university in Estonia, and stroll around Toome Hill Park, the city’s green heart.

Tartu’s Old Town is a blend of historical buildings and a vibrant street culture. Treat yourself to the local cuisine, particularly the Sült (jellied meat) and Kama (a traditional dessert).

DAY 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

The final leg of your journey brings you to Tallinn, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in Europe.

Stroll the Old Town and admire the old buildings and stone towers, and be sure to visit the grand Alexander Nevsky Cathedral.

Explore the seafaring history at the Maritime Museum in the Seaplane Harbour, and relax in one of the city’s many parks.

Best Time to Visit The Baltic Capitals

To enjoy the Baltics in all their glory, consider visiting between May and September. The weather is typically mild and the landscapes are in full bloom. Summer days extend into long, light-filled evenings, perfect for exploring.

8. Christmas Market Tour: Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria

Nothing encapsulates the magic of the holiday season quite like the traditional Christmas markets of Europe .

This specially curated tour takes you through the heart of four countries that really celebrate the holiday season – Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria.

Each of these destinations boasts its own unique festive traditions, tantalizing local delicacies, and colorful markets, transforming your 3-week journey into a dreamy holiday extravaganza.

Christmas Market Highlights

Day 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany
Day 6-10: Strasbourg, France
Day 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland
Day 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

DAY 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany

Begin your holiday journey in Frankfurt, home to one of Germany’s largest and oldest Christmas markets.

Held in the historic Römerberg Square, this market comes alive with over 200 beautifully decorated stalls offering a variety of gifts, from intricate Christmas decorations to handmade crafts.

Treat yourself to traditional German holiday specialties, such as lebkuchen (gingerbread), stollen (fruit bread), and a warm glass of apple wine.

Don’t miss a chance to enjoy the view of the market from above by climbing up the tower of St. Nicholas Church.

DAY 6-10: Strasbourg, France

Board a train to Strasbourg, lovingly known as the “Capital of Christmas.” Its Christmas market, dating back to 1570, now extends beyond the area surrounding Strasbourg Cathedral into the rest of the city.

As you wander through the 300 stalls, sample traditional Alsatian Christmas delicacies, including bretzels (pretzels), spiced biscuits, and vin chaud (mulled wine).

Take a stroll through La Petite France, the city’s historic district, adorned with decorations and lights. It’s a romantic place to explore any time of day or night.

DAY 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland

Zurich ‘s Christmas markets transform the city during the holiday season. Not-to-miss markets include the Christkindlimarkt at the main train station and the Wienachtsdorf near the water.

Another favorite is the singing Christmas tree and market that offers various performers throughout the season sharing their favorite Christmas carols.

Don’t miss a stroll along the Bahnhofstrasse, one of the world’s most exclusive shopping avenues. Climb Lindenhof Hill or the steps of Grossmünster Cathedral for beautiful city views. Be sure to sample Swiss fondue and chocolate during your visit.

DAY 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

In the heart of the Austrian Alps lies Innsbruck, a true winter wonderland. With twinkling lights, snow-covered roofs, and majestic mountains, it’s an idyllic setting for the city’s Christmas markets.

Families should explore historic landmarks like the Golden Roof and St. Anne’s Column. For those wanting adventure, the nearby Nordkette mountain range offers winter activities like skiing, snowboarding, and tobogganing. The breathtaking panoramic views from the cable car are sure to take everyone’s breath away.

Be sure to indulge in traditional Austrian delights like freshly baked strudel, warm chestnuts, and gingerbread cookies.

Innsbruck’s Christmas markets create a magical backdrop for families exploring Europe during the holiday season.

When is the Best Time to Visit the Christmas Markets

The best time to visit Europe’s Christmas markets is from the end of November through December. During this time the markets are in full operation, and the European cities are filled with holiday spirit.

9. Highlights of the British Isles: England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland

Culturally and geographically diverse, a three-week itinerary through these cities and their surroundings is an unforgettable experience. This trip appeals to history buffs, outdoor enthusiasts, and anyone who loves the blending of the past and present that the British Isles have to offer. UK family holidays are made for all types of travelers.

These nations have a common history but each has a unique story to tell.

This 3-week exploration through England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland promises to delight every member of the family.

Best of the British Isles

Day 6-10: Cardiff, Wales
Day 11-15: Dublin, Ireland
Day 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

We think London is the perfect blend of history, culture, and entertainment. It won’t be a struggle to spend 5 days in this gorgeous city.

Visit iconic landmarks like the Tower of London and Buckingham Palace, explore the British Museum, and find time to relax in Hyde Park or Regents Park.

The West End delights with kid-friendly shows like Matilda and The Lion King .

Day trips to the Harry Potter Studio Tour or Windsor Castle shouldn’t be missed. It’s easy to navigate London transportation or explore on foot.

DAY 6-10: Cardiff, Wales

Day 6 you’ll head to Cardiff, a vibrant city in Wales, just under 3 hours by train.

Begin with Cardiff Castle, where kids can be enchanted by the fairy-tale towers and explore all of its nooks and crannies. Bute Park offers tranquil walks and St. Fagans National Museum of History will teach everyone about Welsh heritage.

If you want to explore beyond Cardiff, we recommend day trips to Castle Coch and Caerphilly Castle.

DAY 11-15: Dublin, Ireland

There are a few options for traveling from Cardiff to Dublin. One is to travel to the northern part of Wales where you can catch a ferry from Holyhead to Dublin. It takes about 2.5 hours. If you don’t want to make the drive, there are non-stop flights between Cardiff and Dublin on Ryanair.

Dublin offers history, culture, and a lot of green space. Don’t miss the EPIC Irish Emigration Museum and the national museums which are all free.

Take a stroll through Phoenix Park or St. Stephen’s Green. Learn about Ireland’s political history at Kilmainham Gaol. Kids and adults alike will also enjoy a tour of Guinness Storehouse where you can grab a bite to eat, sample draft beer, and take in city views from the Gravity Bar.

DAY 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

Finish this itinerary in Edinburgh , an easy one-hour flight from Dublin. The city has a rich history, stunning architecture, and amazing summer festivals. Be sure to explore Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace to learn about British royalty and their Scottish connections.

Shop along the Royal Mile, hike up Arthur’s Seat for panoramic views or take a city ghost tour . No matter what you choose, Edinburgh is sure to please all ages.

What is the Best Time to Visit the British Isles?

To fully enjoy this itinerary, we recommend visiting from April to June or September to October. During these times the weather may be cold and rainy, or warm and sunny. It’s very unpredictable, but you will enjoy fewer crowds, which is always a bonus.

10. Eastern Europe Route: Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania

Embark on an unexplored journey to Eastern Europe, where history comes alive in the stunning architecture, ancient cities, and rich cultural traditions of Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania.

This 3-week journey offers an authentic, immersive experience that breaks away from the typical tourist paths.

Eastern Europe Explorer

Day 1-5: Berlin, Germany
Day 6-10: Warsaw, Poland
Day 11-15: Budapest, Hungary
Day 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

DAY 1-5: Berlin, Germany

First up on this itinerary is Berlin, a city that has witnessed pivotal moments in modern history. Reflect on the Cold War era as you explore remnants of the Berlin Wall. Visit the Brandenburg Gate, an iconic symbol of European unity and peace.

Explore Museum Island, a UNESCO World Heritage site housing five of Berlin’s most important museums. The Pergamon has a vast collection of antiquities, and the Neues Museum has the famous bust of Nefertiti.

Round off your stay in Berlin with a visit to the historic Alexanderplatz and the Berlin Cathedral.

DAY 6-10: Warsaw, Poland

Next up is Warsaw, the resilient capital of Poland. Walk along the Royal Route, witnessing centuries-old palaces, churches, and statues. Tour the meticulously restored Royal Castle, home to numerous works of art.

Visit Wilanów Palace, a pearl of Polish Baroque architecture surrounded by magnificent gardens.

Learn about the city’s wartime past at the Warsaw Uprising Museum and the POLIN Museum of the History of Polish Jews .

Indulge in traditional Polish dishes, from comforting pierogi dumplings to the hearty hunter’s stew, bigos.

DAY 11-15: Budapest, Hungary

From Warsaw head to Budapest, Hungary’s illustrious capital, known for its thermal baths and art nouveau architecture.

Visit Buda Castle, situated on Castle Hill, with fabulous views of the Danube and the Pest side of the city.

Explore Gellért and Széchenyi Thermal Baths for a relaxing, quintessential Budapest experience.

DAY 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

Finish your Eastern European odyssey in Bucharest, Romania. Visit the colossal Palace of the Parliament, the world’s heaviest building created by the notorious former dictator Nicolae Ceaușescu. Families will be pleasantly surprised by all of the fun things to do in Bucharest with kids .

Explore the historic Lipscani district, where cobblestone streets are lined with bustling cafes, bohemian boutiques, and vibrant nightlife.

Spend time in Herastrau Park, or take a trip to the Village Museum showcasing traditional Romanian village life.

If you have time, take a day trip to Transylvania to see a different side of Romania.

What is the Best Time to Visit Eastern Europe?

We recommend exploring this Eastern European route during the shoulder seasons, specifically between April and June or September and October. These periods promise pleasant weather and fewer crowds, making it the perfect opportunity to explore these unique destinations.

How to Plan a 3 Week Europe Itinerary

1. decide where you want to go.

Define what you want to get out of the trip. Is your group interested in history, art, food, adventure, relaxation, or a mix of these? Your interests will guide your choice of destinations

2. Choose your destinations wisely

Research various countries and cities to find ones that match your interests. Aim for a balance between popular spots and lesser-known destinations for a well-rounded experience.

3. How many countries should I visit in Europe in 3 weeks?

This is a personal choice. How often do you want to move accommodation? For three weeks in Europe, we recommend 3 to 4 different locations. Note that travel time between locations can significantly reduce the actual time you have for exploration.

If it is your first time visiting Europe be sure to leave enough time to make connections. Opt for destinations that are closer together or well-connected by efficient transport networks.

4. How Much to Pack for 3 Weeks in Europe

For such a long trip we recommend liming luggage to the essentials . Choose items that mix and match and pack layers.

The weather can vary greatly across Europe, so be sure to check the weather during your trip and pack appropriately.

If it’s an option, book accommodation with a washer and/or dryer so you can pack fewer clothes. Remember, you’ll probably pick up a few souvenirs along the way.

5. Don’t over plan your trip

While it’s tempting to try and see everything, cramming too many activities or cities into your itinerary can lead to burnout. Allow for downtime and spontaneous exploration, especially when traveling with younger kids. Flexibility is key.

6. Research Visa Requirements

Some countries may require visas for entry, so ensure that you’re aware of these requirements and prepare accordingly.

*Note: Starting in 2024, Americans will need authorization through ETIAS to visit 30 European countries. For more information, we recommend this website .

7. How Far in Advance to Book a Trip to Europe

This really depends on your schedule and availability. It also depends on the time of year you plan to travel.

We recommend booking flights and accommodations at least 6 months in advance to get your first choices. Be sure to book your intercity train or plane tickets at the same time.

If there are any must-see attractions or experiences on your list, be sure to book those in advance to prevent disappointment.

8. Purchase Travel Insurance

I’ve had to file two claims in the last two years and I wouldn’t recommend traveling without insurance right now. Travel insurance can provide coverage for unexpected situations such as medical emergencies, trip cancellations, or lost luggage.

9. How to Stay Connected in Europe

Consider your options for staying connected, such as getting a local SIM card or portable WiFi. Each carrier offers different coverage. T-Mobile offers an international calling plan, whereas Verizon and AT&T offer a daily rate. Another option is to set phones to airplane mode and use Wi-Fi when available.

Recently we discovered eSIM cards which are very easy to use. Just download the app to your phone and connect through it. We used Airalo and felt it was a great option.

10. How much should I budget for 3 weeks in Europe ?

Unfortunately, it’s not a set number. Nordic countries are typically more expensive than the rest of Europe. Southern countries like Greece, Portugal, and Spain are relatively inexpensive as are the former Yugoslavian countries, Bulgaria, and Romania.

Depending on your travel style and how many people are traveling with you, I think it’s safe to plan on $1000 minimum per week.

Research and plan your budget carefully. You’ll need to be sure to account for transportation, accommodation, food, attractions, and tours at a minimum. We recommend you always carry emergency cash just in case.

Wrap-Up: 3 Week Europe Itinerary

Planning your three-week European adventure can be as exciting as the journey itself.

Whether you’re drawn to the allure of famous landmarks or the charm of hidden gems, there’s an itinerary to fit your interests. Relax in small towns or soak up big-city energy. Europe is a great place to learn about a variety of cultures, sample some amazing cuisine, and check some highlights off your travel bucket list.

Remember to plan thoroughly yet stay flexible, savor each moment, and embrace the unexpected. The memories you’ll create are sure to be priceless.

This continent’s beauty is unmatched, its heritage profound, and its allure is irresistible.

About the author: This article was co-written by Kirsten of Kids Are A Trip and Fiona, an Australian Travel Blogger at Travelling Thirtie s . She has spent the last 13 years traveling Europe extensively and discovered the best ways to spend 21 days in Europe. Kirsten has traveled throughout Europe annually for the last 30 years.

The post 3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas appeared first on Kids Are A Trip™ .

Are you looking for the best 3 Week Europe Itinerary? You’ve come to the right place.Whether you are looking for classic Europe routes, driving itineraries, options for travel by train, or off-the-beaten path discoveries, we have you covered. These amazing European Itineraries cover everything from fairytale towns to UNESCO World Heritage Sites and everything in...

The Netherlands Tourism
The Netherlands Hotels
The Netherlands Bed and Breakfast
The Netherlands Vacation Rentals
Flights to The Netherlands
The Netherlands Restaurants
Things to Do in The Netherlands
The Netherlands Travel Forum
The Netherlands Photos
All The Netherlands Hotels
The Netherlands Hotel Deals
Last Minute Hotels in The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Things to Do
Restaurants
Vacation Rentals
Travel Stories
Rental Cars
Add a Place
Travel Forum
Travelers' Choice
Help Center

Amsterdam to Brussels July 2024 - The Netherlands Forum

Europe
The Netherlands

Amsterdam to Brussels July 2024

United States Forums
Europe Forums
Canada Forums
Asia Forums
Central America Forums
Africa Forums
Caribbean Forums
Mexico Forums
South Pacific Forums
South America Forums
Middle East Forums
Honeymoons and Romance
Business Travel
Train Travel
Traveling With Disabilities
Tripadvisor Support
Solo Travel
Bargain Travel
Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
Europe forums
The Netherlands forum

Our proposed plan:

Sun 14-Jul Arrive Amsterdam - late evening fly into Schiphol airport and check in to hotel

Mon 15-Jul Amsterdam - City

Tue 16-Jul Amsterdam City (Den Hague time permitting)

Wed 17-Jul Zaanse Schans - Day trip

Thu 18-Jul Amsterdam --> Brussels - Travel by Train

1. Given the fact that we will have possibly 2 big pieces on luggage and smaller bags and the 2 kids, Is it possible to take the public transport from airport to hotel (Mercure Hotel Amsterdam Sloterdijk Station)?

2. Plan to use public transport in Amsterdam for 3 days, do we get a NS rail pass or just individual days/ trips.

3. Checking IC trains (1st class, Full-flex fare) and Eurostar(Comfort) from Amsterdam at mid/ later afternoon we are getting almost similar fares.

Which is a better option?

4. Are there self service laundromats in Amsterdam?

2 replies to this topic

1. It's close to Sloterdijk station. So yes transfer by train.

3. As you are not dependent on flight arrivals and Eurostar is a bit faster, the latter.

4. Plenty, possibly even walking distance from Sloterdijk and otherwise a few tram stops away.

-Erik> & [Sandya]

Den Haag will be a longer journey to get to, and there is a lot to do there.

https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/visit/day-trip-to-the-hague/

Use public transport with your credit card. For the kids you can get a GVB day pass each day which is cheap, for Amsterdam area travels. For train, you can buy Railrunner which is a small cost and unlimited travel for kids on train. For yourself adults youcan use a credit card.

From the airport to Mercure, you can easily take the train ride. It is frequent enough and convenient. So long as you can manage your luggage. If you think train is hectic, you can use a BOLT app taxi. There are buses as well to near the hotel, which will be easier in some ways with the luggage, but will meander through a lot of Amsterdam West and you will see the busy streets.

For travel to BE, you can take IC tickets, they are more frequent and yes you can go first class, and its flexible which train you take. (Second class is also fine but it is more full).

There are laundromats. You can use Google Maps, and look close to your hotel.

Legit website for Taylor Swift tickets? 10:45 pm
IC Train from Amsterdam to Brussels Central 10:25 pm
Where to stay? City center or quieter neighborhood? 8:00 pm
Keukenhof 7:42 pm
Efteling Hotel or Bosrijk, which do you prefer? 6:44 pm
What to do in Efteling after it closes? 6:00 pm
hotel vs ari b&b 5:51 pm
No direct train from AMS to Centraal on 25May morning? 5:48 pm
Transfer from Amsterdam Airport to hotel 4:49 pm
Day trip ideas 1:58 pm
Taxi Transfer 1:54 pm
Albert Heijn still doesn't accept visa cards? 1:51 pm
Looking for Pubs/Cafes for Beer & watch Canal Boat Traffic? 1:37 pm
Is Westpoort Amsterdam a good place to stay in? yesterday
Amsterdam - Dusseldorf 7 replies
Keukenhof Tulip Festival 2010 15 replies
Amsterdam to Groningen? 4 replies
Good movies to watch before going? 14 replies
Train from Amsterdam to Breda 6 replies
need invitation letter for visa 6 replies
Speeding Ticket 19 replies
Beaches and beach towns near Delft 4 replies
Where is the best place to see windmills. 8 replies
high speed train from amsterdam to paris 3 replies
The Keukenhof. All you need to know about visiting
OV Chipcard overview
Trains - domestic and international

Stay connected to Cal.

Subscribe to our monthly email newsletter, The Cal Connection.

Savings & Discounts
Update Contact Info
Membership FAQs

Benefit of the Week

The graduate wine collective.

History & Tradition
Our Programs
Distinguished Alumni
Diversity, Equity, Inclusion & Belonging
Alumni House
Shop CAA Gear

Stay Connected to Cal

Career Services
Alumni Chapters
Student Resources
Scholarships

Cal for All: Building an Inclusive STEM Pipeline: From Education to Industry

Special guests include Dr. Tsu-Jae King Liu , Dean of the UC Berkeley College of Engineering and Colette Patt ’85, Ph.D. ’95 , Assistant Dean for DEIBJ, UC Berkeley College of Computing .

Make a Gift
Give Scholarships

Cal Discoveries Travel
Destinations
Experiences
Tour Lecturers
Travel News

Upcoming Tour

Southwest national parks 2024 [on request].

Camps & Experiences
Accommodations
Group Rentals & Weddings
Year-Round Cabins

Your Lair summer adventure is calling.

A great family vacation value.

All Stories
The Edge Podcast
California Live!
Class Notes
About California Magazine
Submission Guidelines

Cover of the latest California Magazine issue.

Latest Issue

2023 fall/winter.

Get Involved
Camp at the Lair
California Magazine

Cruise the Heart of Europe: Amsterdam to Budapest 2025

May 06 - 21, 2025, from $6,245 (before special savings), tour highlights.

Sail through Central Europe along the storied Rhine, Main and Danube rivers, legendary waterways with fascinating histories.
Unpack once aboard an exclusively chartered first-class river ship and settle in for a 14-night cruise, enjoying an intimate look at five distinct countries: the Netherlands, Germany, Austria, Slovakia and Hungary.
Awaken each day to medieval villages and vibrant capitals, enchanting vistas and lauded UNESCO World Heritage sites.
Centuries of heritage unfold in Vienna, Bratislava and Budapest, cities steeped in the legacies of great empires.
Witness idyllic landscapes, the beautiful Middle Rhine and Wachau valleys, and Amsterdam’s pretty canals.
Along the way, join local experts for enriching discussions and take part in immersive cultural experiences, including a traditional German Frühschoppen .
Thoughtfully planned shore excursions allow you to customize your journey, from walking tours to cycling adventures and wine tastings.
This unforgettable cruise features all meals, including wine, beer and soft drinks with lunch and dinner.
No single supplement for solo travelers!
If you are interested in more information about this trip, please click on the “Reserve Now” button to be taken to the AHI website.

* Cal lecturer’s participation cannot be guaranteed and is contingent upon a minimum number of paying travelers.

Cruise the Heart of Europe: Amsterdam to Budapest | May 6 – 21, 2025

Explore More Tours

May 22 - May 30

U.S. & Canada

Spring 2024

Croatia & Cruising the Dalmatian Coast 2024 [on request]

May 24 - Jun 04

Normandy: Honoring D-Day 80th Anniversary [on request]

May 25 - Jun 02

Spring 2024 , Summer 2024

Paris, featuring the African American Experience [on request]

Summer 2024

Travel Resources

Activity-Level Ratings
Travel FAQs
Eligibility
Reservations
Travel Insurance

Our Tour Lecturers

Meet the faculty lecturers that accompany our trips and provide informative local lecturers to enhance your vacation.

510.900.8222
[email protected]
Subscribe to Our Newsletter

Our Partners

Car Rentals
Airport Transfers
Attractions & Tours
Flight + Hotel
Destinations
Trip.com Rewards

Art workshop | Amsterdam-Zuidoost

Experience 2 hours of creativity and relaxation at the Art workshop in Amsterdam-Zuidoost. In today's hectic world, where decisions and responsibilities often weigh heavily, it's easy to feel overwhelmed. Join Eurdice, Rachel Snip, and Gabriela Akyea for a peaceful session of reflection and productivity. Create a personal masterpiece, gain inspiration, and celebrate your achievements. The workshop includes beverages, snacks, a friendly atmosphere, and all necessary materials. Ideal for students and young professionals aged 18 to 27, this free event takes place on Saturday, June 8th, from 12:30 to 15:30. Discover more about Gabriela's artistry on Instagram @gabriela.akyea. Learn about the Act of Change training and coaching program during the workshop. Don't miss this opportunity to unwind, create, and grow at the Art workshop in Amsterdam-Zuidoost.

Provided by Roewyn | Published May 17, 2024

Are you interested in Art workshop?

Recommended products for art workshop | amsterdam-zuidoost, waldorf astoria amsterdam, conservatorium hotel, van gogh museum, rijksmuseum, moscow  amsterdam, hotel twentyseven - small luxury hotels of the world, pulitzer amsterdam, de l’europe amsterdam – the leading hotels of the world, canals of amsterdam, royal palace amsterdam, anne frank house, more contents about amsterdam.

Customer Support
Service Guarantee
More Service Info
Website Feedback
About Trip.com
Terms & Conditions
Privacy Statement
About Trip.com Group

Other Services

Investor Relations
Affiliate Program
List My Property
Become a Supplier

IMAGES

The Ultimate Amsterdam 3 Day Itinerary!
The Ultimate Amsterdam 3 Day Itinerary!
Check out this epic Amsterdam bucket list and add some secret spots to
The 17 Most Unique Things to do in Amsterdam
The Best Way to Spend Two Days in Amsterdam [Itinerary]
Are you planning a weekend in Amsterdam? Amsterdam spring travel can be

VIDEO

I'm Finally Here! Welcome To Europe
Amsterdam Travel Guide
Add this to your #amsterdam itinerary 👀
1 day itinerary for Amsterdam! #europetravel #30daychallenge #viralshorts #europediaries #viral
a day in amsterdam ♡
Amsterdam Travel Vlog

COMMENTS

The Ultimate 3-Day Amsterdam Itinerary (By A Local)
Yes absolutely. A 72-hour I Amsterdam City Card costs €100 ($110) and fits perfectly with this three-day itinerary. It saves you money in the end. It includes public transport within the city, free entry to a lot of museums, a free canal cruise and a free one-day bicycle rental. Go figure!
The Perfect 4 to 5 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary
Planning out the perfect 4 to 5 days in Amsterdam itinerary is a highlight of mapping out a trip to Western or Northern Europe. As one of the most visited cities in Europe, it's no surprise why - from its picturesque canals to some of the world's best museums, restaurants, a vibrant history, and a laid-back, open-minded attitude.
How to Spend 4 Days in Amsterdam: Ultimate Itinerary for First Timers
From Amsterdam Central Station, catch the 314 bus, which will have you in Edam within 35-45 minutes. How to get to Edam: Bus (30 minutes): Take either bus 314 or bus 316 from the bus terminal at Amsterdam Central Station. Buses depart every 15 to 30 minutes.
The Best Amsterdam Itinerary for Your First Visit
Amsterdam Itinerary Day 3 - Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, Houseboat Museum, & A'Dam Lookout. Morning - Rijksmuseum. Lunch - Winkel 43. Afternoon - Cheese Museum, Tulip Museum, The Milkmaid Project, Houseboat Museum. Evening - A'Dam Lookout. Amsterdam Itinerary Day 4 - Zaanse Schans, Tony's Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark.
4 Days in Amsterdam: Detailed Itinerary, Map & Tips (Perfect for 1st Trip)
4 Days in Amsterdam - perfect itinerary for first-time visitors. Map. DAY 1: Historic city center and canals. DAY 2: Museums, markets, food, beer. DAY 3: Dutch countryside, the modern side of Amsterdam, Red Light District. DAY 4: Get outside the city or explore off the beaten path + Jewish sites/Life of Anne Frank tour.
1-3 Day Amsterdam Itinerary
Amsterdam Itinerary By a Local (1-3 Days) Netherlands / By Tegan George & Alex McKenzie / December 2, 2023 / 19 minutes of reading. Amsterdam is one of Europe's most charming cities, with picturesque canals, historic architecture, and vibrant culture packed into a small and easy-to-navigate city center.
3 Days in Amsterdam: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Essential Info)
A canal cruise is a must-do in Amsterdam! 3 Days in Amsterdam - short overview: MAP. DAY 1: Rijksmuseum, old town, canal cruise, Anne Frank House…. DAY 2: Van Gogh, Rembrandt, Albert Cuyp Market, Heineken Experience, WWII history…. DAY 3: Dutch countryside, A'DAM Lookout, East Docklands, Red Light District Tour….
How to Spend Three Perfect Days in Amsterdam
A trip to the A'DAM Lookout is a great way to end off the day of exploring and to watch the sunset. Located in Amsterdam Noord, the A'DAM Lookout is a 20-storey building that treats you to 360 degrees of the city. There is also a swing called Over the Edge that sits 100 meters off the ground and is not for the faint-hearted.
3 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect 72-Hour Itinerary
I use Omio for all my train travel as it's super affordable and easy to use. The iAmsterdam Card will offer you unlimited use of the GVB public transport system for up to 72 hours depending on which card you buy. The 24-hour card is €65, the 48-hour is €85 and the 72-hour card is €105.
Amsterdam: The Ultimate 3-Day Itinerary for First-Time Visitors
aworldtotravel. on April 29, 2024 at 11:00 AM. Amsterdam, the capital of The Netherlands, is one of Europe's great cities. Famous for its many canals and even more abundant bicycles, Amsterdam is an unmissable stop on any European tour and makes for a fantastic weekend trip for any travelers who are already in Europe.
3 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect Amsterdam Itinerary
Frequent trains run from the airport to Amsterdam Centraal Station, with the journey costing €5.50 and taking just 15 minutes. The Amsterdam Airport Express bus also departs frequently, stopping at various places around the city center. The bus trip takes around 30 minutes and costs €6.50. RossHelen / shutterstock.com.
5 Days in Amsterdam: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)
2. Priority tickets for Amsterdam's best tourist attractions. Your 2nd option to avoid queuing during your 5-day itinerary in Amsterdam is to buy skip-the-line tickets.. In Amsterdam, you can buy fast track tickets for the main museums as well as for the most popular activities such as the canal cruise or the bike tours.. Here is the list of all skip-the-line tickets and excursions I will be ...
The Best Amsterdam Itinerary For The First-Time Visitors
Day 2. Day trip to Zaanse Schans - Highlight! Volendam. Marken. Day 3. Visit Keukenhof Tulip Festival - Must visit in Spring! Van Gogh Museum. Anne Frank Museum - Highlight. Note that this is the best 3-day itinerary for Amsterdam in Spring.
Amsterdam in One Day Ultimate Guide: 1 Day Itinerary + Map
Suggested Itinerary for One Day in Amsterdam. Morning & Early Afternoon . See Damrak, Dam Square, and the Royal Palace ... Nestled in the heart of Europe, Amsterdam serves as a gateway to diverse cultures, landscapes, and experiences. This guide is your key to unlocking the hidden gems scattered across Europe a short trip away from Amsterdam ...
10 Best Europe Tours & Trips from Amsterdam
We have 316 Europe tours from Amsterdam with 3,255 reviews. The most popular departure month is August. ... Amsterdam is a great starting place for your Europe travel package. ... Best 3 Weeks Europe Itineraries 2024/2025 (with Reviews) 10 Best Luxury River Cruises & Lines 2022; Hiking in Europe in February;
3 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary (Perfect for First-Timers)
This will help lead you around the museum, and in my opinion, a must-visit with 3 days in your Amsterdam itinerary. Admission: €22.50 for adults 19 years and older; 18 and younger are free. Hours: 9 AM - 5 PM. Address: Museumstraat 1, 1071 XX Amsterdam, Netherlands.
2 Weeks in Europe
2 Weeks in Europe Itinerary: Paris, London, Amsterdam. You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.
2-Week Europe Itinerary by Train + 3 Different Route Options
2-week trip to Europe Cost: Budget Travellers. 2 weeks in Europe Cost: Mid-Range Traveller. 2 Weeks in Europe Budget: Luxury Travellers. Route 1. Stop 1: Salzburg. Things to do in Salzburg. Where to stay in Salzburg: Day Trip Option 1: The Sound of Music Trail. Day Trip Option 2: Berchtesgaden National Park.
11 EPIC 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options [2024 UPDATE]
11 Incredible 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options. ️1. London & Paris: 2-Week Europe Itinerary. ️2. Amsterdam, Bruges & Luxembourg City: 2-Week Europe Itinerary. ️3. Chamonix, Courmayeur & The Matterhorn (Zermatt): 2-Week Europe Itinerary. ️4. Barcelona & The French Riviera: 2-Week Europe Itinerary.
3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas
On Day 16, travel from Amsterdam to Brussels, the final stop of this 3 week Europe itinerary. Experience Belgium's vibrant history and architecture at the Grand Place, and don't miss a chance ...
Amsterdam to Brussels July 2024
We have Netherlands / Belgium / London planned for the summer. Our proposed plan: Sun 14-Jul Arrive Amsterdam - late evening fly into Schiphol airport and check in to hotel. Mon 15-Jul Amsterdam - City. Tue 16-Jul Amsterdam City (Den Hague time permitting) Wed 17-Jul Zaanse Schans - Day trip. Thu 18-Jul Amsterdam --> Brussels - Travel by Train. 1.
Cruise the Heart of Europe: Amsterdam to Budapest 2025
May 06 - 21, 2025. Length: 16 days. Region (s): Europe. Activity Level: Type: Cruise, River Cruise, Solo-Traveler Friendly. Experience the heart of Europe along the great rivers that shaped its borders and traditions. Unpack once and enjoy an intimate look at five countries, three storied rivers and timeless cities on one exclusively chartered ...
Amsterdam-Zuidoost: Tickets, Dates & Itineraries
Searching for information and tickets regarding Art workshop | Amsterdam-Zuidoost taking place in Amsterdam on Jun 8, 2024 (UTC+1)? Trip.com has you covered. Check the dates, itineraries, and other information about Art workshop | Amsterdam-Zuidoost now! Trip.com has also prepared more similar exciting activities and discounted flight and hotel packages.

The Perfect 4 to 5 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

How Many Days in Amsterdam?

Getting To & Around Amsterdam

4 to 5-Day Amsterdam Itinerary

Day 1 – Amsterdam Main Sightseeing

Royal Palace (​​Koninklijk Paleis)

Wander Amsterdam Canals

De Negen Straatjes (The Nine Streets District) & Stroopwafel

Day 2 – Canal Boat, Amsterdam Museums and Culture

Albert Cuyp Market

Rijksmuseum

Van Gogh Museum

Day 3 – Dutch Food, Bike Tour & Green Amsterdam

Bike Tour or Food Tour

Anne Frank House

Day 4 – Keukenhof Park or Zaanse Schans

Keukenhof Park

Zaanse Schans

Day 5 – Utrecht

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

Related Posts:

About Olivia Ellis

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Overview of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Map for your 4 day Amsterdam itinerary

Day 1 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Madame Tussauds or Amsterdam Dungeon

Bloemenmarkt

Van Wonderen Stroopwafels

Damrak Canal Houses

Canal Cruise

Red Light District

Day 2 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Van Gogh Museum

Anne Frank House

Amsterdam Cheese Museum

Jordaan & 9 Streets

Day 3 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Amsterdam Museum or H’ART Museum

National Holocaust Monument

Skinny Bridge

Hortus Botanicus Amsterdam

Rembrandt House Museum

Albert Cuyp Market

Heineken Experience

Day 4 of Your 4 Days in Amsterdam

Zaanse Schans

A’DAM Lookout

Useful Info for Spending 4 Days in Amsterdam

How to get to Amsterdam

How to get around in Amsterdam

Best time to visit Amsterdam

Planning a trip to Amsterdam?

Pin It for Later!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Europe , The Netherlands , Travel

Why the Dutch are Different

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 1 -Van Gogh Museum & Canal Tour

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 2 – Photoshoot, Pancake Class, & Haarlem

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 3 – Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, Houseboat Museum, & A’Dam Lookout

Cheese & Tulip Museum

The Milkmaid Project

Houseboat Museum

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 4 – Zaanse Schans, Tony’s Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 5 – Delft & The Hague

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 6 – Anne Frank House, Albert Cuyp market, 9 Streets, Resistance Museum, Microbe Museum, Red Light District

Frequently Asked Questions about my Amsterdam Itinerary

Wanderlust Crew

Amsterdam Itinerary By a Local (1-3 Days)

Related: (opens in new tab)

How Long Should I Spend in Amsterdam?

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

Recommended Amsterdam Itineraries – 1, 2, 3 Days

Day 2 – ‘Amsterdam Noord and Westerpark’

Day 3 – ‘Amsterdam Oost and de Pijp’

Tegan George & Alex McKenzie | Why Not Walk

3 Days in Amsterdam: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Essential Info)

Map of this 3-day Amsterdam itinerary

Rijksmuseum

Floating Flower Market

Royal Palace (Koninklijk Paleis)